CAPACITY EXPANSION OF EXISTING SULPHURIC ACID ...

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. i | P a g e

UID No.: EQMS/EIA/KCFL/5(a)A/PR599/20042021

Report Release Date: 20/04/2021 Revision No: 02

Environmental Consultant:

(Approved Consultant)

EQMS INDIA PVT LTD.

QCI/NABET Accredited Consultant

304-305, 3rd Floor, Plot No. 16, Rishabh Corporate Tower,

Community Centre, Karkardooma, Delhi – 110092

Phone: 011-42270087, 43062757; Website: www.eqmsglobal.com ; E-mail: [email protected]

Disclaimer:

This document has been prepared with all reasonable skills, knowledge, care and diligence by M/s. EQMS India Pvt. Ltd., Karkardooma, Delhi, the

NABET accredited and national level leading Environmental Consultancy Organization within the terms of the contract with the client (Project

Proponent), incorporating their General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by Business Agreement.

The report was discussed with the project proponent in details before releasing. This report has been prepared using information received from Client,

collecting primary data and compilation of secondary data from available resources. We are not responsible for the origin and authenticity of the

information, drawings or design details provided by the Client.

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

for

CAPACITY EXPANSION OF EXISTING SULPHURIC ACID PLANT, SPECIALITY

CHEMICALS, METALLIC SULPHATES, FERTILIZER AND AGRI INPUTS

MANUFACTURING PLANT

at

Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2,

Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 Type of Project Expansion

Project Category Schedule 5(a) Cat-‘A’ ; Chemical Fertilizer

Production Capacity SULPHURIC ACID AND SPECIALITY CHEMICALS: Chloro Sulphuric Acid (CSA)- 100 TPD; Oleum

23%/65%/liquid SO3- 25 TPD; Sulphamic Acid- 60 TPD; Boric acid and its salts- 20 TPD; Di Methyl Sulphate- 50

TPD; Sulphuric acid- 450 TPD; Linear alkyl benzene sulphonic acid (LABSA)- 50 TPD

METALLIC SULPHATES: Zinc Sulphate (Heptahydrate/monohydrate)- 50 TPD; Sulphate of Potash (SOP)- 40

TPD; Any other metallic sulphates like copper, iron, magnesium, manganese etc- 50 TPD

FERTILIZER/SOIL CONDITIONER: SSP/Zn SSP/B SSP powder- 1200 TPD; Granulated SSP(GSSP)/

Granulated Boronated SSP/ Granulated Zincated SSP- 750 TPD; Granulated Phospho Gypsum- 100 TPD; Bentonite

Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%- 50 TPD; Bentonite Sulphur Granlated

90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%- 50 TPD

Total Cost of Project Rs. 117.81 Crores

ToR Details F.No. J-11011/172/2020-IA-II (I) on dated 28th August, 2020

Public Hearing Date 06.02.2021

Monitoring Season and

Laboratory:

March-May,2019 (J. P Test House & Research Centre Shahibabad Industrial Area Shahibabad Ghaziabad (UP);

NABL Accreditated- Certificate No. TC-8047 valid till 30.06.2022

NABET Acc. No.: NABET/EIA/1922/RA0197 dated 15.03.2021 valid till 23.11.2022

Project Proponent

M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.

Agra Bombay Road, Village-Nimrani, Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569

Email ID: [email protected] ; Contact No.: +919425911529

http://www.eqmsglobal.com/

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Environment Impact Assessment Report

Capacity Expansion of Existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates,

Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant at Nimrani, Khargone, Madhya Pradesh

By M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Limited

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. 1 | P a g e

DECLARATION FROM PROJECT PROPONENT






REPORT RELEASE

M/s KHAITAN CHEMICALS & FERTILIZERS LTD. (KFCL)

Draft EIA Report of Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic

Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2,

404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569

© EQMS India Pvt Ltd (‘EQMS’),April,2021

This report is released for the use of the M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd., Regulators, and relevant

stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided

(unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other

purpose without the written consent of EQMS.

PROJECT DETAILS

Name of

Publication

Final EIA Report of Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality

Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra

No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-

Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 by M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.

Project Number PR599 Report No. 2 Version 2 Released April,2021

Prepared &

Managed By

P K Srivastava;

(EIA Co-ordinator) &

Khushboo Thakur;

(Project Incharge)

Released By

P K Srivastava (EIA

Coordinator)

/ Sweta Shah (Associate EIA

Coordinator)

CONTACT DETAILS

Head Quarter: Delhi / NCR

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

304 & 305, 3rd Floor, Rishabh Towers,

Plot No. 16, Community Centre,

Karkardooma, Delhi - 110092. (India)

Email: [email protected]; T: + 91-11-30003200/219; F: +91-11-22374775

DISCLAIMER

EQMS India Pvt Ltd has taken all possible precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable

quality plan. EQMS also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was

written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. EQMS

therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information

contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual

situation.






DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA/EMP REPORT for Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric

Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra

No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-

451569 by M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA

report.

EIA Coordinator

Signature

Name Mr. P.K. Srivastava

Period of involvement September, 2019 to April,2021

Contact Information: 8890836012

Team Member/Associated EIA Co-ordinator: Mrs. Sweta Shah

Functional Area Experts

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert

Team

Member

Involvement

(Period and Task**)

October 2019 to April,2021

Signature

Air Pollution

Monitoring &

Control (AP)

Mr. S.K. Jain

Mr. Kapil

Singh

• Air pollution monitoring.

• Meteorological parameter

measurement.

• Identification & assessment

of quantum of emission and

its Mitigation measures.

(09.10.2020)

Air Quality

Modeling and

Prediction (AQ)

Mr. Sanjeev

Sharma

Ms. Sweta

Shah

• Ambient Air Quality

monitoring network

designing.

• Processing of

micrometeorological data for

using in model.

• Air quality modelling through

ISC- Aermod for proposed

prediction of impact

(09.10.2020)

Noise &

Vibration

Mr. Dipil K

Pandey

Ms Sweta

Shah

• Monitoring of noise levels of

the project site and

surrounding area.






Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert

Team

Member

Involvement

(Period and Task**)


Signature

• Assessment of noise level and

vibration potential due to

proposed project and its

mitigation measures.

(09.10.2020)

Water Pollution

(WP)

Mr. S.K. Jain

• Water Quality monitoring

network designing.

• Sampling of water samples

(surface and ground water).

• Monitoring of water quality.

• Water Balance


of quantum of water pollution

and its Mitigation measures.

• ETP Suggestion.

(09.10.2020)

Ecology and Bio-

diversity

Conservation

(EB)

Mr. Ratnesh

Kotiyal

Ms.

Khushboo

Thakur

• Conducted Ecological survey

& preparation of status report.

• Application of taxonomy in

resource inventory (Flora &

Fauna)

• List of species animals and

plants report.


of ecological impact due to

proposed project and its

Mitigation measures.

(09.10.2020)

Solid and

Hazardous Waste

Management

(SHW)

Mr. S.K. Jain

Ms. Sweta

Shah

• Identification of hazardous

and non-hazardous wastes.

• Reuse and recycling of solid

wastes.

• Handling and disposal of

Non- Hazardous solid waste

& Hazardous waste.

(09.10.2020)

Risk and Hazards

(RH)

Mr. P.K.

Srivastava

Ms. Kirti

Patni

• Identification of hazards due

to proposed project.

• Identification of hazardous

substances in the proposed

project.

• Preparation of risk

assessment report and onsite

emergency plan.

(09.10.2020)






Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert

Team

Member

Involvement

(Period and Task**)


Signature

Land Use (LU) Mr. Anil Kumar

Mr. Kaleem

Ahmad

• Development of landuse

maps of study area using GIS

/ related tools, site visit for

ground truth survey,

finalization of landusemaps

(09.10.2020)

Socio-Economics

(SE) Mr. Anil Kumar

Mr. Kaleem

Ahmed

• Site visit, contribution to

Baseline environment and

contribution to EIA

documentation

(09.10.2020)

Geology Mr. Hardik

Patel

- • Conducted study of geology

of the project site and study

area.

• Identification of geological

formations at the project site

as well as in the study area.

• Study about topography of

the project site and study area,

contours of the area,

physiography, slope of the

area, drainage of the area and

geology of the study area.

• Study about geology of the

project site, subsurface

conditions of the project site.

• Recommendations and

preparation of reports on

geology.

(09.10.2020)

Hydrogeology Mr. Yamesh

Sharma

• Estimation of run-off

generation from site & post

project development

• Formulation of rain water

harvesting plan

• Formulation of water

conseravtion plan

(09.10.2020)

Soil Conservation -

Mr. Ratnesh

Kotiyal

• Formulation of soil monitoring

plan

• Soil sample collection and

testing

• Impact assessment of project

on soil quality and






Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert

Team

Member

Involvement

(Period and Task**)


Signature

development of management

plan

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

I, S.K Jain, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP REPORT for

Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and

Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-

Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 by M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.. I also

confirm that Environment Co-ordinator has gone through the report, and the consultant organization shall

be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

It is certified that no unethical practices including plagiarism have been carried out and external data/ text

has not been used without proper acknowledgement, while preparing this EIA report.

Signature:

Name: Mr. S.K. Jain

Designation: Director, Technical

Name of the EIA Consultant organization EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. and date NABET/BA/1922/RA0197 dated 15.03.2021 valid till

23.11.2022






CERTIFICATE OF PLAGLARISM CHECK

Title of EIA Report Environment Impact Asessment Report of Capacity Expansion

of Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic

Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra

No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-

Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 by M/s

Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.

Name of Accredited Organization M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

Unique Identification Number EQMS/EIA/KCFL/5(a)A/PR599/20042021

Name of EIA Co-ordinator (EC): Mr. P.K Srivastava

Name of the Software Plagiarism Checker X

Date of check: 20.04.2021

Time of check: 12:00 AM

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I hereby certify that this EIA Report has been evaluated using In-house software viz., Plagiarism Checker

XThe report produced has been analysed by the system based on it, I certify that the EIA report produced

in accordance with good scientific practice.

Date and Signature of EIA Coordinator:

Name: Mr. P.K Srivastava

Designation: EIA Co-ordinator

Date and Sign of Head of Accredited Organization:

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1922 RA0197 & Issue Date: 15.03.2021, Validity

Date: 23.11.2022






TABLE OF CONTENTS

M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd. ....................................................................................................... i

Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 20

1.1. Preamble........................................................................................................................................... 20

1.2. Brief About Project & Project Proponent ........................................................................................ 20

1.3. Project Site ....................................................................................................................................... 26

1.4. Need for the project and its importance to the country .................................................................... 30

1.5. Chronology of Project and Need of the EIA Study .......................................................................... 31

1.6. TOR Compliance ............................................................................................................................. 34

1.7. Structure of the Report ..................................................................................................................... 56

Chapter 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 59

2.1. Details of Project .............................................................................................................................. 59

2.2. Site Location and Surrounding......................................................................................................... 62

2.3. Land Requirement ............................................................................................................................ 65

2.4. Products with capacities for the proposed project ............................................................................ 67

2.5. Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance of Products ...................................................................... 67

2.5.1. Manufacturing Process of Existing Products .............................................................................. 67

2.5.2. Manufacturing Process of Proposed Products ............................................................................ 75

2.6. Raw Materials .................................................................................................................................. 85

2.7. Onsite/Offsite Facilities & Machineries ........................................................................................... 90

2.7.1. Offsite Facilities ........................................................................................................................... 90

2.7.2. Major Machineries ....................................................................................................................... 93

2.8. Resource Requirements .................................................................................................................... 94

2.8.1. Infrastructure................................................................................................................................ 94

2.8.2. Power & Fuel Requirement ......................................................................................................... 94

2.8.3. Water ........................................................................................................................................... 95

2.8.4. Employment ................................................................................................................................. 98

2.8.5. Parking ......................................................................................................................................... 98

2.9. Environmental Aspects .................................................................................................................... 98

2.9.1. Water Pollution ............................................................................................................................ 98

2.9.2. Air Pollution .............................................................................................................................. 103

2.9.3. Noise Pollution .......................................................................................................................... 110

2.9.4. Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation ....................................................................................... 111

2.10. Green Belt development plan ......................................................................................................... 113

2.11. Project Cost and Schedule .............................................................................................................. 113

Chapter 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................ 114

3.1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 114

3.2. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area ............................................. 114

3.3. Components of Methodology of Baseline Survey ......................................................................... 120

3.4. Physical Environment .................................................................................................................... 122

3.5. Geology & Hydrogeology .............................................................................................................. 125

3.6. Land use- Land Cover Classification ............................................................................................. 129

3.7. Soil Environment ........................................................................................................................... 135

3.8. Water Environment ........................................................................................................................ 142

3.9. Air Environment ............................................................................................................................ 154

3.10. Ambient Air Quality ...................................................................................................................... 161

3.11. Noise Environment ........................................................................................................................ 170

3.12. Ecology and Biodiversity ............................................................................................................... 173

3.13. Socio-Economic Environment ....................................................................................................... 193

3.14. Traffic Study .................................................................................................................................. 216

file:///D:/Khaitan%20(Expansion%202020)/EIA%20STAGE/LATEST%20EIA/FINAL%20EIA_KHAITAN_20.3.2021.docx%23_Toc67153723






Chapter 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 218

4.1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 218

4.2. Impact Assessment Criteria............................................................................................................ 218

4.3. Summary of Baseline of Project Area ............................................................................................ 219

4.4. Identification Linkage between Project Activities and Associated Impact .................................... 221

4.5. Impact Assessment and Evaluation ................................................................................................ 222

4.6. Impacts during Pre-construction .................................................................................................... 222

4.6.1. Impact due to site clearance ...................................................................................................... 222

4.6.2. Impact Due to Heavy Equipment Operations at Construction site, material storage and debris

and sewerage disposal ............................................................................................................... 223

4.6.3. Impact Due to Material Sourcing and Transportation .............................................................. 224

4.6.4. Impact on Occupational Health & Safety of workers due to project activities ......................... 224

4.7. Impacts during Construction & Operation Phase ........................................................................... 225

4.7.1. Impact on Air Environment ....................................................................................................... 225

4.7.2. Impact on Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 237

4.7.3. Impact on Water Quality ........................................................................................................... 245

4.7.4. Impact due to Waste .................................................................................................................. 247

4.7.5. Impact on Land Environment .................................................................................................... 248

4.7.6. Impact on Soil Quality ............................................................................................................... 249

4.7.7. Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity ......................................................................................... 250

4.7.8. Socio-economic environment .................................................................................................... 252

4.7.9. Traffic Impacts: ......................................................................................................................... 255

4.8. Conclusion ..................................................................................................................................... 255

Chapter 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITES) ........................................ 258

5.1. Analysis of Alternative Site ........................................................................................................... 258

5.2. Analysis of Alternative Technology and other Parameters ............................................................ 258

Chapter 6. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME ............................................................ 260

6.1. Objective ........................................................................................................................................ 260

6.2. Performance Indicators .................................................................................................................. 260

6.2.1. Environmental Parameters ......................................................................................................... 261

6.2.2. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring ................................................................................... 262

6.2.3. Weather Station ......................................................................................................................... 263

6.2.4. Water Quality Monitoring ......................................................................................................... 263

6.2.5. Noise Level Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 264

6.2.6. Soil Quality ................................................................................................................................ 264

6.2.7. Green Area Development .......................................................................................................... 264

6.2.8. Workplace Monitoring ............................................................................................................... 264

6.2.9. Occupational Health & Safety ................................................................................................... 264

6.3. Environmental Monitoring Laboratory .......................................................................................... 265

6.4. Measurement Methodologies ......................................................................................................... 265

6.5. Environment Monitoring Plan........................................................................................................ 265

6.6. Budgetary Plan for Environmental Monitoring Programme .......................................................... 269

6.7. Submission of Compliance & Audit Report .................................................................................. 269

Chapter 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ..................................................................................................... 270

7.1. Public Consultation ........................................................................................................................ 270

7.2. Methodology of HIRA (Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment): ......................................... 276

7.3. Hazardous Materials Bulk Storages at the KCFL Plant ................................................................. 276

7.4. Detailed QRA Approach: Rule Sets and Assumptions .................................................................. 279

7.5. Effect & Consequence Analysis ..................................................................................................... 282

7.6. Hazardous Incidents Impact ........................................................................................................... 283

7.7. Consequence Analysis ................................................................................................................... 285

7.8. Conclusions and Recommendations .............................................................................................. 285






7.9. Occupational Health and Safety ..................................................................................................... 286

7.10. Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................................................. 291

7.11. On-site Emergency Plan ................................................................................................................. 294

Chapter 8. Project Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 296

8.1. Benefits to the Country .................................................................................................................. 296

8.2. Demand Supply Gap ...................................................................................................................... 296

8.3. Environmental Benefits .................................................................................................................. 297

8.4. Social Developmental Activities: ................................................................................................... 297

8.5. Benefits to Government Revenue .................................................................................................. 299

Chapter 9. ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ................................................................ 300

Chapter 10. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................ 301

10.1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 301

10.2. Objectives of EMP ......................................................................................................................... 301

10.3. Environment Management System and Policy .............................................................................. 301

10.4. Environment Management Plan: .................................................................................................... 302

10.5. Occupational Health & Safety System ........................................................................................... 323

10.6. Green Belt Development ................................................................................................................ 329

10.7. Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization ................................................................................ 332

10.8. Facilities for Employees ................................................................................................................. 333

10.9. Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan ............................................................................................ 333

10.10. Compliance of Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection (CREP) Guidelines .......... 333

10.11. Institutional Framework for implementation of EMP .................................................................... 337

10.11.1. Hierarchical of Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ......................................................... 337

10.11.2. Grievance Redress Mechanism .................................................................................................. 339

10.11.3. Reporting ................................................................................................................................... 339

10.11.4. Documentation and Records ...................................................................................................... 339

10.12. Budget for Environmental Management Plan ................................................................................ 340

Chapter 11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...................................................................................... 342

11.1. Project Description ......................................................................................................................... 342

11.2. Description of the Environment ..................................................................................................... 346

11.3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...................................................... 349

11.4. Environmental Monitoring Programme ......................................................................................... 354

11.5. Public Consultation/Risk Assessment/Additional Studies ............................................................. 354

11.6. Project Benefits .............................................................................................................................. 355

11.7. Environment Management Plan ..................................................................................................... 356

Chapter 12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ..................................................................................... 357






LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1 : Details of Products (Existing and Total after Expansion) ...............................................................22

Table 1.2 : Contact Details of Applicant and Authorised Signatory/Contact Person ........................................25

Table 1.3 : Detailed Chronology of Events for the Project ...............................................................................31

Table 1.4 : Details of Permits and Clearance Applicable and its Status ............................................................33

Table 1.5 : TOR Compliance ............................................................................................................................34

Table 2.1 : Comparative Chart of the Project (Existing and Total after Expansion) .........................................61

Table 2.2 : Salient Features of the Project Site ..................................................................................................62

Table 2.3 : Major Industries within 10 km radius of project site ......................................................................65

Table 2.4 : Land Breakup of Project Site ..........................................................................................................65

Table 2.5 : Material Balance of ChloroSulphonic Acid ....................................................................................76

Table 2.6 : Material Balance of Sulphamic Acid ..............................................................................................77

Table 2.7 : Material Balance of Boric Acid .......................................................................................................78

Table 2.8 : Material Balance of DMS................................................................................................................79

Table 2.9 : Material Balance of Sulphate of Potash ..........................................................................................81

Table 2.10 : Material Balance of GSSP/Zincated GSSP/ Boronated GSSP/ Phosphogypsum .........................84

Table 2.11 : Material Balance of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Powder/Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90% powder/

Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% powder ...............................................................................................84

Table 2.12 : Material Balance of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90%

Granulated/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% Granulated .....................................................................85

Table 2.13 : Raw Material Details of the proposed project ...............................................................................86

Table 2.14 : Storage Facilities for Existing Raw Materials ...............................................................................88

Table 2.15 : Storage Facilities for Existing Products ........................................................................................88

Table 2.16 : Storage Facilities for Proposed Raw Materials .............................................................................89

Table 2.17 : Details of Raw Water Storage Tanks ............................................................................................90

Table 2.18 : Major Machineries installed in the Plant .......................................................................................93

Table 2.19 : Equipments for Wastewater Treatment (ETP Specifications) .......................................................93

Table 2.20 : Power & Fuel Requirement and Backup Details ...........................................................................94

Table 2.21 : Water Requirement Details (Total after Expansion) .....................................................................95

Table 2.22 : Employment Generation Details ...................................................................................................98

Table 2.23 : Outlet Characteristics of Treated Water from Sewage Treatment Plant .......................................99

Table 2.24 : Outlet Characteristics of Treated Water from Effluent Treatment Plant .....................................102

Table 2.25 : Emission Details of Existing and Proposed Plant Expansion......................................................104

Table 2.26 : Emission Load Details (Existing Phase) .....................................................................................104

Table 2.27 : Emission Load Details (Expansion Phase) ..................................................................................105

Table 2.28 : Details of Hazardous Waste Management (Existing Phase) .......................................................111

Table 2.29 : Hazardous & Non-Hazardous Waste Management for Expansion .............................................112

Table 2.30 : Other Solid waste generation and Disposal to authorized agency ...............................................112

Table 3.1 : Environmental Sensitivity of Site and Study Area .......................................................................116

Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection ..............................121

Table 3.3 : Details of Ground Water Availablity and Stage of Development ................................................127

Table 3.4 : Land-use of Study Area ................................................................................................................132

Table 3.5 : Soil Sampling Locations ...............................................................................................................135

Table 3.6 : Method for Analysis of Soil Properties .........................................................................................137

Table 3.7 : Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (Summer Season, 2019) ................................................139

Table 3.8 : Soil Reaction Classes ....................................................................................................................140

Table 3.9 : Soil Class Interpretation ................................................................................................................141

Table 3.10 : Water Quality Sampling Stations ................................................................................................143

Table 3.11 : Test Method used for the analysis ...............................................................................................147

Table 3.12 : Surface Water Standards as per IS: 2296-1982 ...........................................................................148

Table 3.13 : Surface Water Quality Criteria as per CPCB ..............................................................................149






Table 3.14 : Surface Water Quality .................................................................................................................149

Table 3.15 : Ground Water Quality .................................................................................................................151

Table 3.16 : Water Quality Classification based on WQI Value .....................................................................153

Table 3.17 : Surface Water Quality Index .......................................................................................................154

Table 3.18 : Ground Water Quality Index .......................................................................................................154

Table 3.19 : Climate Data of IMD Khargone (30 years average) ...................................................................154

Table 3.20 : No. of Days with Zero Octas of Cloud Cover (Khargone) ..........................................................156

Table 3.21 : Monthly Percentage of Calm Periods (IMD, Khargone) .............................................................158

Table 3.22 : Regional Meteorological Data (IMD, Indore) .............................................................................158

Table 3.23 : Meteorological Data at Site .........................................................................................................159

Table 3.24 : Location of Air Monitoring Stations ...........................................................................................162

Table 3.25 : Sampling Methodology ...............................................................................................................164

Table 3.26 : Air Pollutants, Their Sources and Their Effects on Humans ......................................................164

Table 3.27 : Summary of Ambient Air Quality (I) ..........................................................................................166

Table 3.28 : Summary of Ambient Air Quality (II) ........................................................................................166

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory ......................................166

Table 3.29 : AQI Category for Monitoring Station .........................................................................................167

Table 3.30 : AQI Category Index ....................................................................................................................167

Table 3.31 : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ............................................................................171

Location wise result for day-time and night time Leq is presented in Table 3.32. ..........................................173

Table 3.32 : Ambient Noise Leq at Monitoring Location ...............................................................................173

Table 3.33 : Details of Community Noise & Noise Climate ...........................................................................173

Table 3.34 : %agewise Distribution of Forest Cover ......................................................................................174

Table 3.35 : Type of forests present in Khargone District ..............................................................................176

Table 3.36 : Tree Species recorded in the Study Area ....................................................................................179

Table 3.37 : Medicinal Plants recorded in study area ......................................................................................185

Table 3.38 : Study Area considered for vegetation survey (Trees and Shrubs) ..............................................186

Table 3.39 : Characteristics of trees in Jakota Reserved Forest ......................................................................187

Table 3.40 : Characteristics of Tree species at Laltalai Reserve Forest ..........................................................187

Table 3.41 : Characteristics of Shrub Vegetation near Thikri .........................................................................188

Table 3.42 Characteristics of Shrub Vegetation near Mukundpura ................................................................188

Table 3.43 : List of mammalian species recorded (direct or indirect evidences) from study area ..................189

Table 3.44 : Reptiles and Amphibian observed in Study Area ........................................................................190

Table 3.45 : List of Avifauna recorded during the study .................................................................................190

Table 3.46 : List of Fish species reported in study area ..................................................................................192

Table 3.47 : Caste-Wise Population Distribution of 2.0 km Radial Zone .......................................................194

Table 3.48 : Population Distribution in 10 km radius study area ....................................................................195

Table 3.49 : Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates .....................................................................................200

Table 3.50 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area (10 Km) ..................................................203

Table 3.51 : Distribution of Work Participation Rate in 10 km Radius Study Area .......................................206

Table 3.52 : Composition of Non-Workers .....................................................................................................208

Table 3.53 : Village Wise Basic Amenities Availability .................................................................................211

Table 3.54 : Existing Road Condtions .............................................................................................................216

Table 3.55 : Summary of Traffic Count on NH-3 ...........................................................................................216

Source: Site Study ............................................................................................................................................216

Table 3.56 : Traffic Noise Index .....................................................................................................................217

Table 4.1 : Impact Assessment Criteria ...........................................................................................................219

Table 4.2 : Impact Assessment Criteria ...........................................................................................................219

Table 4.3 : Summary Baseline Scenario of Project Area and Likely extent of Impact ...................................220

Table 4.4 Impact Identification Matrix ............................................................................................................222

Table 4.5 : Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes .............................................................225






Table 4.6 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery............................................................225

Table 4.7 : Stack Parameters and Emission Details of Proposed Sources ......................................................228

Table 4.8 : Maximum GLC of Air Modelling ................................................................................................229

Table 4.9 : Incremental Due to proposed expansion .......................................................................................230

Table 4.10 : Noise Level during various construction phase activities and from construction machinery .....238

Table 4.11 : Modelling Output (Without barrier) ............................................................................................240

Table 4.12 : Modelling Output (Without barrier) ............................................................................................242

Table 4.13 : Typical noise levels of different Equipment ...............................................................................243

Table 4.14 : Analysis of Significance of with & without Mitigation Measures ..............................................256

Table 5.1 : Analysis of Alternative Technology & parameters .......................................................................258

Table 6.1 : Desirable Quality of ETP Treated Effluent ...................................................................................261

Table 6.2 : Desirable Quality of STP Treated Effluent ...................................................................................261

Table 6.3 : Desirable Quality for emission from stack for Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP-I & SAP-II) ..............262

Table 6.4 : Desirable Quality for emission from stack for SSP-I & SSP-II ....................................................262

Table 6.5 : Details of Online Monitoring System (Ambient Air) ....................................................................262

Table 6.6 : Details of existing work zone monitoring arrangements for Hazardous Chemical Storage Areas

.................................................................................................................................................................264

Table 6.7 : Environment Monitoring Program (Construction Phase) ..............................................................266

Table 6.8 : Environment Monitoring Program (Operation Phase) ..................................................................267

Table 6.9 : Budgetary Allocation for Environment Monitoring Programme ..................................................269

Table 7.1 : Officers present at Public Hearing, Khaitan ..................................................................................270

Table 7.2 : Officers present at Public Hearing, Khaitan ..................................................................................271

Table 7.3 : Bulk Storages [Products] ...............................................................................................................276

Table 7.4 : Bulk Storages [Raw Materials] .....................................................................................................276

Table 7.5 : Hazard Analysis of Bulk Storage Materials ..................................................................................277

Table 7.6 : Petroleum Products in KCFL and hazardous nature .....................................................................278

Table 7.7 : Risk Classification .........................................................................................................................279

Table 7.8 : Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity ...................................................................................280

Table 7.9 : Thermal Radiation Impact to Human ............................................................................................280

Table 7.10 : Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects ....................................................................................280

Table 7.11 : Damage due to Overpressure ......................................................................................................281

Table 7.12 : Different Failure Scenarios .........................................................................................................283

Table 7.13 Hazards Scenario Impact ...............................................................................................................283

Table 8.1 Proposed CER Plan .........................................................................................................................299

Table 10.1 : Environment Management Plan during Construction Phase .......................................................303

Table 10.2 : Environment Management Plan during Operational Phase .........................................................312

Table 10.3 : Details of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE’s) at Project .....................................................325

Table 10.4 : Details of plant species in & around the Industry (Existing) ......................................................330

Table 10.5 : Details of plant species in Industry (Proposed) ...........................................................................331

Table 10.6 : Budgetary Plan of Green Belt Development ...............................................................................332

Table 10.7 Compliance of CREP Guidelines ..................................................................................................334

Table 10.8 : Budget for Environmental Management Plan (Existing Phase) .................................................340

Table 10.9 : Budget for Environmental Management Plan (Expansion Phase) ..............................................341

Table 11.1 : Details of Existing and Proposed Products .................................................................................343

Table 11.2 : Comparative Chart of the Project (Existing and Total after Expansion) .....................................344

LIST OF FIGURES

: Awards and Accolades to KCFL ...................................................................................................25

: Project Location ............................................................................................................................27

: Co-ordinate Map of Project Site ....................................................................................................28






: Toposheet Map showing the project site .......................................................................................29

: Location Map of Study Area .........................................................................................................63

: Site Photographs ............................................................................................................................64

: Plant Layout ...................................................................................................................................66

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (i) ..................................................................................................67

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (ii) .................................................................................................68

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (iii) ................................................................................................68

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (iv) ................................................................................................68

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (v) ..................................................................................................69

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (vi) ................................................................................................69

: Process Flowsheet of SSP ............................................................................................................71

: Mechanism of Process of Sulphuric Acid ....................................................................................73

: Process Flow Diagram of Sulphuric Acid ....................................................................................74

: ChloroSulphonic Acid Flow Diagram .........................................................................................75

: Flow Diagram of Sulphamic Acid ..............................................................................................77

: Flow Diagram of Boric Acid .......................................................................................................78

: Flow Diagram of Di methyl Sulphate ..........................................................................................79

: Flow Diagram of Zinc Sulphate Monohydrate ............................................................................80

: Flow Diagram of Sulphate of Potash ...........................................................................................81

: Flow Diagram of GSSP/Zincated GSSP/ Boronated GSSP/ Phosphogypsum ............................83

: Flow diagram of of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Powder/Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90% powder/

Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% powder ...............................................................................................84

: Flow diagram of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90%

Granulated/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% Granulated .....................................................................85

: Raw Water Storage Tank .............................................................................................................90

: Mist Cooling Tower .....................................................................................................................91

: Turbine .........................................................................................................................................91

: Water Balance (Total After Expansion) .......................................................................................97

: Process Flow Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant ...................................................................100

: Photographs of Pre-water Treatment Plant ................................................................................100

: Process Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant ..................................................................101

: Location of Rainwater Drain & RWH Pits on Plant ..................................................................102

: Flourine Balance and Recovery .................................................................................................109

Study Area Map .............................................................................................................................115

: Topo Map showing Site & Surrounding Environmental Features within 10 km Area ................118

: Location Map of Study Area .......................................................................................................119

: Contour Map of Study Area .........................................................................................................123

: Drainage Map of Study Area .......................................................................................................124

: Hydrogeology Map of Khargone District ....................................................................................126

: Depth to Ground Water Table in Khargone District ....................................................................127

: Seismic Zones Map ......................................................................................................................128

: Earthquake Vulnerability Map of Madhya Pradesh .....................................................................129

: Graph Showing Land Use of the Study Area (10 km Radius) ...................................................133

: Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone) ............................................................134

: Soil Monitoring Map ..................................................................................................................136

: Water Monitoring Map (Ground Water and Surface Water) .....................................................145

: Temperature Variations of Study Area ......................................................................................155

: Humidity Variations of Study Area ...........................................................................................156

: Rainfall Variations of Study Area ..............................................................................................156

: Cloud Cover Variations of Study Area ......................................................................................157

: Wind Speed Variations of Study Area .......................................................................................157






: Calm period Variations in Study Area .......................................................................................158

: Wind Frequency Distribution (Summer Season) .......................................................................160

: Site-specific Windrose (Summer Season) ..................................................................................161

: Air Monitoring Map ...................................................................................................................163

: Baseline Comparative Chart ......................................................................................................170

: Noise Monitoring Map ...............................................................................................................172

: Forest Cover Map of Madhya Pradesh (showing Project Area) ................................................175

: Type of vegetation in Agrian Ecosystem ...................................................................................178

: Type of vegetation in Forest Area ..............................................................................................179

: Degraded Mixed Forest in Study Area ......................................................................................179

: Tree Diversity in Study Area .....................................................................................................183

: Shrubs Diversity in Study Area .................................................................................................183

: Herbs Diversity in Study Area ...................................................................................................184

: Agricultural Fields in Study Area ..............................................................................................186

: Photograph of Narmada River nearby Project Site ....................................................................192

: Male-Female wise Population Distribution in the study area ....................................................198

: Scheduled Caste Population in the Study area ...........................................................................199

: Scheduled Tribes Population in the study area ..........................................................................199

: Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates ..........................................................200

: Workers Scenario of Study Area ...............................................................................................206

: Composition of Main Workers ..................................................................................................207

: Composition of Marginal Workers ............................................................................................207

: Composition of Non-Workers ....................................................................................................208

: Isopleths of PM10 .........................................................................................................................231

: Isopleths of PM2.5 .........................................................................................................................232

: Isopleths of Cl ..............................................................................................................................233

: Isopleths of Acid Mist ..................................................................................................................234

Isopleths of SO2 .............................................................................................................................235

Isopleths of NOx ............................................................................................................................236

: Noise Graphical Results (Without Barrier) ..................................................................................241

Noise Graphical Results (With Barrier) .........................................................................................242

: Photographs of Environmental Monitoring Laboratory ...............................................................265

: Photographs of Public Hearing Proceedings ................................................................................275

: Indus Valley World School, Kolkata ...........................................................................................298

: Concept of OHSAS ....................................................................................................................323

: Elements of OH&S ....................................................................................................................323

: Company Policy of KCFL .........................................................................................................329

: Photographs of Green Area at KCFL .........................................................................................331

: Organization Chart of Company ................................................................................................338

: Hierarchical System of Environmental Management Cell .........................................................338

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

KCFL : Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited

ToR : Terms of Reference

EIA : Environment Impact Assessment

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality

APHA : American Public Health Association

BDL : Below Detection Level

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board






MoEF&CC : Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

CPP : Captive Power Plant

GSSP : Granulated Single Super Phosphate

SSP : Single Super Phosphate

SOP : Sulphate of Potash

SAP : Sulphuric Acid Plant

LABSA : Liniar Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid

CSA : ChloroSulphonic Acid

DMS : Di-Methyl Sulphate

HCL : Hydrochloric Acid

TPD : Tons per Day

SO3 : Sulphur Tri Oxide

CAGR : Compound Annual Growth Rate

IRR : Internal rate of return

CTE : Consent to Establish

CTO : Consent to operate

MT : Metric Tones

NOC : No Objection Certificate

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

B : Boron

Zn : Zinc

MP : Madhya Pradesh

KLD : Kilo Litre per Day

N : North

S : South

E : East

W : West

NE : North East

SW : South West

NH : National Highway

km : Kilometer

M2 : squaremeter

Kg : Kilogram

SA / H2SO4 : Sulphuric Acid

KCl : Potassium Chloride

HDPE : High Density Polyethylene

PP : Polypropylene

EOT : Electric overhead traveling

PM : Particulate Matter

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

MS : Mild steel

RCC : Reinforced Cement Concrete

MPPKVVC : M.P. Paschim Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Co. Ltd

kVA/ KW : Kilo Volt ampere/ Kilo watt

DG : Diesel Generator

F : Floride

SO2 : Sulphur Dioxide

NO2 : Nitrogen Dioxide

HC : Hydrocarbon

NH3 : Ammonia

Cl : Chlorine

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant






GLC : Groung level Concentration

CFM : Cubic Feet per Minute

Mg/ Nm3 : Miligram per Normal meter cube

DDS : Dedusting System

SPCB : State Pollution Control Board

dBA : Decibel (A)

RO : Reverse Osmosis

CER : Corporate Environment Responsibility

QA/QC : Quality Assurance/ Quality Control

SRTM : Shuttle Radar Topography Mission

GIS : Geographic Information System

CGWB : Central Ground Water Board

FCC : False Color Composite

MSS : multispectral

µg/m3 : Microgram per metercube

PCU : Passenger Car Unit

IRC : Indian Road Congress

BDU : Best Designated Use

GW : Ground water

CaCO3 : Calcium Carbonate

Mbgl : Meter below ground level

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature’s

CO : Carbon Monoxide

APCM : Air Pollution Controling Equipment

PUC : Pollution Under Control

ILO : International Labour Organization

PPEs : Personal protective equipment

VOC : Volatile Organic Carbon

USEPA : United State Environmental Protection Agency

AERMOD : Atmospheric Dispersion Modeling System

UTM : Universal Transverse Meter

TSDF : Treatment, Storage, And Disposal Facility

ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge

RET : Rare, Endangered And Threatened

MPAKVN : Madhya Pradesh Audyogik Kendra Vikas Nigam (Indore) Limited

FPS : Fine Particulate Matter Sampler

DGMS : Directorate General of Mines Safety,

EMP : Environment Management Plan

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

RSPM : Respirable suspended particulate matter

MPPCB : Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board

EHS : Environment Health & Safety

EMC : Environment Management Cell

ERPG : Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

IDLH : Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health

LDO : Light Diesel Oil

HSD : High Sulphur Diesel

LEL : Lower Explosive Limit

UEL : Upper Explosive Limit

ACGIH : The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

STEL : Short-Term Exposure Limit

TLV : Threshold Limit Value






IT : Inhalation Toxicity

AEGL : Acute Exposure Guideline Levels

HAZOP : Hazard and Operability Study

EPP : Emergency Preparedness Plan

LED : Light Emitting Diode

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

MSRL : Mild Steel Rubber Lined

SECTION- ENCLOSURES

ENCLOSURE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

I Environmental Clearance Certificate 2-4

II TOR Letter 5-12

III Name Change/Incorporation Certificate 13-17

IV Consent to Establis 18-35

V Consent to Operate 36-81

VI Land Diversion Documents 82-88

VII Water Permission 89-93

VIII Electricity Agreement 94-99

IX Hazardous Waste Authorization 100-112

X TSDF Membership 113-114

XI CSR Policy 115-118

XII Safety Instructions in Plant 119-196

XIII Vigil Mechanism Policy 197-204

XIV Disaster Management Plan 205-242

XV Approved Onsite Emergency Plan 243-245

XVI Layout Plan 246-247

XVII Topographical Map 248-249

XVIII Public Hearing Proceeding and Advertisement 250-259

XIX Test Reports 261-301 XX Wildlife Conservation Plan 302-317

XXI Compliance of Consent to Operate 318-333






CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Preamble

M/s Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited (KCFL) has proposed Expansion of its Existing Sulphuric

Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant

located Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone,

Madhya Pradesh-451569. The plant currently deals in manufacturing of Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer

(SSP) & Fortified Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer with Boron & Zinc (B SSP/Zn SSP) as powder (1200

TPD) and as granulated form (150 TPD) converting from available powder, Sulphuric Acid (350 TPD),

Oleum 23%, Oleum 65% (50 TPD), Liquid Sulphur Tri Oxide SO3 (25 TPD) and Linear Alkyl Benzene

Sulphonic Acid- LABSA (50 TPD). The plant has been operational since 1987 with a Valid Consent to

Operate granted by MPPCB vide Consent No.: AW-51953 dated 18.08.2020 for the existing production

capacity.

There has been emerging a striking need for fertilizers in the country facing lack of cultivable land due to

rapid industrialization and urbanization. Dependency of increased crop production for ever-increasing

population lied on the use of fertilizers. Latest sequence of events has indicated that with ongoing pandemic

conditions, the demand and supply gap in the agricultural products will increase that will eventually lead

to increased demand of fertilizers. Thus, expansion of the same have been proposed.

The application for the scoping of the said project was submitted to the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC)

Industry II, MoEF&CC, New Delhi on dated 07.08.2020 and the Standard TOR was granted to the project

vide F.No. J-11011/172/2020-IA-II (I) on dated 28th August 2020. (TOR letter has been annexed as

Enclosure- II). In compliance to Clause 7(i); Section III and Standard Terms of Reference, Public

Consultation for proposed expansion project was conducted successfully on 06th February,2021 by

Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board (MPCB) in coordination with District administration.

(Proceedings of Public Hearing have been annexed as Enclosure-XVIII).

1.2. Brief About Project & Project Proponent

Brief about Project

M/s Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited has the largest fertilizer and chemical production plant

located at Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 manufacturing Single Super

Phosphate Fertilizer (SSP) & Fortified Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer with Boron & Zinc (B SSP/Zn

SSP) as powder (1200 TPD) and as granulated form (150 TPD) converting from available powder,

This chapter provides background information of the project, need of the project, need of the

EIA study, scope and EIA methodology adopted and structure of the report.






Sulphuric Acid (350 TPD), Oleum 23%,Oleums 65% (50 TPD), Liquid Sulphur Tri Oxide SO3 ( 25TPD)

and Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid LABSA (50 TPD)

Latest sequence of events has indicated that with ongoing pandemic conditions, the demand and supply gap

in the agricultural products will increase that will eventually lead to increased demand of fertilizers. Thus,

Expansion of the exisitng operational plant of M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertlizers located at Village-

Nimrani, Khargone, MP is proposed by introduction of new products i.e. Granulated Phospho Gypsum (100

TPD) , Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% (50 TPD),

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90% (50 TPD),

Zinc Sulphate (Heptahydrate/monohydrate) (50 TPD), Sulphate of Potash (50 TPD), other metallic

sulphates like copper, iron, magnesium, manganese etc. (50 TPD) with enhancement of Sulphuric Acid

Plant from 350 TPD to 450 TPD and Granulated SSP(GSSP)/ Granulated Boronated SSP/ Granulated

Zincated SSP from 150 TPD to 750 TPD.

As per the Government of India (Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC),) EIA

Notification 2006 and further amendments, the proposed expansion of existing chemical fertilizer

manufacturing unit has to obtain prior environmental clearance. The proposed expansion project is covered

under Schedule 5(a) Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires environmental

clearance from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

Details of existing & proposed products are given below in Table 1.1.






Table 1.1 : Details of Products (Existing and Total after Expansion)

S.No. Particulars CAS No. Unit

Details

Existing Proposed Total after Expansion

A. FERTILIZER/SOIL CONDITIONER

1. SSP/Zn SSP/B SSP powder - TPD 1200 0 1200

2.

Granulated SSP(GSSP)/ Granulated Boronated

SSP/ Granulated Zincated SSP 8011-76-5 TPD 150 600 750

3. Granulated Phospho Gypsum 10101-41-4 TPD 0 100 100

4.

Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated &

Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% 7704-34-9 TPD 0 50 50

5.

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/ Zincated &

Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90% 7704-34-9 TPD 0 50 50

B. SPECIALITY CHEMICALS

6. Chloro Sulphuric Acid (CSA) - TPD 0 100 100

7. Oleum 23%/65%/liquid SO3 7790-94-5 TPD

25 TPD as liquid SO3 or

equivalent 50 TPD 65%

Oleum 0 25

8. Sulphamic Acid 5329-14-6 TPD 0 60 60

9. Boric acid and its salts 10043-35-3 TPD 0 20 20

10. Di Methyl Sulphate 77-78-1 TPD 0 50 50

11. Sulphuric acid - TPD 350 100 450

12. Linear alkyl benzene sulphonic acid (LABSA) - TPD 50 0 50

C. METALLIC SULPHATES

1.

Zinc Sulphate

(Heptahydrate/monohydrate) 7446-20-0 TPD 0 50 50






2. Sulphate of Potash (SOP) 7778-80-5 TPD 0 40 40

3.

Any other metallic sulphates like copper, iron,

magnesium, manganese etc 7778-80-5 TPD 0 50 50






Project Proponent

Established in 1987, Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. has earned cash profits each and every year,

since its inception, even though Single Super Phosphate (SSP) Industry has gone through tumultuous

times. Today KCFL has earned the distinction of being the largest manufacturer of Single Super Phosphate

(SSP) in India. The company is producing top quality fertilizer, sold under the brand name of “Khaitan

SSP & Utsav SSP”, and is a brand leader in Western Madhya Pradesh.

SSP manufactured and sold by Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Limited under the brand name “Khaitan

SSP & Utsav SSP” is amongst the most sought-after brands in Western Madhya Pradesh and surrounding

areas. Being a straight fertilizer with easy application, low cost per bag and unique 12% Sulphur content

makes it very popular with the farmers. It is extensively used in crops like Oil Seeds, Groundnut and Potato

etc. SSP is also manufactured in granulated form called GSSP. The granulated form of SSP easily dissolves

in water and is absorbed by the crop.

The Company is not only manufacturing high grade Sulphuric Acid (SA) for its captive consumption, but

it is also selling it in the market. There is a huge demand for Sulphuric Acid in adjoining areas. Oleum

65%, Oleum 23%, Liquid SO3 & LABSA which are derivatives of Sulphuric Acid (SA) and are used as

intermediate products for manufacturing of Dyes & Chemicals. Also used as Sulphating and Sulphonating

agent, as a dehydrating agent in Nitrations, Petroleum Refining, Laboratory Reagent etc. The products are

of very high quality and in demand by the consumer industries. The company generates steam as a by-

product in the manufacturing process and has installed a Turbo Generator (TG) to generate upto 2800 kW

Power by utilizing this steam. The Company has further installed and commissioned in Nandurbar,

Maharashtra in September 2006 a Wind Turbine Generator with a capacity of 1250 KW, for generation of

electricity by harnessing the winds. The crude oil received from the Solvent Extraction Plant is passed

through a number of processes under strict hygienic conditions and quality control. The refined oil is

marketed under the brand of “Khaitan Vegetable Oil”. The soya oil is amongst the best in the edible oils,

since it has low, almost negligible levels of saturated fats which leads to cholesterol deposits in the blood

vessels. Soyabean Meal (De-Oiled Cake) is another product in the manufacture of Soya Oil and has its

main application in the formulation of Cattle Feed. The Company’s main activities are Fertilizer, Sulphuric

Acid, Soya Oil and Power Generation for captive consumption.

VISION OF KCFL

The company has chosen Fertilizers and Edible Oils as it stands committed to the development of

Agriculture, which is the backbone of our economy. They strongly believe that the way to improve our

Country’s economy is to boost agricultural productivity. Agriculture forms about 16% of India’s GDP

while 60% of our population is dependent on agriculture.

AWARDS AND ACHIEVEMENTS

Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Limited has received many awards and accolades for its achieventment

in agriculture industry.

• Company has been awarded Environment Protection Award for three successive years i.e. 2004-

05, 2005-06 and 2006-07 by National Body namely Fertilizer Association of India, New Delhi.

The special award for Environment protection has also been awarded to the company for the year

2007-08 by “The Fertilizers Association of India, New Delhi”.






• Company has been awarded manufacturing sector for year 2007 and 2009 prestigeous “Prasansa

Patra” Award by “The National Safety Council of India, Mumbai ” for achieving “Zero reportable

accidents and effectively implementing Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems at

Nimrani Works.

• Company has been awarded “Environment Protection Award “for the year 2008-2009 by the Govt.

of Madhya Pradesh.

• Company has been awarded Environment Protection Award for year 2018-19 by National Body

namely Fertilizer Association of India, New Delhi.

: Awards and Accolades to KCFL

The KCFL group with a turnover of Rs. 493.37 Crores during year 2019 – 2020 is all set to grow rapidly

in the coming years by harnessing the capacity utilization. The turnover of Nimrani unit alone was Rs

168.50 crores during year 2019-20.

Excellence, Economy, Ethics, Innovation and services to the agriculture economy have been the guiding

forces of the company. With professional acumen and high-tech backup, there is a relentless pursuit for

excellence, which has resulted in products of high quality. The Company has a high reputation for Quality

and excellence and commands a premium in the market. The Company has also achieved highest

production of Single Super Phosphate at Nimrani unit which is highest so far produced from any single

location SSP unit operating in India.

Details of company and authorized signatory/contact person are given in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2 : Contact Details of Applicant and Authorised Signatory/Contact Person

Project Proponent M/s Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd






Registered Address Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2),

Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569

Authorized Signatory Mr. S.P. Jain

Designation Sr. Vice President (P &D)

Email Id [email protected]

Mobile No. +919425911529

1.3. Project Site

The existing unit is located at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-

Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569. The coordinates of center of the site are Latitude:

2207’30.36” N and Longitude: 75027’06.83” E. The site is located about 90 km from the Indore city and

well connected with National Highway-3 (0.01 km, W direction). The location maps of the project site are

given below in Figures. 1.2, 1.3.






: Project Location






: Co-ordinate Map of Project Site






: Toposheet Map showing the project site






1.4. Need for the project and its importance to the country

Single Superphosphate (SSP) Market size is anticipated to witness significant gains to 2025 owing to rising

demand from agriculture industry as it is an excellent source of three plant nutrients namely phosphate,

calcium, and Sulphur. With growing industrialization & urbanization mainly in India and China, there is

a significant decrease in the arable land. Moreover, deforestation and inappropriate agriculture practices

have further reduced the land fertility in these regions. Rapidly growing population in these economies

have triggered food demand and therefore there is strong need to improve the crop yield or production.

The afore-mentioned trends will drive SSP demand as it is considered superior due to presence of multiple

nutrients and will result in driving the overall single superphosphate market size in the forecast timeframe.

Growing trends across agriculture, horticulture, and animal feed industry mainly in the emerging

economies will have a positive impact on the global SSP demand and is thereby likely to drive the overall

single superphosphate (SSP) market size by 2025. For instance, fruits & vegetables account for the 90%

of the total horticulture production in India. According to The Department of Agriculture and Co-operation

(DAC) of the Ministry of Agriculture, India has witnessed voluminous increase in its horticulture

production in the past few years. In 2016-17, the horticulture crops were 295.2 million tons and have

increased with 5.4% in the past few years. The global single superphosphate (SSP) market is highly

consolidated with few players capturing a major chunk of the overall market share.

There has been emerging a striking need for fertilizers in the country has been facing lack of cultivable

land due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. Dependency of increased crop production for ever-

increasing population lied on the use of fertilizers. Fertilizer has the advantages of smaller bulk easy

transport relatively quick in an availability at plan- food constituents and the facility of their application

in proportion suited to the actual requirements of crops and soils.

The COVID-19 has put a lot of uncertainty in all the industries in the world, and also in India, due to the

lockdown announcement towards end of March 2020. However, the impact was minimized by GOI for

the fertilizer industry by exempting it from lockdown and movement across the country being an essential

commodity covered under the ‘Essential Commodities Act, 1955.’However the fiscal revenues of the

government have reduced substantially due to countrywide lockdown and relief packages for different

segments of society and industry segments. This has impacted the ability of the GOI to reimburse subsidy

and negatively impact the industry.

In the coming year 2020-21, the long-range forecast of monsoons is about normal. It also expected that

the acre age under cultivation may increase in the current year. Overall, it is expected that there will be

good demand of fertilizer in 2020-21.

To improve our agricultural output and keep in pace with the demand and status of the company, Khaitan

Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited has proposed expansion of the plant.

BENEFITS OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION

➢ It will fulfill the demand supply gap of SSP’s and related fertilizers.

➢ It will reduce the subsidy burden of Government of India.

➢ It is expected to improve the profitability of Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers.

➢ It will maintain stability in Indigenous / domestic market for SSP’s.

➢ It will ease the dependency of import of fertilizers within the country.






1.5. Chronology of Project and Need of the EIA Study

• The project was established in 1987 after grant of Environmental Clearance Certificate from Madhya

Pradesh Pradushan Niwaran Mandal vide Office Letter No. 6616/TS/W/MPPNM/86 dated

24.03.1986. (Environmental Clearance Certificate has been annexed as Enclosure-I).

• The name of company was changed from M/s Ratlam Fertilisers Limited to M/s Khaitan Fertilizers

and Chemicals Limited. (Name Change Certificate has been annexed as Enclosure-III).

• There were subsequent amendments and expansion in the project from 1986 to 1999 for which consent

were amended from time to time. (CTE & CTO has been annexed as Enclosure- IV & V respectively).

• For further expansions in the project post EIA Notification 1994 and further amendments,

Environmental Clearance was not applicable due to non-inclusion of inorganic chemicals in the

notification. As per MOEF Circular dated 21/11/2006 point ii "Such projects for which NOCs issued

before 14th September,2006 will not be required to take Environmental Clearance under the EIA

Notification, 2006." Hence, Environmental Clearance for earlier expansions within the project was not

applied.

• Now, Expansion of the Existing Plant has been proposed for which TOR has been granted vide F.No.

J-11011/172/2020-IA-II (I) on dated 28th August 2020. (TOR letter has been annexed as Enclosure-

II).

• Detailed Chronology has been provided in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3 : Detailed Chronology of Events for the Project

Sr. No Date of

Approval

Type of approval List of

sanction

products

Sanction

QTY/Annum

Remarks

1. 11/12/1985

12/12/1985

Consent under

Water act

Consent under Air

act

Not

mentioned

Not mentioned

2. 27/05/1986 Environmental

Clearance

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

72,000 MT (6000

MT/Month)

Sulphuric

Acid

36,000 MT (3000

MT/month)

3. 09/01/1992 Consent to operate Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

72,000 MT (6000

MT/Month)

Sulphuric

Acid

36,000 MT (3000

MT/month)

Sodium Silico

Fluoride

3600 MT (30

MT/month)

4. 27/09/1994 Renewal Consent

to operate

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

72,000 MT (6000

MT/Month)

Doesn’t attract

EIA notification

1994 as renewal of

existing product. Sulphuric

Acid

36,000 MT (3000

MT/month)

Sodium Silico

Fluoride

3600 MT (30

MT/month)

EXPANSION PROPOSED AFTER EIA NOTIFICATION,1994






5. 19/08/1996 Consent to

Establish

(Expansion)

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

87,600 MT (240

TPD)

Fertilizer industry

with SSP

production only

exempted under

EIA notification

1994. Other

inorganic

compound not

covered under EIA

notification 1994.

Granulated

Single Super

Phosphate

58,400 MT (160

TPD)

Sulphuric

Acid

54,750 MT (150

TPD) 6. 10/01/1997 Consent to

operate

7. 04/04/1997 Consent to

Establish

(Expansion)

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

2,92,000 MT

(800 TPD)

Sulphuric

Acid

1,27,750 MT

(350 TPD) 8. 20/05/1998 Consent to

operate

9. 22/06/1999 Consent to

Establish

(Expansion)

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

4,00,000 MT Fertilizer industry

with SSP

production only

exempted under

EIA notification

1994.Sulphuric

Acid and Oleium

being inorganic

compound and

LABSA neither

bulk drug nor

pharmaceutical

product hence not

covered under EIA

notification 1994

Sulphuric

Acid

2,00,000 MT

Sodium Silico

Fluoride

8,250 MT

OLEIUM 16,500 MT

Linear Alkyl

Benzene

Sulphonic

Acid

(LABSA)

16,500 MT

10. 15/11/1999 Consent to

Operate

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

4,00,000 MT Fertilizer industry

with SSP

production only

exempted under

EIA notification

1994. Other

inorganic

compound not

covered under EIA

notification 1994.

Sulphuric

Acid

1,15,500 MT

11. 05/06/2000 Consent to

Operate

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

4,00,000 MT

Sulphuric

Acid

1,15,500 MT

OLEIUM 16,500 MT

EXPANSION PROPOSED AFTER EIA NOTIFICATION,2006

12. 21/08/2018 Consent to

operate

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

4,00,000 MT The product being

categorized under

5(f)shall require

prior

Environmental

Clearance under

EIA notification

2006 however as

per the MOEF

Sulphuric

Acid

1,15,500 MT

OLEIUM 16,500 MT

Linear Alkyl

Benzene

Sulphonic

16,500 MT






Acid

(LABSA)

Circular dated

21/11/2006 point ii

"Such projects for

which NOCs

issued before 14th

September 2006

will not be

required to take

Environmental

Clearance under

the EIA

Notification,

2006." The NOC

for the production

of LABSA with

production Qty of

16500 MT/Year

was sanctioned on

dated 22.06.1999

i.e before

14.09.2006.

13. 03/08/2019 Renewal

Consent to

operate

Single Super

Phosphate

(SSP)

4,00,000 MT

Sulphuric

Acid

1,15,500 MT

OLEIUM 16,500 MT

Linear Alkyl

Benzene

Sulphonic

Acid

(LABSA)

16,500 MT




under Schedule 5(a) Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires

environmental clearance from MoEF&CC, New Delhi

The environmental study for proposed modernization and expansion is aimed to integrate and optimize

existing line of operations and existing environmental conditions of the Study area (around proposed

project site), predicting environmental impacts associated with the proposed project and suggesting

mitigation measures to either eliminate or minimize the environmental impacts. The study also aims to

assess feedback of different stakeholders addressing their concerns in mitigation plans.

1.5.2. Regulatory Framework

Prior Environmental Clearance is required from MOEF&CC for this project as it falls under Schedule I,

Category A [Project under” Activity-5 (a); Chemical fertilizers”] of Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification dated September 14, 2006 and amended thereof. Details of permits and clearance applicable

to this project along with status are as under in Table 1.4.

Table 1.4 : Details of Permits and Clearance Applicable and its Status

S.

No.

Permit /Clearance/Standards For Proposed

Expansion

Project

Status

1 No Objection Certificate to

Establish from Madhya Pradesh

State Pollution Control Board

(MPPCB) for the project

Mandatory Already obtained CTE for the existing

plant (22/06/1999, prior to 2006) and for

the expansion phase, to be applied after

obtaining Environmental Clearance






S.

No.

Permit /Clearance/Standards For Proposed

Expansion

Project

Status

2 Factory License Mandatory Obtained already for the existing plant

3 Water withdrawal Permission/

MOU

Required Available for existing unit from Narmada

river, the permission will be taken for the

proposed expansion after obtaining EC.

4 Consent to Operate from

Madhya Pradesh State Pollution

Control Board (MPPCB) for the

project under Water (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 and Air ( Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

Mandatory Already obtained CTO for the existing

plant (Consent No. AW-51953) dated

18/08/2020 valid till 31/05/2021, for the

expansion phase, to be applied after CTE

5 The Hazardous & Other Waste

(Management and

Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2020

Authorization

required for

storage,

transportation,

and disposal of

the hazardous

waste

Already obtained for the existing unit

from RamkyEnviro Engg. Ltd. and will

be applied for the expansion phase.

6 Clearance for Boiler Operation

From Inspector of Boilers,

Madhya Pradesh

Mandatory Sulphuric Acid Plant I: Boiler operation

certificate no NG-CA/2020-21/1551

dated 12.06.20

Sulphuric Acid Plant II: Boiler operation

certificate no DB/1804/2020 dated

22.06.20

7 License to store hazardous

fuels/explosive substances from

Director of Explosives,

Vadodara

Mandatory To be obtained

1.6. TOR Compliance




Enclosure- II).

The EIA study is conducted in-line with the approved standard TOR accorded by EAC (Industry-II) and

taking into consideration the structure of the report given in the Appendix III of EIA Notification 2006.

The compliance to the approved TOR is presented in Table 1.5.

Table 1.5 : TOR Compliance

S.No. TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE

1 Executive summary The proposed project is a “Brownfield Project” with

total cost of Rs. 117.81 Crores. The project is located

at Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-

451569 developed by M/s Khaitan Chemicals &

Fertilizers Limited. The total production capacity of the






plant after expansion will be Granulated Phospho

Gypsum (100 TPD) , Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/

Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%

(50 TPD), Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/

Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated

90% (50 TPD), Zinc Sulphate

(Heptahydrate/monohydrate) (50 TPD), Sulphate of

Potash (50 TPD), other metallic sulphates like copper,

iron, magnesium, manganese etc. (50 TPD) Sulphuric

Acid Plant (450 TPD) and Granulated SSP(GSSP)/

Granulated Boronated SSP/ Granulated Zincated SSP

(750 TPD). The project falls under Activity 5(a);

Category A as per schedule of EIA Notification,2006

and its subsequent amendments. Hecne, it requires

prior claearance for MoEF&CC, New Delhi. TOR

Letter was granted from MoEF&CC vide Letter No. J-

11011/72/2020-IA-II(I) dated 28.08.2020.

Baseline studies for the project were carries out

between 1st March 2019 to 31st May 2019. The ground

water level in Nimrani area during pre-monsoon and

post monsoon season varies from 1.90-12.70 mbgl. The

ground water level during the pre-monsoon period

(May 2012) ranged from 4.20 to 12.70 mbgl. The land

use of project site is industrial. Most of the land within

the 10 km area of the project site is Agricultural Land

(85%). 3% of the area is under water body. Soil

sampling was carried out at 6 locations and the analysis

result shows that soil comes in “Medium Fertility

Status”. Soils have medium organic carbon and are

moderately capable of supporting agriculture. 2

locations of surface ater and 8 locations of groundwater

sources were analysed. Water Quality Index of the

study area based on drinking water was found to be

categorized under Good to Excellent for Surface Water

and Good to Poor for Groundwater. The predominant

wind direction is SW with average wind speed of 2.9

km/hr. Temperature varies from 170C to 430C.

Humidity varies from 6% to 66%. AAQ monitoring

was done at eight locations within the study area and

the maximum concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,

CO, NH3 and CH4 and Non CH4 was 91 µg/m3, 10.5

µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 20.3 µg/m3, 20 µg/m3, 144 µg/m3,

135 µg/m3 and 66 µg/m3 respectively. On the criteria of

AQI the AQI Category for each of monitoring station

has been found to be satisfactory. Noise was analysed

at 8 location and found to be within prescribed limits at

all locations. Biotic survey of the study area has been

done. Pavo cristatus i.e., Indian Peafowl was observed

in the area. Conservation Pla with budgetary allocation

was prepared and the same has been submitted to Chief

Wildlife Warden. The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 965






females per 1000 males in the Khargone district. A

review of Basic infrastructure facilities (Amenities)

available in the study area has been done on the basis

of the field survey and Census records, 2011 for the

study area inhabited revenue villages of Khargone

District in Madhya Pradesh. The study area has poor

level of basic infrastructure facilities like educational,

medical, potable water, power supply and transport &

communication network. As per Seismic map of India

the study area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Risk Zone).

As the site is located adjacent to NH-3 and all the

material movement shall be done through this highway.

It is estimated that movement of ~346 PCUs (including

Trucks, tanks, passenger cars, two-wheeler, and cycle)

is done per day in and out from the project site. And in

Expansion phase movement of ~290 PCUs is expected

in and out from the project site. The NH-3 is multilane

(4-lane) of very good design (carriage width 24 m) and

its capacity is 5142 PCU per hour as per IRC

specification (IRC106-1990).

The proposed expansion project shall have short term

reversible impact with respect to air during

construction phase and minor incremental on the

ambient air (PM10-1.96 µg/m3, PM2.5- 1.76 µg/m3, Cl-

0.192 µg/m3, Acid Mist-0.48 µg/m3, SO2-6.91 µg/m3

& NOx-3.79 µg/m3) during operation phase. APCS

like 4-stage wet scrubbing system, Candle filters,

Demsiter pads, Mist eliminators, Online Monitoring

System, Cyclones etc. have been installed within the

plant. The project is a “Zero-liquid Discharge Project”.

There will be minor increase in noise levels during

construction phase but that shall be short term and

reversible, Noise shall be maintained within the limit

hence no impact with respect to noise is proposed due

to operation of unit. Due to employment generation and

tree plantation for greenbelt development in 34.89% of

plot it shall have positive impact on the socio economic

and biological environment of the area. CSR and CER

in the area shall have positive impact with respect to

social development.

The risk assessment studies were done for storage

facilities within the project site, and it was

recommended to protect tanks thermally, use

corrosion-resistant materials and lighting ventilation

system, post warning signs etc. within the premises to

reduce risk of spillages etc.

There were no alternative sites examined for the

proposed expansion as the proposed project is

expansion of existing fertilizer manufacturing unit.

Environmental Monitoring plan during construction






and operation phase is outline with parameters, no of

location and period/frequency of monitoring with

budgetary allocation. Rs. 402 lacs of capital cost &

approx. Rs. 10.30 lacs/year of recurring cost are being

spent on Environment Management Plan. Rs. 402 lacs

of capital cost & approx. Rs. 5.10 lacs/year of recurring

cost will be spent on Environment Management Plan.

Executive summary is given in Chapter 11.

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. is a a NABET accredited A

Category consultant (Accreditation Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0197) is an EIA consultant for

the proposed project. Accreditation certificate attached

in the EIA report (page No. 9). Details of EIA

Consutlant are enclosed in Chapter 12.

ii. Information about the project

proponent

The project proponent is M/s Khaitan Chemicals &

Fertilizers Limited. Mr. S.P. Jain is the authorized

signatory of the project. Established in 1987, Khaitan

Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. has earned cash profits

each and every year, since its inception, even though

Single Super Phosphate (SSP) Industry has gone

through tumultuous times. Today KCFL has earned the

distinction of being the largest manufacturer of Single

Super Phosphate (SSP) in India. The company is

producing top quality fertilizer, sold under the brand

name of “Khaitan SSP & Utsav SSP”, and is a brand

leader in Western Madhya Pradesh.

Further Details about project proponent are given

Section 1.2 of Chapter 1.

iii. Importance and benefits of the

project

The fertilizer plant will incorporate incorporate the

latest commercially available process and equipment

designs and have technology to minimize

environmental impacts. The plant already has

developed approx. 35% of its area into green area that

is being maintained regularly. All pollution control

measures are being practised within the project. The

proposed expansion will lead to direct employment to

126 persons and indirect employment to 150 persons

like transportation, contractual labour for

loading/unloading of materials and unskilled labour.

Through CER activity company management will be

committed to spend Rs. 42 Lakhs in order to improve

infrastructural facilities for the local people in field of

Environmental, Medical, and Transportation etc.

Details about importance and project benefits are given

Section 1.4 of Chapter 1 and Chapter 8.

3 Project Description






i. Cost of project and time of

completion.

The existing cost of the project cost is Rs. 70.81 Crores

and the cost of proposed expansion is Rs. 47 Crores.

The total cost of the project is Rs. 117.81 Crores.

Complete project will be implemented and

commissioned in 2021-2023.

Details are given in Section 2.11 of Chapter 2.

ii. Products with capacities for the

proposed project.

The total production capacity of the plant after

expansion will be Granulated Phospho Gypsum (100

TPD) , Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated &

Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% (50 TPD),

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/ Zincated &

Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90% (50

TPD), Zinc Sulphate (Heptahydrate/monohydrate) (50

TPD), Sulphate of Potash (50 TPD), other metallic

sulphates like copper, iron, magnesium, manganese etc.

(50 TPD) Sulphuric Acid Plant (450 TPD) and

Granulated SSP(GSSP)/ Granulated Boronated SSP/

Granulated Zincated SSP (750 TPD).

List of products and by product is given in Section 2.4

of Chapter 2.

iii. If expansion project, details of

existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available

for expansion, reference of earlier

EC if any.

The existing production capacity of the plant is Single

Super Phosphate Fertilizer (SSP) & Fortified Single

Super Phosphate Fertilizer with Boron & Zinc (B

SSP/Zn SSP) as powder (1200 TPD) and as granulated

form (150 TPD) converting from available powder,

Sulphuric Acid (350 TPD), Oleum 23%, Oleum 65%

(50 TPD), Liquid Sulphur Tri Oxide SO3 (25 TPD) and

Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid- LABSA (50

TPD). List of products and by product is given in


The proposed expansion will be done within total plot

area of 235300 m2 (23.53 ha.). 7522.5 m2 of proposed

plant area will be developed within the project site.

Details of land requirement is given in Section 2.3 of

Chapter 2.

Since the project was established before EIA

notification 2006, Environmental Clearance for the

existing project under EIA notification 2006 was not

applicable. Details of the project chronology and non

applicability of Environmental Clearance is detailed in

Section 1.5 Table 1.3 of Chapter 1.

iv. List of raw materials required and

their source along with mode of

transportation.

Various raw materials like Hydrochloric Acid, Sulphur,

Urea, Methanol, Sulphuric Acid, Rock Phosphate, Zinc

Sulphate, Wet Phospho Gypsum, Bentonite, Zinc and

Boron are being used for the project. Raw Materials are

being sourced from open markets. The raw materials

are procured and stored as per market requirement of

the products and production schedule.

List of raw material, consumption, sources, and






transportation method are given in Section 2.6 of

Chapter 2.

v. Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage

capacities

Other chemicals like Hydrochloric Acid, Sulphuric

Acid are being used and stored with proper caution.

List of other raw chemical and materials required with

quantities and storage is given in Section 2.6 of

Chapter 2.

vi. Details of Emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and

their management.

Air Emission: The main sources of air pollution in the

project are Sulphuric Acid Plant (Offgases containing

acid mist and SO2), SSP Plant (Emission of fluoride

compounds from acidulation, dust emission, rock

phosphate dust, NOx, F and dust from griding mill,

etc), Steam and Power Generation (Flue gas discharged

from boiler stack).

All air pollution control techniques and systems are

already installed in the plant to reduce the emissions.

The plant is maintaining all emission norms prescribed

by MoEF&CC/MPPCB/CPCB. After proposed

expansion, additional stacks with appropriate pollution

control system shall be introduced in the plants.

Details about air emission are given in Section 2.9.2 of

Chapter-2.

Liquid Effluent: The total wastewater generation

from the project will be 183 KLD (Domestic Sewage-

22 KLD; Industrial Effluent-161 KLD). 22 KLD

sewage will be treated in STP (25 KLD). 21 KLD STP

treated water will be sent to SSP-I/II plant for reuse as

process water. 161 KLD effluents will be sent to

collection pit and re-circulated completely to be reused

in SSP-I/II for production of Single Super Phosphate

fertilizer as it will be used for SSP process water

purposes only. The project will maintain the scheme of

Zero-Liquid Discharge.Wastewater standards as per

MoEF&CC notification G.S.R. 1607(E) dated

29.12.2017 are being maintained by plant. Details for

liquid effluent and management are given in Section

2.9.1 of Chapter-2.

Hazardous Waste: The hazardous waste generated in

the factory is listed in Schedule 1 of The Hazardous &

Other Waste (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Amendment Rules, 2021. The industry has

been granted authorization under Hazardous Wastes

(Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2021 from MPPCB vide Letter No.

1303/hopcb/hsmd/ind-28/214 dated 28.11.2014). The

hazardous waste is either being sent to MPWMB

Pithampur/authorized agency or reused within the unit.






All waste is disposed as per The Hazardous & Other

Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2021. Same will be maintained

after expansion also. Details for hazardous waste

management are given in Section 2.9.4 of Chapter-2.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with

source of supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram, man-power

requirement (regular and contract)

Water Requirement: The total water requirement of

the project will be 1830 KLD. Out of which, 1648 KLD

freshwater requirement will be sourced from Narmada

river through pipeline and the rest will be sufficed by

using 182 KLD recycled water into the premises for

SSP manufacturing plant. Details have been provided

in Section 2.8.3 of Chapter-2.

Power and Fuel Requirement: Total power

requirement of the plant will increase to 3810 kW

which will be met through Captive power plant (2600

kW) and MPPKYVC supply (1210 kW). After

expansion, captive power generation will increase from

2000 kW to 2600 kW due to use of additional Steam

generated from expansion of SAP II plant. Fuel for the

project will Coal (SOP)- 23 TPD & Furnace Oil (SSP-

I&II). Details of the power and fuel requirement have

been provided in Section 2.8.2 of Chapter-2.

Manpower Requirement: Approx. 126 no. of

employees have been proposed to be engaged in the

unit. The total population after expansion of the project

will be 391. Details of population projection have been

provided in Section 2.8.4 of Chapter-2.

viii. Process description along with

major equipment’s and machineries,

process flow sheet (quantities) from

raw material to products to be

provided

Process flow diagram and other manufacturing details

are given in Section 2.5 of Chapter-2.

List of major equipment’s and machineries installed in

project is given in Section 2.7 of Chapter 2

ix. Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems.

Hazard Identification System and RiskAnalysis of

hazardous material in the project have been provided in

Section 7.2 of Chapter-7.

Proposed Safety Systems for the project are the

following:

• Thermal radiation from pool fires are well

within the boundary. • It is recommended that the adjacent tanks shall

be thermally protected by firewater.

• Use corrosion-resistant structural materials

and lighting and ventilation systems in the

storage area. • Storage tanks should be above ground and

surrounded with dikes capable of holding

entire contents.

Detailed measures have been provided in Section 7.8






of Chapter-7.

x. Expansion/modernization

proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained

for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached

as an Annexure. A certified copy

of the latest Monitoring Report

of the Regional Office of the

Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th

May, 2012 on the status of

compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing

environmental clearances

including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to

Operate for the ongoing I

existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached

with the EIA-EMP report.


notification 1994 and EIA notification 2006,

Environmental Clearance under EIA notification 1994

and 2006 was not applicable. Details of the project

chronology and the non applicability of EIA

notification is detailed in Section 1.5 Table 1.3 of

Chapter 1.

Compliance of consent to operate for the

ongoing/Existing operation of the project from SPCB

is attached as Enclosure-XXI.

b. In case the existing project has

not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking

EC under the provisions of the

EIA Notification 1994 and/or

EIA Notification 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to

Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained

from the SPCB shall be

submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of

consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.


notification 1994 and EIA notification 2006,

Environmental Clearance under EIA notification 1994

and 2006 was not applicable. Details of the project

choronology and the non applicability of EIA

notification is detailed in Section 1.5 Table 1.3 of

Chapter 1.

Copies of Consent to Establish granted from MPPCB

since inception of the project has been annexed as

Enclosure-IV.

Copies of Consent to Operate obtained from MPPCB

with latest compliance report of CTO has been annexed

as Enclosure-V.

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for selecting the

site, whether other sites were

considered.

The project is located at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395,

396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-

Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569.

Details of Project location is given in Section 2.2 of

Chapter 2.

There were no alternative sites examined for the project

as the proposed project is expansion of exisitng






fertilizer manufacturing plant. Justification and

advantages for site selection is given in Section 5.1 of

Chapter 5.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location on

1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-

sensitive areas and environmentally

sensitive places)

Toposheet of the study area of radius 10 km and site

location on 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale (including all eco-

sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) is

given in Figure 1.4; Section 1.3 of Chapter 1 and

annexed as Enclosure- XVII.

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site

Since proposed project is an expansion project within

the existing unit having vacant land area and all

supporting facility already developed. The site is best

suitable, and no other site analysis was carried out.


iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

The coordinates of center of the site are Latitude:

2207’30.36” N and Longitude: 75027’06.83” E.

Project location with Co-ordinates of all four corners of

the site is given in Figure 1.3 of Chapter 1.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of

the project site.

Google earth map is given in Figure 1.2; Section 1.3

of Chapter 1.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt

area, utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

Layout map showing storage area, plant area, green belt

area, utilities, etc is given in Figure 2.5; Section 2.3 of

Chapter 2 and enclosed as Annexure XVI.

The land does not fall in any Industrial Estate. It is

located abuting the Notified Industrial Area i.e.

Govindpuri Industrial Area, Nimrani. Land has been in

possession of KCFL. Land Diversion Letter has been

annexed as Enclosure -VI.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Site photograph showing process area is given in

Figure 2.2; Section 2.2 of Chapter 2.

Photographs showing greenbelt area is given in Figure

10.4 ; Section 10.6 of Chapter 2.

viii. Land use break-up of total land of

the project site (identified and

acquired), government/private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc shall be

included. (not required for industrial

area)

The total plot area of the project is 235300 m2 (23.53

ha.).

Area breakup of the plot area is:

Existing Ground Coverage: 3.38 ha.

Proposed Ground Coverage: 0.75 ha.

Green Belt & Plantation: 8.21 ha.

Open Platform: 0.12 ha.

Open Spaces Area: 10.06 ha.

Road Area: 1.01 ha.

Details have been provided in Section 2.3 of Chapter

2.

ix. A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10km

radius) shall be incorporated. Land

use details of the study area

The project site is located abuts Notified Industrial

Area i.e. Govindpura Industrial Area, Nimrani,

Madhya Pradesh-451660. Many small and medium

industries are present at 1-3 km from project site. A list

of major industries with name and type within study

area (10km radius) given in Table 2.3; Section 2.2 of

Chapter 2.






The total land area under 10 km study is 329.87 sq.km.

Most of the land within the 10 km area of the project

site is Agricultural Land (85%). 3% of the area is under

water body. As per the land use based on satellite

image, about 5 % of the land is under Settlement,

Vegetation/Open Scrub is about 5%, Dry RiverBed is

2%. Further details on land-use of the study area is

given in Section 3.6 of Chapter 3.

x. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Geological Features of Study Area: The district

exhibits varied geomorphic units, the presence of

fluvial units showing the occurrences of alluvium in the

flood plains of all major stream and rivers, buriedPedi

plains showing denudational hills as seen in the north

western parts of the district. The litology at the study

area falls in Deccan trapwhere deeper aquifers potential

depends on intensity of fracture and its areal extent.

They range from 5 lps to as high as 800 lpm the

transmissivity characteristics of the confined aquifers

ranges from 2 m2/day to as high as 312 m2/day.

Hydrological Status of Study Area: The ground water

level in Nimrani area during pre-monsoon and post

monsoon season varies from 1.90-12.70 mbgl. The

ground water level during the pre-monsoon period

(May 2012) ranged from 4.20 to 12.70 mbgl. In major

parts of the district, depth of water level ranges from

8.12 mbgl. During the post-monsoon period

(November 2012) ranged from 1.90 to 11.70 mbgl in

Khargone district. In major part of the district, water

level is between 5 to 10 m.

Further details on geological features and hydrological

status of study area are given in Section 3.5 of Chapter

3.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project

upto 5km radius of study area. If the

site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean season

river discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years.

Details of Flood Level of the project

site and maximum Flood Level of

the river shall also be provided.

(mega green field projects)

The main drainage in formed being Narmada river

and various small nalas and rivelutes joins to

Narmada. The Tapti driange system extends in a

limited area along the southern boundary of the district.

Narmada river, Satak river, and Sukli river were found

flowing within 5 km from the Project site. In the 10 km

study area, Borar river, Khuj river, Phulka river, Bhuti

river, Karam river are flowing.

Drainage map of the project study area is attached as

Figure 3.5; Section 3.4 of Chapter-3.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected

time of complete possession of the

The project site has been under possession of KCFL

since 1987. Hence, the site has already been acquired.

Under proposed expansion, no other land will be added.

Therefor, it is not applicable.






land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy

Total land of the project site has been in possession of

KCFL. Hence, R&R is not applicable.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use

of forest land (forestry clearance), if

any, and recommendations of the

State Forest Department. (if

applicable)

No forest land involved. Hence Not Applicable

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of

the proposed site delineating the

forestland (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40

ha)

Not Applicable

iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

iv. The projects to be located within 10

km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated

by Chief Wildlife Warden showing

these features vis-à-vis the project

location and the recommendations

or comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon

No national parks, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves,

migratory corridors of wild animals within 10 km area

of the proposed project site.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if

any exists in the study area

Pavo cristatus (Indian Peafowl) which is a Schedule-I

species have been identified in the study area.

Wildlife Conservation Plan has been prepared.

However, due to prevailing conditions of lockdown due

to COVID, all state government offices have been

closed and thereby, submission could not be done.

Wildlife Conservation Plan with budgetary allocation

has been attached as Enclosure-XX.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and

site specific micro-meteorological

data using temperature, relative

humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

Meteorological Data:

Temperature – During the study period daily

minimum temperature was 170C and daily maximum

temperature was 430C.






Relative Humidity – During the study period daily

minimum humidity was 6% and daily maximum

humidity was 66%.

Wind Speed– The wind speed ranges between 0.5 to

3.0 m/s during study period except calm conditions.

Most of the time wind speed ranges between 1.5 to 2.5

m/s.

Wind Direction – The predominant wind direction at

site is from West and Southwest direction.

Calm Periods – Calm period is more during nighttime

than daytime. Percentage calm periods during study

period was 10.46%.

Details of site specific micro-meteorological data is

given in Section 3.9 of Chapter 3.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations

shall be based CPCB guidelines and

take into account the pre-dominant

wind direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant

to the project was collected. The maximum

concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and

CH4 and Non CH4 was 91 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 10.5

µg/m3, 20.3 µg/m3, 20 µg/m3, 144 µg/m3, 135 µg/m3

and 66 µg/m3 respectively.

Further details are given in Section 3.10 of Chapter 3.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement

for 12 weeks of all stations as per

frequency given in the NAAQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along

with – min., max., average and 98%

values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ

stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max.,

average and 98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations have been

attached as Enclosure-XIX.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby

River (100m upstream and

downstream of discharge point) and

other surface drains at eight

locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC

guidelines.

Surface Water quality of 2 locations (available within

10 km study area) have been assessed. It was analysed

that the assessed surface waters is not polluted and

classified as “ Class A” and can be use for as Drinking

water source without conventional treatment but after

disinfection. However Total Coliform Level was found

to be observed unde Class “B”. Thus, all the analyzed

parameters were within the limits specified for suitable

for meeting drinking water requirements without

conventional treatment but disinfection.

Further Details are given in Section 3.8 of Chapter 3.

v. Whether the site falls near to

polluted stretch of river identified by

the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give

details.

No, the project doesn’t fall near the polluted stretch of

river identified by CPCB/MoEF&CC.






vi. Ground water monitoring at

minimum at 8 locations shall be

included.

Groundwater monitoring was done at 8 locations and

the results were assessed.

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged

between 7.1 to 7.7, which are well within the specified

standard of 6.5 to 8.5 limit. Total hardness was

recorded to range from 196 to 358 mg/l, which is within

the permissible limit 600 mg/l at all locations. The

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentration recorded

ranged between 410 to 896 mg/l and was within the

permissible limits (2000 mg/l) at all locations.

Chlorides at all the locations were within the

permissible limits (1000 mg/l) as it ranged between 140

– 212 mg/l. Sulphates at all the locations were within

the permissible limits (400 mg/l) as it ranged between

30.5 – 58.2 mg/l. Bacteriological studies reveal that no

coliform bacterial are present in the samples. The heavy

metal contents were observed to be in below detectable

limits. All physical and general parameters were

observed within the permissible limit as per

IS10500:2012 (Second Revision). Thus, it is

recommended that water be filtered and disinfected

prior to be given for drinking water requirements.


vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8

locations within the study area. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study

area was done and the results were analyzed. It was

found that , the noise level is within the prescribed limit

in all the monitoring stations. The noise monitoring

shows that day and nighttime noise levels are higher at

locations nearby NH-3 (Industrial Area, Nimrani) and

Khal Khurd Chowk SH-31 due to industrial activities

in industrial area and vehicular movement on

highways, respectively.


viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines wa done at

6 locations within 10 km study area.

As per the grain size distribution the percentage of Sand

in all sampled soil was found varied from 38% to 45%,

Silt varied from 24% to 30% and Clay from 28% to

34% during study season. Thus, the soil texture is Clay

Loam. The soil pH ranges were observed from 6.86 to

7.56 during study season, thereby indicating the soil is

neutral to slightly alkaline in nature. The Organic

Carbon content of sampled soil during study seasons

varied from 0.62% to 0.73%, thereby implying that






soils are medium in organic content. Available nitrogen

content in the surface soils ranges between 318.2 kg/ha

to 355.2 kg/ha thereby indicating that soils are medium

in available nitrogen content. Available phosphorus

content ranges between 15.8 kg/ha to 19.2 kg/ha

thereby indicating that soils are medium in available

phosphorus. Available potassium content in these soils

ranges between 168.2 kg/ha to 252.5 kg/ha thereby

indicating that the soils are medium in potassium

content. Based on Nutrient Index Value for N, P and K,

the soils of study area fall into medium fertility status.

Soils have medium organic carbon and are moderately

capable of supporting agriculture. The soils of study

area are between neutral and slightly alkaline as pH

value of soils in all analyzed samples is less than 8.5

and simultaneously the value of EC is less than 1 dS/m.

Further Details of soil are given in Section 3.7 of

Chapter 3.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed

project, parking arrangement etc.

Road is connected to the highway NH-3 hence no

major traffic was observed. Because most of the traffic

is carried by the NH-3. During the study period

maximum traffic in study area was observed during day

time especially in morning hours. The movement of

heavy and light vehicles is higher. Less traffic

movement is found during night time. With the

operation of proposed expansionproject the traffic

volume would increase further.As the site is located

adjacent to NH-3 and all the material movement shall

be done through this highway. It is estimated that

movement of ~346 PCUs (including Trucks, tanks,

passenger cars, two wheeler, and cycle) is done per day

in and out from the project site. And in Expansion

phase movement of ~290 PCUs is expected in and out

from the project site. The NH-3 is multilane (4-lane) of

particularly good design (carriage width 24 m) and its

capacity is 5142 PCU per hour as per IRC specification

(IRC106-1990).

Further details of traffic study of the area is represented

in Section 3.14 of Chapter 3.

x. Detailed description of flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

existing in the study area shall be

given with special reference to rare,

There are 4 reserve forests located within the study area

i.e., Jalkota Reserved Forest; 7.86 km (NE), Laltalai

Reserved Forest; 5.26 km (S), Thikari Reserved Forest;

8.78km (SW), Dolani Reserved Forest; 8.85km (S).






endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule-I fauna are found within

the study area, a Wildlife

Conservation Plan shall be prepared

and furnished.

Major species are Teak, Saja, Dhawda, Baheda,

Mahua, Salai, Lendia, Moyan, Tendu, Palash etc. At

many places teak and mixed forest are interspread with

Bamboo species. Recorded floral species from the

study area were assessed for their conservation status

by cross-checking with red data book of Indian plants

(Nayar & Sastri, 1987-90) and none of the plant taxa

were found under RET category.The important Kharif

crops in the project area are sorghum, soyabean and

corn. In Rabi, the commonly grown crops are wheat,

mustard, peas, pigeon peas, chickpea etc. Horticultural

crops include Mango, Papaya, Guava, Jamun, Grape

and Banana along with vegetables. Importance Value

Index: Predominantly observed tree species in the study

area is Beuteamonosperma. In both the location Beutea

monosperma is the dominant species followed by

Acacia arabica and Ziziphus mauritiana etc. Simpson

diversity index-The Simpson diversity index in the

above sites selected for the study ranges from 0.48 to

0.52 in the study area.Among recorded mammals, no

species comes under Schedule-I category of Indian

Wildlife Protection Act (1972). The listed animal all so

cross checked with IUCN red data book and found that

most of the animals recorded in this study were listed

as “Least Concern” category of IUCN Red Data Book.

Pavo cristatus (Indian Peafowl) which is a Schedule-I

species have also been recorded in the study area.

Narmada River is located nearby which covers many

fish species like Ham, Labeo bata etc.


xi. Socio-economic status of the study

area. The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 965 females per 1000

males in the Khargone district. A review of Basic

infrastructure facilities (Amenities) available in the

study area has been done on the basis of the field survey

and Census records, 2011 for the study area inhabited

revenue villages of Khargone District in Madhya

Pradesh. The study area has poor level of basic

infrastructure facilities like educational, medical,

potable water, power supply and transport &

communication network


7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain,

the AQIP Modelling shall be done

using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants

from the stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features have been provided in Section

4.7.1 of Chapter-4.

The proposed expansion project shall have short term

reversible impact with respect to air during

construction phase and minor incremental on the

ambient air (PM10-1.96 µg/m3, PM2.5- 1.76 µg/m3, Cl-

0.192 µg/m3, Acid Mist-0.48 µg/m3, SO2-6.91 µg/m3






the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the

area shall be assessed. Details of the

model used and the input data used

for modelling shall also be provided.

The air quality contours shall be

plotted on a location map showing

the location of project site,

habitation nearby, sensitive

receptors, if any.

& NOx-3.79 µg/m3) during operation phase.

Further details are given in Section 4.7.1 of Chapter 4.

ii. Water Quality modelling – in case of

discharge in water body

Project being Zero liquid discharge, no effluent

discharge in water body envisage. Hence Not

applicable.

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this

regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or

rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be

examined.

Emissions will principally arise from the vehicles

used for the transport of raw materials to the site and

for the transportation of finished products from the site.

There will be a chance that, the workers on the site

would get exposed to this type of emission from

the vehicles. However, their effect will be localized

and transient in nature and will principally affect the

localities adjacent to the access road. emissions will

principally arise from the vehicles used for the

transport of raw materials to the site and for the

transportation of finished products from the site. There

will be a chance that, the workers on the site would

get exposed to this type of emission from the

vehicles. However, their effect will be localized and

transient in nature and will principally affect the

localities adjacent to the access road.

Impact of the transport is given in the Section 3.14 of

Chapter 3 and Section 4.7.9 of Chapter 4.

Entry of Project site is through highway NH-3. All

inward and outgoing materials from the plant shall be

through this highway.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations,

extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to

meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Process Effluent will be sent to collection pit and re-

circulated completely to be reused within the process.

Domestic sewage will be treated in Sewage Treatment

Plant and the treated effluent will be reused for

gardening purposes. The project will be “Zero-liquid

Discharge” Unit.

Details are given in Section 2.9.1 of Chapter 2.

v. Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

The main sources of air pollution in the project are

Sulphuric Acid Plant (Offgases containing acid mist

and SO2), SSP Plant (Emission of fluoride compounds






from acidulation, dust emission, rock phosphate dust,

NOx, F and dust from griding mill, etc), Steam and

Power Generation (Flue gas discharged from boiler

stack).

All air pollution control techniques and systems are

already installed in the plant to reduce the emissions.

The plant is maintaining all emission norms prescribed

by MoEF&CC/MPPCB/CPCB. After proposed

expansion, additional stacks with appropriate pollution

control system shall be introduced in the plants.

Details about air emission are given in Section 2.9.2 of

Chapter-2.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission

control

Measures for fugitive emission control are given in

Section of 2.9.2 of Chapter 2.

vii. Details of hazardous waste

generation and their storage,

utilization and management. Copies

of MOU regarding utilization of

solid and hazardous waste in cement

plant shall also be included. EMP

shall include the concept of waste-

minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation,

and natural resource conservation.

The hazardous waste generated in the factory is listed

in Schedule 1 of The Hazardous & Other Waste

(Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2021. The industry has been

granted authorization under Hazardous Wastes

(Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2021 from MPPCB vide Letter No.

1303/hopcb/hsmd/ind-28/214 dated 28.11.2014). The

hazardous waste is either being sent to MPWMB

Pithampur/authorized agency or reused within the unit.

All waste is disposed as per The Hazardous & Other

Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2021. Same will be maintained

after expansion also. Details for hazardous waste

management are given in Section 2.9.4 of Chapter-2.

Various measures like ZLD concept, reused of

Hydroflurosilicic Acid for rock phosphate, use of

sulphur sludge as filler etc. have been adopted to

achieve waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover,

Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation. Details are provided in Section 10.7 of

Chapter 10.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall

be provided.

The fly ash generated during manufacturing process of

existing and expansion phase products, will be recycled

in SSP/GSSP Plant.

ix. Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning

schedule etc. shall be included. The

green belt shall be around the project

boundary and a scheme for greening

of the roads used for the project shall

KCFL has already developed a dense

greenbelt/plantation/green farm in 8.21 Ha area that is

about 34.89% of the total land area. More than 9-10m

wide green belt has been provided across the boundary.

Approximately, 11,525 no. of trees will be planted

under proposed expansion to cover 2500 trees per

hectare of green area within the plant.

Details of green belt development is given in Section






also be incorporated. 10.6 of Chapter 10.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains

to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities

at the project site to conserve fresh

water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

Presently rainwater is by-passed during pre monsoon

for rain harvesting purpose. The diverted storm water

is checked for permissible parameters of pH during pre-

monsoon. Rainwater then is recycled back in process

after getting quality check. 4 no. of rainwater

harvesting pits have been installed at Labour colony

road & garden, Mess & Colony, T.G. Cooling Tower

and ADM Office for storage and recharge of

groundwater. 2 no. of rainwater harvesting pits have

been proposed at South west & north west corner of

factory in further expansion for futher groundwater

recharge.

Further Details of rainwater harvesting system in plant

is given in Section 2.9.1.2 of Chapter 2.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be

included.

Rs. 402 lacs of capital cost & approx. Rs. 10.30

lacs/year of recurring cost are being spent on

Environment Management Plan. Rs. 402 lacs of capital

cost & approx. Rs. 5.10 lacs/year of recurring cost will

be spent on Environment Management Plan


xii. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Action Plan for post-project environmental monitoring

is given in Chapter 6.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked

with District Disaster Management

Plan.

Details of Risk assessment associated with project is

given in Chapter 7.

Onsite Emergency plan prepared and implemented by

KCFL in plant has been discussed in Section 7.10;

Chapter-7

The company has an approved Onsite Emergency Plan

for the Existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality

Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri

Inputs Manufacturing Plant at Nimrani, Khargone,

Madhya Pradesh from Directorate, Industrial Health

and Safety, MP, Indore (Major Accident Hazard

Control Cell) vide OSEP No. : RE19091911505498

under Section 2CCB (Annexed as Enclosure-XV).

8 Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety of

all contract and casual workers

Different plans and measures are adopted by the Plant

to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract

and casual workers. Occupational Health & Safety

policy is developed at the plant. Pre-placement and

periodically examination (Physical examination, Urine

Routine examination, Hematology, LFT, Blood Sugar,

chest X rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing,ECG, etc) of Staff and works is being done by

KCFL to analyze the health status as per DGMS

guideline.

Details of arrangement made in plant for Occupational






Health & safety of workers is given in Section 10.5 of

Chapter-10.

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers’ health is being evaluated

by predesigned format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing (Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular defect)

ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the

details of the same. Details

regarding last month analyzed data

of above-mentioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of

workers is given in Section 10.5 of Chapter-10.

iii. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards and

whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them

within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved,

Details are given in Section 10.5 of Chapter-10.

iv. Annual report of heath status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety

Details are given in Section 10.5 of Chapter-10.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved

by its Board of Directors? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, KCFL has a well laid down environmental policy

approved by CEO. Details of policy is given in Figure

10.3; Section 10.5 of Chapter 10.

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into

focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

A separate EMP cell, Fire & Safety cell and

Occupational Health Centre is provided in the plant for

compliance of Environmental management plan and

OHSAS guideline Company.

Environmental policy suggests adhering to compliance

of all applicable legislative and other statutory

requirements. Company has also maintained many

SOPs for compliance of norms.

Institutional Framework with responsibility for

implementation of EMP is given in Section 10.11 of

Chapter 10.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of hierarchical system is given in Section

10.11.1 of Chapter 10.






Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms

to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting

mechanism shall be detailed in the

EIA report

All non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms are reported by the Jt. GM (EPC) and

Environmental officer directly to the Unit Head.

Details have been given in Section 10.11 of Chapter-

10.

10. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during

operation phase.

Company will give preference to local people (Skilled

People) for employment. The Company is more

concern for the safety and health of its people,

including the larger community outside of the company

and the environment. All employees will be trained to

work on sites in the safest possible manner and shall be

made aware of the consequences of unsafe act.

Company also provide the shelter, safe drinking water,

sanitation facility. The company will allocate adequate

budget for safety and Occupational health management

of the employees.

Details are given in the Section 10.8 of Chapter 10.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

As per Office Memorandum from MoEF&CC vide File

No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 20.10.2020 it has been

stated that

“EAC/SEAC shall deliberate on the commitments

made by the project proponent to address the concerns

raised during the public consultation and prescribe

specific condition(s) in physical terms while

recommending the proposal, for grant of prior

environmental clearance instead of allocation of

funds under Corporate Environment Responsibility”

However, 1% of total project cost i.e., Rs. 42 Lakhs

will be spent on CSR/ESC/CER activities. Through

CSR/ESC/CER activities company management will

be committed to improve infrastructural facilities for

the local people in field of Environmental, Medical,

and Transportation etc. Details are given in Table 8.1;

Section 8.4 of Chapter-8.

12 Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant

Sections of Air and Water Acts? If

None






so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s)

and present status of the case.

13 A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TORs

Complied

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly

indexed, page numbered.

Complied

ii. Period/date of data collection shall

be clearly indicated.

The period of data collection is 1st March,2019 to 31st

May,2019.

Complied and provided in Chapter 3.

iii. Authenticated English translation of

all material in Regional languages

shall be provided.

Not applicable.

iv. The letter/application for

environmental clearance shall quote

the MoEF&CC file No. and also

attach a copy of the letter.

The copy of the letter received from

the Ministry shall be also attached as

an annexure to the final EIA-EMP

Report.

Complied

v. The index of the final EIA-EMP

report must indicate the specific

chapter and page no. of the EIA-

EMP Report

Complied

vi. While preparing the EIA report, the

instructions for the proponents and

instructions for the consultants

issued by MoEF&CC vide O.M. No.

J-11013/41/ 2006- IA.II (I) dated 4th

August, 2009, which are available

on the website of this Ministry shall

also be followed.

Complied

vii. The consultants involved in the

preparation of EIA-EMP report after

accreditation with Quality Council

of India (QCl) /National

Accreditation Board of Education

and Training (NABET) would need

to include a certificate in this regard

in the EIA-EMP reports prepared by

them and data provided by other

organization/ Laboratories including

their status of approvals etc. Name

of the Consultant and the

Accreditation details shall be posted

on the EIA-EMP Report as well as

on the cover of the Hard Copy of the

NABET Certificate of Environmental Consultant have

been provided in Chapter-12.






Presentation material for EC

presentation.

A Specific TOR

1 Details on requirement of energy

and water along with its source and

authorization from the concerned

department.

Power and Fuel Requirement: Total power

requirement of the plant will increase to 3810 kW

which will be met through Captive power plant (2600

kW) and MPPKYVC supply (1210 kW). After

expansion, captive power generation will increase from

2000 kW to 2600 kW due to use of additional Steam

generated from expansion of SAP II plant. Fuel for the

project will Coal (SOP)- 23 TPD & Furnace Oil (SSP-

I&II). Details of the power and fuel requirement have

been provided in Section 2.8.2 of Chapter-2.

Electricity is being supplied through in-house Captive

Power Plant and rest is being supplied from Madhya

Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut

Vitaran Company Ltd. (Agreement has been annexed

as Enclosure-VIII)

Water Requirement: The total water requirement of

the project will be 1830 KLD. Out of which, 1648 KLD

freshwater requirement will be sourced from Narmada

river through pipeline and the rest will be sufficed by

using 182 KLD recycled water into the premises for

SSP manufacturing plant. Details have been provided

in Section 2.8.3 of Chapter-2.

Fresh water requirement is being sourced by Narmada

River as per permission from Office of Executive

Engineer, Water Resources, Khargone, MP vide NOC

No. 329 dated 20.12.1995. (Attached as Enclosure-

VII).

2 Energy conservation in ammonia

synthesis for urea production and

comparison with best technology.

Not Applicable.

3 Details of ammonia storage and risk

assessment thereof

Not Applicable.

4 Measures for control of urea dust

emissions from prilling tower

Not Applicable.

5 Measures for reduction of

freshwater requirement.

Recycled water is being circulated to SSP-I/II plant for

production of Single Super Phosphate fertilizer as

water is used for SSP process water purposes only. The

project is a Zero-liquid discharge unit. The same shall

be maintained after expansion.


6 Details of proposed source-specific

pollution control schemes and

equipment’s to meet the national

standards for fertilizer.

All national standards for fertilizer are maintained in

the plant. Details are given in Section 2.9 of Chapter

2.






1.7. Structure of the Report

This EIA report has been prepared based on available on-site primary data (survey/ monitoring) and

secondary/literature data. The EIA report contains project features, baseline environmental setup,

assessment of environmental impacts, and formulation of mitigation measures, environmental

management, and monitoring plan with risk & disaster management plan. The report would include 12

Chapters and the structure of the EIA Report with necessary tables, drawings and annexure is as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction

7 Details of fluorine recovery system

in case of phosphoric acid plants and

SSP to recover fluorine as

hydrofluorosilicicacid (H2SiF6) and

its uses

H2SiF6 is recovered from process which is collected in

RCC lagoons. It is in turn used as reactant with

sulphuric acid for acidulation of rock phosphate. Thus,

industry is working on ZERO – DISCHARGE

concept.

Details of fluorine recovery system have been given in

Section 2.9.2 of Chapter-2.

•

8 Management plan for

solid/hazardous waste including

storage, utilization and disposal of

bye products viz., chalk, spent

catalyst, hydro fluoro silicic acid and

phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck,

etc.

Hazardous waste like Spent Catalyst are stored in MS

drums with sealed lid and disposed off to TSDF site ;

CHWTSDF Pithampur .Membership for the same is

enclosed as Annexure X

Hazardous Wastes like ETP Sludge and empty

containers are packed in HDPE bags. Same is sold to

CPCB/MoEF&CC authorized parties for recycling.

Sulphur sludge, Coal Ash, H2SiF6 are used within the

plant.

The same will be followed after expansion also.

Details are given in Section 2.9.4 of Chapter 2.

9 Details on existing ambient air

quality for PM10, PM2.5, Urea

dust*, NH3*, SO2*,

NOx*,HF*,F*,Hydrocarbon

(Methane and Non-Methane) etc.,

and expected, stack and fugitive

emissions and evaluation of the

adequacy of the proposed pollution

control devices to meet standards for

point sources and to meet AAQ

standards.(*as applicable

Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5,

SO2*, NOx*, NH3, CO and Hydrocarbon (Methane and

Non-Methane) etc. is provided in Section 3.10 of

Chapter 3. The maximum concentration of PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and CH4 and Non CH4 was

91 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 20.3 µg/m3, 20

µg/m3, 144 µg/m3, 135 µg/m3 and 66 µg/m3

respectively.

Details of expected emissions are given in Section

4.7.1 of Chapter 4.

10 Details on water quality parameters

in and around study area such as pH,

Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Free

Ammoniacal Nitrogen, free

ammonia, Cyanide, Vanadium,

Arsenic, Suspended Solids, Oil and

Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total

Chromium, Fluoride, etc.

Details on water quality parameter is provided in







This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study and brief of the

project. The scope and EIA methodology adopted in preparation of EIA report have also been described

in this Chapter. It also covers the identification of project & project proponent, brief description of nature,

size, location of the project and its importance to the country and the region. Scope of the study details

about the regulatory scoping carried out as per the generic structure given in the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter deals with the project details of the existing unit and the proposed expansion of Fertilizer

project, with type of expansion in project, need for the expansion at the project site, location, size &

magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the expansion project, proposed

schedule for approval and implementation, including technical details of raw material, quality and quantity

etc.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area around the existing unit and the

proposed expansion project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment, geological,

climate, transport system, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic aspects, basic amenities etc.

Environmental assessment of the proposed expansion project site considering the already established

existing unit regarding its capability to receive the proposed new development is also discussed in this

Chapter.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the existing and proposed expansion project activities and

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures and describing the already implemented

mitigation measures at the existing unit for respective environment concerns. It predicts the overall impact

of both existing and the proposed expansion project on different components of the environment viz. air,

water, land, noise, biological, and socio-economic.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Sites)

This chapter indicates the justification for selection of expansion of project site instead of any other

alternate site within existing unit and alternate technology used for sustainability.

Chapter-6: Environment Monitoring Programme

Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures which are already set for the

existing unit and updated as per the need of expansion proposed at the site (incl. Measurement

methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed

budget & procurement schedules).

Chapter 7: Additional Studies






This chapter deals with the potential risk assessment carried out for the proposed expansion at fertilizer

project during construction and operation due to bulk storages of Hazardous materials and sample disaster

management plan

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter presents the details of direct and indirect benefits due to proposed expansion project.

Chapter 9: Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

This chapter defines the benefits on Environment due to the proposed project.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment exercise and the EMP

already developed for the existing unit to strengthen the mitigation measures of expansion project. It

describes the overall impacts of the proposed activities during construction and operation phases and

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It also provides mitigation and control

measures for environmental management plan (EMP) for minimizing the negative environmental impacts

and to strengthening the positive environmental impacts of the proposed project.

Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

This chapter provides the summary and conclusions of the EIA study of the proposed expansion project

with overall justification for implementation of the project and explanation of how, adverse effects will be

mitigated.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

This chapter provides the disclosure of consultants engaged to carry out the EIA study along with other

additional.






Chapter 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Details of Project

M/s Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited (KCFL) is the leading manufacturer of Single Super

Phosphate Fertilizer in the country standing at India’s largest Single Super Phosphate (SSP) Production

capacity of 11,13,500 MT in the states of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh and

Gujarat.

The Company also manufactures Sulphuric Acid (SA) with production capacity of 2,70,600 MT in the

states of Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh. It is the leading manufacturer of Sulphuric

Acid 98% which is the main raw material used in manufacturing of Single Super Phosphate (SSP)

Fertilizer, Copper Sulphate, Zinc Sulphate, Ferrous Sulphate, Health Medicine and a number of other uses.

They also produce Sulphur Trioxide (LQSO3), OLEUM 23% and OLEUM 65% which are being used

mainly for production of plastic, detergent and dyestuff. Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid (LABSA)

is also manufactured by the company which used to produce detergent & cake for washing the clothes.

Established in 1987, Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. has earned cash profits each and every year,

since its inception, even though Single Super Phosphate (SSP) Industry has gone through tumultuous

times. Today KCFL has earned the distinction of being the largest manufacturer of Single Super Phosphate

(SSP) in India. The company is producing top quality fertilizer, sold under the brand name of “Khaitan

SSP & Utsav SSP”, and is a brand leader in Western Madhya Pradesh.

There has been emerging a striking need for fertilizers in the country since it has been facing lack of

cultivable land due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. Dependency of increased crop production

for ever-increasing population lied on the use of fertilizers. Fertilizer have the advantages of smaller bulk

easy transport relatively quick in an availability at plan- food constituents and the facility of their

application in proportion suited to the actual requirements of crops and soils.

The largest fertilizer and chemical production plant located at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2,

404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 manufacturing

Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer (SSP) & Fortified Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer with Boron & Zinc

(B SSP/Zn SSP) as powder (1200 TPD) and as granulated form (150 TPD) converting from available

powder, Sulphuric Acid (350 TPD), Oleum 23%,Oleums 65% (50 TPD), Liquid Sulphur Tri Oxide SO3

( 25TPD) and Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid- LABSA (50 TPD) has been operational since 1987.

Currently industry is engaged in the production of the products with the sanctioned quantity as per the

Consent to Operate (Consent No. AW-51953) dated 18/08/2020) valid up to 31.05.2021. The project was

earlier granted Environmental Clearance Certificate from Madhya Pradesh Pradushan Niwaran Mandal

vide Office Letter No. 6616/TS/W/MPPNM/86 dated 24.03.1986 to the company earlier known as M/s

Ratlam Fertilisers Limited which was then changed to M/s Khaitan Fertilizers and Chemicals Limited.

(Copy of Environmental Clearance Certificate & Copy of incorporation has been attached as

Enclosure- I & III). There were subsequent amendments and expansion in the project from 1986 to 1999

This chapter deals with the project details of the existing & proposed manufacturing plant,

project location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required

by and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including

technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.






for which consent were amended from time to time. (Copy of earlier CTE & CTO has been annexed as

Enclosure- IV & V). For further expansions in the project post EIA Notification 1994 and further

amendments, Environmental Clearance was not applicable due to non-inclusion of inorganic chemicals in

the notification. As per MOEF Circular dated 21/11/2006 point ii "Such projects for which NOCs issued

before 14th September 2006 will not be required to take Environmental Clearance under the EIA

Notification, 2006." Hence, Environmental Clearance for earlier expansions within the project was not

applied.

Latest sequence of events has indicated that with ongoing pandemic conditions, the demand and supply

gap in the agricultural products will increase that will eventually lead to increased demand of fertilizers.

Thus, Expansion of the exisitng operational plant of M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertlizers located at

Village-Nimrani, Khargone, MP proposes introduction of new products i.e. Granulated Phospho Gypsum

(100 TPD) , Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% (50

TPD), Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90% (50

TPD), Zinc Sulphate (Heptahydrate/monohydrate) (50 TPD), Sulphate of Potash (50 TPD), other metallic



Zincated SSP from 150 TPD to 750 TPD was proposed. The details of expansion in total capacity of the

project have been given in Table 1.1.



manufacturing unit must obtain prior environmental clearance. The proposed expansion project is covered

under Schedule 5(a) Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires

environmental clearance from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.




Enclosure- II). In compliance to Clause 7(i); Section III and Standard Terms of Reference, Public

Consultation for proposed expansion project was conducted successfully on 06th February,2021 by

Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board (MPCB) in coordination with District administration.

(Proceedings of Public Hearing have been annexed as Enclosure-XVIII).

The comparative chart for the proposed expansion project is given in Table 2.1 below-:






Table 2.1 : Comparative Chart of the Project (Existing and Total after Expansion)

S.No. Particulars Unit

Details


1. Project Cost

Rs.

(in Crores) 70.81 47 117.81

2. AREA DETAILS

a. Total Plot Area sqm 2,35,300

b. Green Area sqm 82,100 (34.89 % of Plot area)

3. POPULATION

a. Workers No. 115 11 126

4. SERVICE DETAILS & ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS

A. Total Water Requirement KLD 1012 818 1830

i. Fresh Water Requirement KLD 927 720 1647

ii.

Wastewater Generation

(Including Domestic Sewage & Industrial

Effluent) KLD 86 97 183

iii. Wastewater Treatment Schemes STP-25 KLD; ETP-240 KLD

iv. Treated Water Available KLD 85 97 182

B. Power Requirement

kW

2000 1810 3810

i. Supply from Captive Power Plant 2000 600 2600

ii. Power Supply from MPPKYVC 850 360 1210

iii. Total Power Supply Available 2850 1810 3810

iv. DG Sets (Backup) kVA 320






2.2. Site Location and Surrounding

2.2.1. Site Location

Salient features of the project site are given below in Table 2.2 and Location map of the study area is

given in Figure 2.1

Table 2.2 : Salient Features of the Project Site

S. No. Particular Details

1. Plot/Survey/Khasra No Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2,

404/1,405,403/1,403/2)

2. Village Nimrani

3. Tehsil Nimrani

4. District Khargone

5. State Madhya Pradesh

6. Latitude 2207’30.36” N

7. Longitude 75027’06.83” E

8. Land Area The proposed expansion will be done within total plot area

of 235300 m2 (23.53 ha.). 7522.5 m2 of proposed plant area

will be developed within the project site. 82100 m2 (8.21

ha.) of green area has been developed across the project.

9. Land-Use Land is already with possession of KCFL. Land diversion

letter/CLU has been annexed as Enclosure-VI.

10. Defense Installations None

11. Ecological Sensitive Areas/

Protected Areas as per

Wildlife Protection Act 1972

(National Parks / Wild life

sanctuaries / bio-sphere

reserves / tiger reserves)

None

12. Reserved / Protected Forest 1. Jalkota Reserved Forest (7.86 km, N)

2. Laltalai Reserved Forest (5.26 km, S)

3. Thikari Reserved Forest (8.78 km, SW)

4. Dolani Reserved Forest (8.85 km, S)

5. Water Bodies 1. Sukli River {(Non Perennial River)-1.30 km,SW}

2. Narmada River (2.33 km, N)

3. Satak River {(Non Perennial River)- 1.72 km,N}

4. Borar River (6.62 km,SW)

5. Khuj River (5.09 km,NW)

6. Phulka River (8.67 km,NW)

7. Bhuti River (7.25 km,NE)

8. Karam River (7.13 km,NE)

9. Nearest National Highway/

Other Road

1. NH-3 (West Direction)

2. SH-8 highway connecting NH-3 (900 m, N)

3. Nearest Railway Station • Barwaha Railway Station (61.55 km, NE)

4. Nearest Airport Devi Ahilya Bai Holkar Airport (75 km, N)

5. Nearest Town/ Tourist Place Indore (80 km, NE)

6. Nearest Residential Area Nimrani (0.4 km, S)

7. Nearest Educational Institute Sidhivinyak Public School (0.6 km, S)

8. Nearest Hospital Shri Shankar Hospital & Research Centre ESIC (8.36 km,

N)






: Location Map of Study Area






2.2.2. Site Photographs

: Site Photographs






2.2.3. Major Industries in 10 km Radius of Project Site

The project site is located abuts Notified Industrial Area i.e., Govindpura Industrial Area, Nimrani,

Madhya Pradesh-451660. Many small and medium industries are present at 1-3 km from project site. Some

of the major industries are given below in Table 2.3 -:

Table 2.3 : Major Industries within 10 km radius of project site

S.No. Name of Industry Type of Industry Distance and Direction from

Project Site

1. Maa Ahilyadevi Industries Ready mix concrete

supplier

0.30 km, N

2. Parakh Agro Industries Ltd

Nimrani

FMCG Manufacturer 0.37 km, SW

3. Khandesh Enterprises Rubber Manufacturer 0.45 km, NE

4. Coromandel International Ltd. Chemical Manufacturer 0.58 km, NE

5. Khalsa Rubber Industries Rubber Manufacturer 0.68 km, NW

6. Narmada Food Industries Food Manufacturing 0.82 km, SE

7. Shivani Industries Plastic Manuacturing 1.32 km, SW

8. Indus Mega Food Park Food Processing 1.38 km, NE

9. Sarthak Packaging Industries Packaging Manufacturing 1.58 km, SE

2.3. Land Requirement

Land is already with possession of KCFL. The plant is located nearby Notified Industrial Area i.e.

Govindpura Industrial Area, Nimrani, Madhya Pradesh-451660. The proposed expansion will be done

within total plot area of 235300 m2 (23.53 ha.). 7522.5 m2 of proposed plant area will be developed within

the project site. 82100 m2 (8.21 ha.) of green area i.e 34.89% of total plot area has been developed

across the project. The total break-up of the land is presented in Table 2.4 and layout plan of the project

has been presented in Figure 2.5.

Table 2.4 : Land Breakup of Project Site

S.No. Particulars

Area

% Distribution m2 ha.

1. Existing Ground Coverage 33805.835 3.38 14.37

2. Proposed Ground Coverage 7522.500 0.75 3.20

3. Green Belt and Plantation 82100.000 8.21 34.89

4. Open Platform 1222.165 0.12 0.52

5. Open Spaces Area 100642.500 10.06 42.77

6. Road Area 10007.000 1.01 4.25

Total Plot Area 235300.000 23.53 100






: Plant Layout

N






2.4. Products with capacities for the proposed project

Currently, the project is involved in manufacturing of Sulphuric Acid and Speciality Chemicals (Oleum

23%/65%/liquid SO3- 25 TPD as liquid SO3 or equivalent 50 TPD 65% Oleum; Sulphuric acid- 350 TPD;

Linear alkyl benzene sulphonic acid (LABSA)- 50 TPD) and Fertilizer/Soil Conditioners (SSP/Zn SSP/B

SSP powder- 1200 TPD; Granulated SSP(GSSP)/ Granulated Boronated SSP/ Granulated Zincated SSP-

150 TPD). The proposed project will lead to increase in manufacturing of the existing products as well as

introduction of new products i.e Metallic Sulphates.

Detailed comparative list of products to be manufactured at the site are mentioned in Table 1.1

Transportation

• The transportation of indigenous raw material/finished product are being done by road and

imported/export raw material/finished product through road complying with all safety

requirements as per MSIHC rule.

• All solid / powder / granular raw materials/finished product are transported in bags / drums through

road transport. Liquid materials in road tankers (bulk) or in drums through road.

After Expansion, the number of transport vehicles will be increased accordingly and will abide to the safety

regulations of maintenance of both raw materials and products.

2.5. Manufacturing Process & Mass Balance of Products

2.5.1. Manufacturing Process of Existing Products

a) Single Super Phosphate Plant

The rock Phosphate of less than 12mm size is fed by to EOT cranes [EC-401]. From this hopper the rock

is fed to ball Mill [BM-401] through belt conveyer [BC-401]. The Coarse rock Hopper [HP-401] is

provided with rack and pinion arrangement to control flow of the rock.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (i)

If the moisture content of the rock phosphate exceeds 2-3%, rock has to be dried by feeding hot air to Ball

Mill. Hot Air Generator (HAG-401 is provided for this purpose). If the moisture content of the rock

phosphate is within 2-3% the Hot AirGenerator [HAG-401] is shut off. After Grinding in Ball Mill the

material is sucked by the induced draft into separator [GS-401]. The heaver un-ground particles are

returned back to the mill for further grinding. The finished material of required fineness (9% Passing

through 100 mesh) is carried out of the separator and deposit into the cyclone collector [CY-401] which

discharge the material into ground rock hopper [HP-403]. The air steel carrying alittle find dust losses






through dust collector [DC-401] in order to recover the finematerial. It also ensures that clean air finally

discharge to atmosphere and there by avoid dust nuisance.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (ii)

The controlled quantity of ground rock hopper [HP-403] is feed to screw conveyor [SC-401] through a

weight feeder [DF-401] In turn the screw conveyor [SC-401] carries the material to the bucket elevator

[BE-401] which discharge the ground rock into another constant level hopper [hp-404] overflow from

constant level hopper . Return to ground rock hopper.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (iii)

Star Feeder [SF-401] discharge ground rockphosphate to the mixer. Concentrated acid from the tank of

pumped to mixer alongwith hydroflourosilicic acid row water to maintain the ratio of acid and water is

controlled so as to get sulphuric acid of 65-70% concentration.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (iv)






The regulated quantities of ground rock through rotary valve feeder acid and H2SiF6 raw water are fed to

the mixer [MR-401]. After proper mixing in the mixingzone of partial relation takes places. This material

falls on to the Den [DN401] andtravels through the length of the chain. At the other end of the chain the

cutter [CR-401] cuts the material into smaller pieces. This material [Green Supper] from the den cutter

[CR-401] falls into the godown through large belt conveyor.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (v)

The gases emanating from the reaction pass through the venture scrubber[VS-401] and cyclonic separator

[CS-402] and cyclonic scrubbers before beingcarried to the chimney [CH-401] with help of Den gas

Exhaust blower [BL-402]. Inthe venture scrubber [VS-401] and separator [CS-402] the scrubber liquor is

sprayed from the nozzle over the gases to remove fluoride compound and suspended water soluble

material. The liquor is circulated with the help of recirculation pump [P404]A/B/C/D till the concentration

of hydrofluorosilicic acid reaches 10-12% and it is used for acidulation of rock phosphate with sulphuric

acid into the mixer.

: Process Flow Diagram of SSP (vi)

After maturation product is fed to SSP feed hopper [HP-404] with the help of EOT crane from SSP feed

hopper material is taken to vibrating screen [S-4010] through SSP feed conveyor [BC-404] and bucket

elevator [BE-403]. Oversize material is recycled after crushing in rotary crusher [RC-401] while under

size material is collected in packing hopper [HP405] after mixing drum [DM-401]. SSP from the packing

hopper is packed in the bags. Bags are weighed on weighing Scale [WS-401 A/B] and subsequently

stitched on stitching machine [SM-401 A/B] provided with slat conveyor [SLC-401 A/B].






Mechanism

As it is,P2O5 content of natural phosphate rock is in form of calcium tri phosphate which is not water

soluble , hence phosphorous nutrient is not available to the plant if as such applied in soil.In order make

it available to plants,it is treated with acid to convert it to mono calcium phosphate which is water soluble.

The process of manufacturing single superphosphate involves chemical reaction between rock phosphate

and sulphuric Acid. Calcium triphosphate which is insoluble in water, is major part of rockphosphate and

calcium fluoride is the major impurity present in the rock. The main chemical reaction (A) in simplified

form is—

Ca3 (PO4)2 + CaF2 + 7H2SO4 —→Ca(H2Po4)2 +7CaSO4 +2HF

The speed of this reaction is governed by five factors:

-Nature of rock

-Degree of fineness to which it is ground

-Concentration of sulphuric Acid

-Portion in which rock acid are mixed

-Temperature of reaction. Along with the reaction, the following reaction also occurs simultaneously.

3Ca3 (PO4)2 + CaX + 10H2SO4 —→6H3PO4+CaSO4 +H2X

(Here, ‘X’ stand for F2/(OH2)/CO3/ SiF6) This reaction gives the production of free phosphoric acid (H

3PO4). This free phosphoric acid reacts at the come time with remaining phosphate rock giving

monocalcium phosphate Ca(H2Po4)2(this is the principal part of single superphosphate).

The reaction is as:

3Ca3 (PO4)2 + CaX + 14H3PO4 —→10Ca(H2Po4)2 +H2X

Writing the main reaction (A) in the generalized form

3Ca3(PO4)2+ CaX +7H2SO4 —→ Ca(H2Po4)2 +7CaSO4 + H2X

Thus, calcium sulfate and monocalcium phosphate are formed. The bulk of calcium Sulphate in single

superphosphate is present as anhydrate and a small quantity of it inthe form gypsum (CaSO4. 2H2O) or

plaster of paris (CaSo4.½H2O). Monocalcium phosphate is present largely as cryatalline

monohydrateCa(H2Po4)2thus we acheive water insoluble phosphate Ca3(PO4)2 to soluble phosphate

(Ca(H2Po4)2). During the production of single superphosphate the care for the gaseous compounds released

from the process is also an important aspect .The impurity in the rockphosphate in general is written as

CaX but it needs attention when this is CaF2 .As we seein the main reaction (A) there is the third product

HF which is in gaseous form and silica (SiO2) is another present in the rock. Hydrofluoric acid (RF) reacts

with silica present to produce silicon tefrafluoride (SiF4) which goes out as flue gas alongwith water vapour

and gases produced during the side reactions between rock and acid. SiF4 and water vapours also form

fluorosilicic acid (H2SiF6.6H2O). As the gaseous fluorine compounds are reactive or corrosive, they need

more attention. Hence the outgoing gases are treated before releasing. The following reactions show in

detail the chemistry of the above written matter—

1. 3Ca3(PO4)2+CaF2 +10H2SO4 —→ 6H3PO4 + 10CaSO4 +2HF

2. H2SO4 + CaF2 —→ CaSO4 + 2HF

3. 4HF + SiO2 —→ SiF4 +2H2O

4. 3 SiF4 + 4H2 —→SiO2.2H2O + 2H2SiF6






Presently H2SiF6 liquor is recycled to SSP process for acidulation of rock phosphate. However, company

has planned to manufacture Sodium Silico Fluoride (Na2SiF6) from H2SiF6 liquor as per guidelines of

CPCB. This is expected to complete by 31.03.21. Hence Fluorine will be recovered as product Sodium

Silico Fluoride (Na2SiF6) and there by fluorine will be reduced to great extent approximately 75% in SSP

fertilizer .

The other gases from other impurities are also present but their detailed chemistry is notdiscussed as only

fluorine compounds are of more importance. Fluorine remaining in superphosphate is believed to be

present in the form of several combinations such as Fluorapatite, Calcium fluoride, Calcium silicon

fluoride, Fluorosilicic acid, Hydrofluoric acid.

Process Flow Chart of SSP fertilizer is given below:

: Process Flowsheet of SSP






b) Sulphuric Acid Plant

The manufacture of sulphuric acid by the contact process from elemental sulphur with excess of air to

form sulphur dioxide, conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in the presence of vanadium

pentaoxide acting as a catalyst and finally reacting the sulphur trioxide so formed with 98.0% sulphuric

acid to produce sulphuric acid of about 99% concentration. This is diluted by adding

BRIEF PROCESS

Sulphur from storage bin is feed Melting pit [MP-101 a/b]. It is melted by using Heating coils [HC-101

a/b] and agitator [AG-101 A/B] provided in the melting pit. The impurities settle in the melting pit and

clear sulphur is pumped to the sulphur burner where it is burnt in excess of dry air supplies by blower and

dried through drying tower to give sulphur dioxide the combustion gases from the sulphur burner passes

through the waste heat boiler and hot gas filter where all processes of dust dirt etc. are removed the cooled

and clean gases are sent to the convertor where conversion of sulphurdioxide to sulphur trioxide take place

in the presence of vanadium pentaoxide catalyst because of four stage conversion as high as 99.7% of So2

gets converted in to So3 during four stages conversion which is an exothermic reaction heat is liberated

which is recovered in heat exchanger and is utilized for generation of steam through waste heat boiler

system. The absorption of sulphur trioxide in concentrated sulphuric acid is carried outin two stages the

absorption efficiency at both stages of 99.9% the intermediate absorption is carried out after third stage of

conversion the gases from third stages ofthe convertor the first cooled in cooled heat exchanger economizer

and the absorb in concentrated in sulphuric acid in the intermediate absorption tower. Final absorption is

carried out after the fourth stages of convertor the gases from the fourth stage are cooled in the economizer

2nd and absorbed in the concentrated. The sulphuric acid from the drying tower intermediate absorption

tower flow by gravity to the process acid tank where it is dilute to about 98.0% concentration the acid from

the process acid tank is cooled in the acid coolers and fed continuously to the tower. Sulphuric acid of

98.0% concentrated withdrawn from the product acid coolerand sent to the storage tank. Scrubbing unit is

provided to keep So2 level in the stock gases within permissible limit during start up also the gases are

scrubbed by caustic soda solution in the scrubber.

PROCESS OF SULPHURIC ACID

S+O2--------->SO2

V2O5 SO2+1/2O-------------> SO3 (in presence of V2O5 catalyst)

SO3+H2SO4------------>2H2S2O7

H2S2O7+H2O---------------->2H2SO4






: Mechanism of Process of Sulphuric Acid






Flow Chart of Sulphuric Acid Manufacturing

: Process Flow Diagram of Sulphuric Acid






2.5.2. Manufacturing Process of Proposed Products

(a) ChloroSulphonic Acid (CSA)

The basic process is sulphonation of hydrochloric (HCl) gas. This process involves the following stages.

1. Generation of hydrochloric gas (HCl) by feeding 98% Sulphuric acid and 30% Hydrochloric acid

in MSRL Brick lined HCl generator while maintaining 35-degree Celsius temperature. By product

70% dilute Sulphuric acid is also generated along with HCl gas. MSRL dechorinator is used to

reduce chlorine traces from dilute sulphuric acid.

2. Liquid SO3 is evaporated in SO3 evaporator by low pressure steam. SO3 vapour, HCl gas are

passed through in tower 1, tower 2 and tower3 in series producing CSA vapour till reaction is

complete. Cooled dilute ChloroSulphonic Acid after CSA cooler is circulated in these three towers

absorbing CSA vapour and improving concentration of circulating CSA in each tower. Thus, CSA

of various concentration are produced in these three towers which are collected in common

ChloroSulphonic Acid process tank. The feed of Liquid SO3, HCl gas and circulating CSA are so

controlled to maintain 100% concentration of CSA in process tank on continuous basis. The

temperature in these three towers are maintained in the range 45°c -60 °c.

3. CSA acid coolers are supplied with cold water of 30 -32 degree Celsius from evaporative cooling

tower.

4. ChloroSulphonic Acid (CSA) at 45 degree Celsius is transferred to CSA storage tank.

5. Exit gas from tower 3 and vent vapour from dechlorinator are scrubbed in caustic scrubber. Online

emission monitoring system is installed for chlorine at exit stack.

: ChloroSulphonic Acid Flow Diagram






Table 2.5 : Material Balance of ChloroSulphonic Acid

MATERIAL BALANCE

30% HCL acid 108 TPD

Liquid SO3 69 TPD

98% S. Acid 186 TPD

Input Total 363 TPD

CSA 100 TPD

70% S. Acid 263 TPD

Output Total 363 TPD

In house production capacity of Liquid SO3 is 25 TPD. We propose to purchase balance quantity of Liquid

SO3 from market. We propose to install additional one 20 Ton capacity storage tank for Liquid SO3

unloading in CSA plant.

(b) Sulphamic Acid

The basic process is reacting dissolved urea and 23% oleum and producing sulphamic acid and dilute

sulphuric acid. This process involves the following stages:

1. Dissolving urea with 23% oleum in water jacketed stainless SS 316 L reactor 1 maintaining 40-

45 °c temperature.

2. Further, reacting 23% oleum and reactants in jacketed main reactor 2 having agitator and cooled

with chilled water below 10 °c. The temperature is maintained at 60-65 °c . Refrigeration unit is

installed to get chilled water.

3. Further, reacting 23% oleum and reactants in jacketed mild steel main reator 3 having agitator and

cooled with 30-32°c cold water. The temperature is maintained at 50-55 °c. Evaporative cooling

tower is installed for getting 30-32 °c cold water.

4. Further, reacting 23% oleum and reactants in jacketed glass vessel main reactor 4 having agitator

and cooled with 30-32 °c cold water till reaction is complete. The temperature is maintained at 70

degree Celsius. Evaporative cooling tower is installed for getting 30-32 °c cold water.

5. Further, reactants are passed through clarifier with rotating rack where dilute sulphuric acid and

sulphamic acid slurry are separated.

6. Sulphamic acid slurry is passed through rotary vacuum drum filter. Further, this is passed through

acidity reducing centrifuge and pusher centrifuge for separating sulphamic acid crystals. The

mother liquor separated from drum filter, acidity reducing centrifuge and pusher centrifuge are

returned to clarifier.

7. Sulphamic acid crystals are passed through convector and dryer to remove moisture. Dried

sulphamic acid crystals are stored in storage tank. These are passed though filter screen net before

packing in PP/HDPE bags.






: Flow Diagram of Sulphamic Acid

Table 2.6 : Material Balance of Sulphamic Acid

MATERIAL BALANCE

Urea 24.7 TPD

23%Olem 222.3 TPD

Input Total 247 TPD

SMA 60 TPD

CO2 13.6 TPD

70% Sulphuric Acid Generation 173.4 TPD

Output Total 247 TPD

In house production capacity of 23% Oleum is 80 TPD. We propose to purchase balance quantity of 23%

Oleum from market. We propose to install additional one 100 Ton capacity storage tank for 23% Oleum

unloading in Sulphamic acid plant.

(c) Boric Acid

The basic process is digesting colemenite ore (Ca2 B6 O11.5 H2O) with 98% sulphuric acid in reactor vessel

and filter reaction mass to separate boric acid and gypsum. This process involves the following stages.

1. Feeding coleminite ore and 98% sulphuric acid in digestor/Reaction vessel having agitator for

proper mixing and contact reaction.

2. Reaction mass is filtered to separate boric acid and gypsum.

3. Boric acid is stored in storage tank.






: Flow Diagram of Boric Acid

Chemical Reaction:

Ca2 B6O11, 5H2O + 2H2SO4+4H2O = 2CaSO4.2H2O+6H3 BO3

412 + 196 + 72 = 308 + 372

Table 2.7 : Material Balance of Boric Acid

MATERIAL BALANCE

Colemenitc Orc 22.12 TPD

98% Sulphuric Acid 10.54 TPD

Water 3.89 TPD

Input Total 36.55 TPD

Boric Acid 20 TPD

CaSO4.2H20 16.55 TPD

Output Total 36.55 TPD

(d) Di methyl Sulphate (DMS)

The basic process is converting methanol vapour to di-methyl ether gas at 275 °c in presence of alumina

catalyst and further reacting di methyl ether gas with Liquid SO3 in reactor to produce DMS vapour. This

process involves the following stages.

1. Methanol is evaporated in evaporator at 275 degree Celsius by heating with low pressure steam.

2. Methanol vapour is passed through alumina catalyst in chilled water jacketed catalyzer/vessel.

Methyl vapor is converted to di methyl ether gas at 275 degree Celsius. Chilled water is produced

in refrigeration unit.

3. Di methyl ether gas is reacted with liquid SO3 in reactor producing DMS vapour, further passed

through distillation column separating DMS vapour and condensing in condenser to produce

DMS.






4. Unreacted di methyl ether gas is recovered from distillation column to recover methanol. Effluent

generated in reactor is recycled to SSP fertilizer process.

5. DMS is stored in storage tank.

: Flow Diagram of Di methyl Sulphate

Table 2.8 : Material Balance of DMS

MATERIAL BALANCE

Methanol 27.5 TPD

Liquid SO3 35 TPD

Input Total 62.5 TPD

DMS 50 TPD

98% S.A 4.5TPD

Effluent 8 TPD

Output Total 62.5 TPD

In house production capacity of Liquid SO3 is 25 TPD. We propose to purchase balance quantity of Liquid

SO3 from market. We propose to install additional one 20 Ton capacity storage tank for Liquid SO3

unloading in DMS plant.

(e) Zinc Sulphate mono hydrate

The basic process is reaction of zinc ash with 98% sulphuric acid in digester/vessel to produce zinc

sulphate. This process involves the following stages.

1. Feeding of zinc ash and 98% sulphuric acid in digester/reactor having agitator.

2. Reaction mass is sent to filter press. Filtrate is transferred to crystallizer which is cooled with

chilled water. Crystallized mass is centrifuged in centrifuge. Liquor generated from back wash

of filter press and centrifuge are recycled to digester/reactor.

3. Crystals of zinc sulphate mono hydrate are dried in electrical dryer and stored in hopper.

4. Crystalline zinc sulphate mono hydrate is packed in 1kg, 2 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg packs.






: Flow Diagram of Zinc Sulphate Monohydrate

MATERIAL BALANCE

Zinc Ash 22.6 TPD

H2SO4 27.4 TPD

water 5 TPD

Input Total 55 TPD

Zinc Sulphate 50 TPD

Effluent liquor 5 TPD

Output Total 55 TPD

(f) Sulphate of Potash (SOP)

The basic process is heating of mixer of potassium chloride (KCl) and 98% sulphuric acid in closed

chamber furnace at 520-540 c temperature to produce sulphate of potash (K2SO4). This process involves

the following stages.

1. Feeding of potassium chloride (KCl) and 98% sulphuric acid in closed chamber furnace

maintaining 520-540 c temperature. Coal is used as fuel to heat furnace chamber. Agitator is

provided to properly mix potassium chloride (KCl) and 98% sulphuric acid in furnace chamber.

2. Hot mass of sulphate of potash (SOP) is taken out at the bottom of furnace which is cooled in

cooler. Cold water of 30-32 degree Celsius to cooler is supplied from evaporative cooling tower.

3. Cooled sulphate of potash is screened in vibrating screen. Desired size product is stored in hopper.






4. Sulphate of potash is packed in PP/HDPE bags from hopper by weighing and stitching machine.

: Flow Diagram of Sulphate of Potash

Table 2.9 : Material Balance of Sulphate of Potash

Material Balance

Sulphuric Acid

22.4 TPD

MOP 34 TPD

INPUT TOTAL 56.4 TPD

SOP 40 TPD

30% HCl 16.4 TPD

OUTPUT TOTAL 56.4 TPD

(g) Other metalic sulphates like copper, iron, magnesium, manganese etc.

The basic process is reaction of any metalic salt with 98% sulphuric acid in digester/vessel to produce

sulphate of that respective metal. This process involves the following stages.

1. Feeding of any metal salt and 98% sulphuric acid in digester/reactor having agitator.

2. Reaction mass is sent to filter press. Filtrate is transferred to crystallizer which is cooled with

chilled water. Crystallized mass is centrifuged in centrifuge. Liquor generated from back wash

of filter press and centrifuge are recycled to digester/reactor.

3. Crystals of that respective metalic sulphate are dried in electrical dryer and stored in hopper.

4. Crystalline respective metalic sulphate is packed in 1kg, 2 kg, 5 kg and 10 kg packs.

5. Zinc sulphate mono hydrate plant will be used to produce any other metallic salt likecopper,

iron, magnesium, manganese etc.






(h) Granulated SSP/Granulated Zincated SSP/Granulated Boronated SSP.

The basic process of granulation of SSP/Zinc SSP/Boron SSP powder is agglomeration process using

atomized water particles or steam as medium of agglomeration for forming wet granules in rotating drum.

This process involves the following stages.

1. Feeding of cured SSP/Zinc SSP/Boron SSP powder in feed hopper of GSSP plant fitted with zali

by EOT crane.

2. Breaking of lumps in lump breaker after discharge from hopper.

3. Conveying uniform size feed to granulator feed bucket elevator by belt conveyor along with

recycle material of undersize and crushed oversize material through recycle belt conveyor.

4. Granulator feed bucket elevator discharges material into rotating granulator drum where atomized

water spray /steam is supplied at feed end to form wet granules through agglomeration

process. Wet granules contain 13-14% moisture at the discharge of granulator drum.

5. Wet granules are discharged into rotating dryer drum in which hot air is supplied co currently.

Hot air of 500-600 degree Celsius is produced in coal fired furnace/hot air generator. In dryer

drum granules are dried reducing moisture to 5-6%. Exit air temperature at dryer drum end is 65-

70 °c which is sucked by dryer drum fan and discharged to cyclone/multi clone where dust

particles are arrested and finally discharged to 35 m high stack.

6. Dryer drum discharges dry /hot granules into rotating Cooler drum in which granules are

cooled down to 45-50 °c temperature. In cooler drum atmospheric cool air is sucked from

discharge end by cooler drum fan. Cool air flows from discharge end to feed end of cooler

drum. Cooler drum fan discharges air to cyclone/multi clone where dust particles are arrested and

finally air is discharged to 35 m high stack. Online PM monitoring system is installed at stack.

7. Cooled granules are screened in vibrating screens. Over size material is crushed in crusher and

returned to Granulator feed along with fines through recycle conveyor belt. Desired size

product is sent to product hopper.

8. Granulated SSP/ Granulated Zincated SSP/Granulated Boronated SSP is packed in PP bags by

weighing and stitching machines.

(i) Granulated Phospho Gypsum

The basic process of granulation of wet Phospho Gypsum powder is agglomeration process using water

and bentonite powder as medium of agglomeration and binding for forming wet granules in rotating

drum. This process involves the following stages.

1. Feeding of wet Phospho Gypsum powder in feed hopper of GSSP plant fitted with zali by EOT

crane.

2. Breaking of lumps in lump breaker after discharge from hopper. Adding measured quantity of

bentonite powder on feed belt before feeding to granulator.

3. Conveying uniform size feed to granulator feed bucket elevator by belt conveyor along with

recycle material of undersize and crushed oversize material through recycle belt conveyor.

4. Granulator feed bucket elevator discharges material into rotating granulator drum where wet

granules are formed through agglomeration process as wet phospho gypsum contains sufficient






moisture in it (more than 13% required for agglomeration). Wet granules contain 15-16% moisture

at the discharge of granulator drum.

5. Wet granules are discharged into rotating dryer drum in which hot air is supplied co currently. Hot

air of 500-600 degree Celsius is produced in coal fired furnace/hot air generator. In dryer drum

granules are dried reducing moisture to 5-6%. Exit air temperature at dryer drum end is 65-70 °c

which is sucked by dryer drum fan and discharged to cyclone/multi clone where dust particles are

arrested and finally air is discharged to 35 m high stack.

6. Dryer drum discharges dry /hot granules into rotating Cooler drum in which granules are cooled

down to 45-50 °c temperature. In cooler drum atmospheric cool air is sucked from discharge end

by cooler drum fan. Cool air flows from discharge end to feed end of cooler drum. Cooler drum

fan discharges air to cyclone/multi clone where dust particles are arrested and finally air is

discharged to 35 m high stack. Online PM monitoring system is installed at stack.

7. Cooled granules are screened in vibrating screens. Over size material is crushed in crusher and

returned to Granulator feed along with fines through recycle conveyor belt. Desired size product

is sent to product hopper.

8. Granulated Phospho Gypsum is packed in PP bags by weighing and stitching machines.

: Flow Diagram of GSSP/Zincated GSSP/ Boronated GSSP/ Phosphogypsum






Table 2.10 : Material Balance of GSSP/Zincated GSSP/ Boronated GSSP/

Phosphogypsum

MATERIAL BALANCE: GSSP/Zn GSSP/B

GSSP

MATERIAL BALANCE: PHOSPHO

GYPSUM

SSP/Zn SSP/ B SSP Powder 630 TPD Phosphogypsum (Wet) 100 TPD

Water Spray / Steam 30 TPD Evaporation in dryer (-)10 TPD

Evaporation in Dryer (-)60 TPD Bentonite 10 TPD

GSSP 600 TPD Phophogypsum 100 TPD

(j) Bentonite Sulphur 90% Powder/Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90% powder/

Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% powder

The basic process of manufacturing bentonite sulphur 90% powder/bentonite zincated sulphur 90%

powder/bentonite boronated sulphur 90% powder is crushing elemental sulphur along with bentonite

powder and zinc salt or boron salt in crusher/mill under inert atmosphere of nitrogen gas to desired size.

1. Feed measured quantity of elemental sulphur, bentonite powder and zinc salt or boron salt in

crusher/chain mill under inert atmosphere of nitrogen gas.

2. Conveying crushed powder to cyclone by fan. Discharge from cyclone is collected in product

storage hopper. Exit air from cyclone is sent to dust collector bags where fine dust particles

are arrested and finally released to atmosphere through stack. The collected dust fine

particles at dust collector bags are transferred to product storage hopper. On line PM

monitoring system is installed at stack.

3. Bentonite Sulphur 90% powder/ bentonite zincated sulphur 90% powder/bentonite boronated

sulphur 90% powder is packed in PP bags by weighing and stitching machines.

: Flow diagram of of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Powder/Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90%

powder/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% powder

Table 2.11 : Material Balance of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Powder/Bentonite Zincated

Sulphur 90% powder/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% powder

MATERIAL BALANCE

Bentonite Clay 5 TPD

Molten Sulphur 45 TPD

Total 50 TPD






(k) Bentonite Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite Zincated Sulphur 90% Granulated/

Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% Granulated.

The basic process of manufacturing bentonite sulphur 90% granulated/bentonite zincatedsulphur 90%

granulated/bentonite boronated sulphur 90% granulated is granulation/pelletization of liquid molten

sulphur (130 °c) occurs at 70 °c temperature.

1. Melt elemental solid sulphur by low pressure steam maintaining 130 °c temperature.

2. Feed molten sulphur , bentonite powder, silicon based agent and zinc salt or boron salt in

steam jacketed mixing vessel maintaining 130-140 °c temperature. Residence time is 40

seconds.

3. Mixed liquid of molten sulphur and above constituents is stored in steam jacketed tank.

4. This mixed liquid is pumped and sprayed into granulator/pelletizer along with liquid coolant

where granules/pellets are formed at 70 °c temperature. Residence time is 10 seconds.

Liquid coolant is cooled by cold water of 30-32-degree Celsius temperature received from

evaporative cooling tower.

5. Granules/Pellets are screened to desired size before storing in storage hopper.

6. Bentonite Sulphur 90% granulated/ bentonite zincated sulphur 90% granulated/bentonite

boronated sulphur 90% granulated is packed in PP bags by weighing and stitching machines.

: Flow diagram of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite Zincated Sulphur

90% Granulated/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% Granulated

Table 2.12 : Material Balance of Bentonite Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite

Zincated Sulphur 90% Granulated/ Bentonite Boronated Sulphur 90% Granulated

MATERIAL BALANCE

Bentonite Clay 4 TPD

Molten Sulphur 45 TPD

Silicon Based Agent 1 TPD

Total 50 TPD

2.6. Raw Materials

Detailed list of raw materials for the project have been given in Table 2.13.






Table 2.13 : Raw Material Details of the proposed project

S No

Product

Production

Capacity

Raw materials

Raw material Quantity

Existing Proposed Expansion

A. SPECIALITY CHEMICALS

1.

Chloro Sulphuric

Acid (CSA) 100 TPD

30% Hydrochoric acid from proposed

SOP plant 16.4 TPD & bought out 0 108 TPD (1.08 T/ton)

Liquid SO3 0 69 TPD (0.69 T/ton)

from existing plant 0

98% Sulphuric acid from existing plant 0 186 TPD(1.86 T/ton)

2.

23% Oleum 50 TPD 65%

Oleum or

equivalent 25

TPD Liquid SO3

Sulphur (0.360 T/ton) 0

65% Oleum Sulphur 19.55 TPD(0.391 T/ton) 0

Liquid SO3 Sulphur (0.425 T/ton) 0

3. Sulphamic acid 60 TPD

urea bought out

0 24.7 TPD

0 (0.412 T/ton)

23% oleum 0 222.3 TPD

from existing plant 0 (3.71 T/ton)

4.

Boric acidand its

salts 20 TPD

Colemenite ore 0 22.12 TPD(1.106 T/ton)

98% sulphuric acid 0 10.54 TPD(0.527 T/ton)

5. Di methyl sulphate 50 TPD Methanol 0 27.5 TPD(0.55 T/ton)

6. Sulphuric Acid

450 TPD (After

Expansion) Sulphur 119 TPD for 350 TPD

153 TPD (0.34 TPD)-After Expansion

for 450 TPD SA.

B. METALLIC SULPHATES

1. Zinc Sulphate 50 TPD

Zinc ash Bought out imported 0 22.6 TPD(0.452 T/ton)

98% Sulphuric acid from existing plant 0 27.4 TPD(0.548 T/ton)

2. 40 TPD Murate of Potash(MOP) 0 34 TPD(0.85 T/ton)






Sulphate of Potash

(SOP)

98% Sulphuric Acid from Existing

Plant 22.4 TPD(0.56 T/ton)

C. FERTILIZER/SOIL CONDITIONER

1.

Single Super

Phosphate

powder/Zincated

SSP

powder/Boronated

SSP powder

1200 TPD ( all

inclusive)

Rock Phosphate 666 TPD (0.555 T/ton) 0

Sulphuric Acid produced 414 TPD 0

from existing plant/bought out 98%

conc/bought out and received from

LABSA plant spent acid 75% conc (0.345 T/ton) 0

Zinc sulphate for zincated ZPSSP 12.5 kg/ton ZPSSP 0

Borax powder for Boronated BPSSP 16.7 kg/ton BPSSP 0

2.

GSSP/ZINCATED

GSSP/

750 TPD (all

inclusive)-After

Expansion

Cured SSP/Z SSP/ B SSP powder 150 TPD(1.0 T/Ton) 750 TPD (1/1 ton) After Expansion

BORONATED

GSSP

FERTILIZER

Zinc sulphate for zincated ZGSSP 12.5 kg/ton ZGSSP 9.375 TPD (Maximum after Expansion)

Borax powder for Boronated BGSSP 16.7 kg/ton BGSSP 12.525 TPD (Max. after Expansion)

3.

Granulated

Phospho Gypsum 100 TPD

Wet Phospho Gypsum 0 100 TPD (1.10T/ton)

Bentonite 0 10 TPD(0.10 T/ton)

4.

Bentonite Sulphur

Powder 90%/

Zincated &

Boronated

Bentonite Sulphur

Powder 90% 50 TPD

Sulphur 0 45 TPD (0.9T/ton)

Bentonite

0 5 TPD(0.1 T/Ton) for plain

0

4.75 TPD (0.075 T/ton) for zincated or

4.875TPD(0.0775 T/Ton) for boronated

Zinc or Boron 0

0.25 TPD(0.005T/Ton) as zinc or

0.125(0.0025 T/Ton) TPD as boron

5.

Bentonite Sulphur

Granulated 90%/

Zincated &

Boronated 50 TPD

Sulphur 0 45 TPD (0.9T/ton)

Bentonite

0 5 TPD(0.1 T/Ton) for plain

0

3.75 TPD (0.075 T/ton) for zincated or

3.875TPD (0.0775 T/Ton) for boronated






Bentonite Sulphur

Granulated 90% Silicon based agent 0 1 TPD (0.02 T/ton)

Zinc or Boron

0 0.25 TPD (0.005T/Ton) as zinc or

0 0.125 TPD (0.0025 T/Ton) as boron

2.6.1. Storage

The raw materials are procured and stored as per market requirement of the products and production schedule. Details of Storage facilities are given below in

Table 11 & Table 12.

Table 2.14 : Storage Facilities for Existing Raw Materials

S. No Raw Material Storage Details Storage & Control Measures Categorize Haz chemicals

1. Rock phosphate 20000 Ton Stored on RCC floor in covered shed No

2. Sulphur 3500 Ton Stored on RCC floor with fire hydrant system around boundary

of storage area.

Yes

3. Spent sulphuric acid 300 Ton (2*150) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

4. LAB storage 75 Ton (1*75) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

5. Phospho gypsum storage 2000 Ton Stored on RCC floor in covered shed No

6. HSD 20 KL Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

Table 2.15 : Storage Facilities for Existing Products

S. No Products Storage Details Storage & Control Measures Categorize Haz chemicals

1. SSP/Zn SSP/B SSP in powder & granulated

forms

25000 Ton Stored on RCC floor in covered shed No

2. Sulphuric acid 3500 Ton(2*750+4*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

3. Oleum 23%/65%/liquid SO3 23% 50 Ton (1*50), 65% 100 Ton

(2*50), SO3 20 Ton (1*20)

Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

4. LABSA 150 Ton(2*75) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes






Table 2.16 : Storage Facilities for Proposed Raw Materials

S. No Raw Material Storage Details Storage & Control Measures Categorize Haz chemicals

1. Urea 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

2. Colemenite 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

3. Methanol 250 Ton(1*250) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

4. Zinc ash 250 Ton Stored in PP bags Yes

5. Murate of Potash 350 Ton Stored in PP bags Yes

6. Phospho gypsum 1000 Ton Stored on RCC floor in covered shed No

7. Bentonite 100 Ton Stored in PP bags No

8. 30% Hydrochloric acid 500 Ton(1*500) Stored in HDPE tanks Yes

9. Liqiud SO3 (bought out) unloading tank in CSA plant 20 Ton (1*20) Stored in MS tank Yes

10. 23% Oleum (bought out) unloading tank in Sulphamic

Acid plant

100 Ton (1*20) Stored in MS tank Yes

11. Liqiud SO3 (bought out) unloading tank in DMS plant 20 Ton (1*20) Stored in MS tank Yes

12 Chlorosulphonic acid 1000 Ton(2*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

13 Sulphamic acid 500 Ton(1*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

14 Boric acid 250 Ton(1*250) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

15 Di methyl sulphate 500 Ton(1*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

16 Zinc sulphate 100 Ton Stored in PP bags No

17 Sulphate of potash 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

18 Granulated phospho gypsum 200 Ton Stored in PP bags No

19 Bentonite sulphur powder 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

20 Granulated bentonite sulphur 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

21 Sulphur 3500 Ton existing Stored on RCC floor with fire hydrant

system around boundary of storage area.

Yes

22 Sulphuic Acid expansion from 350 to 450 TPD 3500 Ton existing

(750*2+500*4)

Stored in MS tanks Yes

23

SSP/Zn SSP/B SSP in powder & granulated forms

expansion from 150 to 750 TPD

25000 Ton existing Stored on RCC floor in covered shed no






2.7. Onsite/Offsite Facilities & Machineries

2.7.1. Offsite Facilities

Presently, In the existing unit there is no Utility Unit and all sections come under Offsites Plant. Details

of Offsite facilties located in the plant are the following-:

1. Narmada water Supply & Storage: - Water is being supplied from Narmada River via pipeline

being conveyed as a conduit for water supply to plant since 1995 vide letter no. 329 dated

20.12.1995 (Water Agreement has been annexed as Enclosure-VII). Raw water storage tanks

have been installed at the site on total area of 2048.96 m3 able to withhold total water capacity of

2.04 ML (2048960 litres). Details of raw water storage tanks have been provided in Table 2.17.

Table 2.17 : Details of Raw Water Storage Tanks

Particulars Details

NARMADA TANK NEAR ADM

Length

Width

Depth

Total area

19.0 mtr

19.0 mtr

3.80 mtr

1371.8 mtr.

NARMADA TANK (SAP-1)

Length

Width

Depth

Total area

13.7 mtr

9.20 mtr

4.0 mtr

504.16 mtr.

SSP-I Raw water Storage 50 m3

SSP-II Raw water Storage 83 m3

SAP-I overhead Storage 20 m3

SAP-II overhead Storage 20 m3

: Raw Water Storage Tank

2. De-mineralisation Plant: - Raw water supply from Narmada River is initially sent to De-

mineralisation Plant for use in process reactions. A DM Water System produces mineral free

Water by operating on the principles of ion exchange, Degasification, and polishing.






3. Cooling Tower: - 1 no. of evaporative cooling tower has been installed in the plant in order to

supply supply cold water for various process reactions. It is a specialized heat exchanger in which

air and water are brought into direct contact with each other to reduce the water's temperature. As

this occurs, a small volume of water is evaporated, reducing the temperature of the water being

circulated through the tower.

: Mist Cooling Tower

4. Steam Generation Plant (Waste Heat Recovery Boiler & Super Heater):- Waste Heat

Recovery Boiler will be installed in the site which used Excess Waste heat from Sulphuric Acid

Plants

5. Power Supply (Turbine): - A Condensing Turbo-generator supplied by BHEL Bhopal (Rating

2800 kWH) has been installed in the plant that is being operated on by-product steam of Suplhuric

Acid Plants. Presently, it provides 2000 kW power to the plant.

: Turbine

6. Instrument Air and Plant Air Supply: - Compressed air with the aid of air compressor is being

supplied to following plants-

a. Sulphuric Acid Plant (I, II)

b. Oleum Plant

c. Single Super Phosphate (I & II)

d. Turbo-power Generator (Turbine)

e. Granulated SSP Plant

f. LABSA Plant

7. Storage Tanks: - Raw material and product storage tanks have been installed within the premises.

Details of the same have been mentioned in Table 2.14 to 2.16.






8. Effluent Treatment System and Disposal: - Liquid Effluent generated from several plants in the

project are sent to Effluent Collection Pit for storage of wastewater. Effluent Treatment Plant

(Capacity-240 KLD) has also been installed for emergency purposes. Liquid Effluent System has

been designed in such fashion that the total quantity of liquid effluents from Sulphuric Acid Plants

is being recycled as process water in Single Super Phosphate plant for scrubbing off gases.

Sewage Treatment Plant has been installed in the plant for treatment of domestic sewage.

9. Emergency Power Generation Sets (DG Sets): - DG set of capacity, 1x320 kVA has been

installed in the unit. Normally, power requirement of the plant is sufficed by Turbine and power

supply by Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Company Ltd. (Electricity

Agreement has been annexed as Enclosure-VIII).

10. Mechanical Workshops/ Laboratory and Weigh Bridges: - They have been already installed

in the premises for maintaing the quality control of products. Training and lecture programmers

are arranged on regular basis at different levels. So that all employees will have awareness about

environment and shall contribute to controlling pollution as well share in eco-friendly technology.

Adjustments/addition in Utilities and equipments for the proposed expansion have been listed below-:

1. Water Supply: - Additional water pumps along with pipelines from existing storage tank to

respective projects will be installed. The existing water line size connecting Narmda river to

KCFL plant have been checked for additional requirement and found to be sufficient for total

requirement of 1830 KLD.

2. Power Supply: - Additional 900 kVA transformer 33 kV/440 V will be installed in existing

transformer HT yard along with MCC panels for respective projects. The overhead cables will

be laid to PCC of respective proposed projects through cable trays.

3. Steam Supply: -The low-pressure steam will be connected to Bentonite sulphur granulated

plant for steam jacketed mixing vessel of molten sulphur and bentonite clay, Methanol

evaporator in DMS plant, Granulator drum in GSSP plant and Liquid SO3 evaporator in CSA

plant. The molten sulphur line will also be connected to mixing vessel from existing molten

sulphur steam jacketed header. The existing sulphur storage yard will be used for requirement

of sulphur for both powder and granulated bentonite sulphur plants. The low-pressure steam

will also be connected to Mannheim closed chamber combustion furnace of Sulphate of Potash

(SOP) project to utilized spare steam if available at any stage of integrated operation at

Nimrani. Although this furnace will be operated from coal during normal operation.

4. Instrument Air Supply: - Instrument air supply for Bentonite suphur powder project dust

collector bags will be supplied from existing Instrument air compressors/air dryers. It is

proposed to install electronic instruments for process controls, so there will be no requirement

for instrument air.

For Proposed Construction, the company has proposed to engage outside civil agency for the construction

of shed/building, equipment foundations and erection of plant equipments on contractual basis. All

construction machineries along with necessary air pollution control systems will be arranged by this hired

agency. The company hall check fitness certificates, Pollution validity certificates and regularly air

emission , soil pollution due to HSD/ lubrication oils, cotton waste , safety related issues ensuring use of






PPEs, noise pollution, impact on ambient air monitoring and work environment during construction

activities.

2.7.2. Major Machineries

Major Machineries installed in the plant are given below in Table 2.18 & Table 2.19.

Table 2.18 : Major Machineries installed in the Plant

Sr.

No. Plant Equipment

1

SULPHURIC ACID PLANT I & II, OLEUM PLANT

a. Compressed air Air Compressor

b. Steam Waste heat boiler, super heater

c. Raw water Water storage tank, Water pumps

d. Soft water Water softening plant (common)

e. D M Water D M Plant

f. Cooling water Cooling tower for acid & oleum cooling

Hot Air Generator Capacity- 1500000 kcal/hour

2

SINGLE SUPER PHOSPHATE I & II


b. Raw water Water storage tank, Water pumps

Hot Air Generator 2000000 kcal/hour

3

2.8 MW STEAM TURBO POWER GENERATION


b. Steam received from SAP I & II plants Fully condensing turbine

c. Soft water Water softening plant (common)

d. Cooling water Cooling tower

4

GRANULATED SSP PLANT


b. Raw water Water pumps

5

LABSA PLANT

a. Cooling water Cooling tower

b. Raw water Water storage tank, Water pumps

6

POWER

a. Madhya Pradesh electric Board power 950 kVA

b.Turbine power 2.8 MW turbine

Equipment Capacity Details of Effluent Treatment Plant (as per design)

Table 2.19 : Equipments for Wastewater Treatment (ETP Specifications)

S.No. Particulars Details

1 Raw Effluent Pumps 2 no. (10 m3/hr)

2 Air Blowers 2 no. (5 H.P. each)






3 Neutralization Tank 6 mm ( MS with 3 mm FRP lining inside and

epoxy painted on outside)

4 Propeller/Turbine type Agitator for N tank 5 H.P

5 Lamella Settler Unit 4mx2mx2.5m

6 pH meter 1 no.

7 Hydro extractors of bottom discharge type

with suitable motor

2 no. 60”

8 Chemical Dosing Tanks 7.5 m3, 1 m3 & 0.25 m3

9 Chemical Feed Pumps 2,1 & ½ HP

10 Control Panel Power coated sheet metal with canopy suitable

for outdoor mounting

11 All motors, starters, cables supported on trays etc.

12 Interconnecting pipelines

13 Ladders, railing etc.

2.8. Resource Requirements

2.8.1. Infrastructure

The site is located nearby Govindpuri Industrial Area, Nimrani in the West direction. It is very well

connected to NH-3 (Mumbai-Agra Highway). Internal road and other infrastructure are already developed

inside the plant. Apart from plant utility and manufacturing area, R&D lab, canteen, admin, guest house,

drinking water, water treatment, toilets etc. facilities are provided within the plant. All the other required

utilities like steam, power, cooling water, instrument air, plant air, etc. is available from existing plant. No

other facility is envisaged in the proposed project.

Already facilities are developed at the plant site which will be facilitated to the employees during

construction and operation phase of the expansion unit:

• Sanitary facilities for permanent as well as temporary workers

• Rest rooms

• Rest rooms for drivers

• Safety equipment’s etc.

2.8.2. Power & Fuel Requirement

Existing Phase: The total power requirement of the project is 2850 kW out of which 2000 kW being

sourced from Captive Power Plant and Additional supply from Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut

Vitaran Company Ltd. (850 kW). Electricity Agreement attached as Enclosure-8. For backup, DG set of

capacity, 1x320 kVA has been installed in the unit.

Expansion Phase: Total power requirement of the plant will increase to 3810 kW which will be met

through Captive power plant (2600 kW) and MPPKYVC supply (1210 kW). After expansion, captive

power generation will increase from 2000 kW to 2600 kW due to use of additional Steam generated from

expansion of SAP II plant. The details of Power requirement and fuel requirement are given in Table 2.20.

Table 2.20 : Power & Fuel Requirement and Backup Details

S. No. Particular Unit Details

Existing Proposed

Total

After

Expansion






POWER REQUIREMENT DETAILS

1. Power Requirement kW 2000 1810 3810

a. Supply from Captive Power

Plant based on steam from

WHRB of SAP plants

2000 600 2600

b. Power Supply from

MPPKYVC 850 360 1210

c. Total Power Supply 2850 1810 3810

POWER BACK-UP

2. DG Sets (Backup) kVA 250

3. FUEL REQUIREMENT DETAILS

a. Coal (Wet granulated SSP

Drying)

TPD 4.8 18.2 23

b. Furnace Oil (Rock

Phosphate Drying – Only

when moisture is above 4 %

in rainy season)

kL/day

1.32

c. Waste Heat Recovery Boiler

(1x10 T/hr & 1x7.5 T/hr)

- Excess Waste heat from Sulphuric Acid Plants

2.8.3. Water

Existing Phase: The total water requirement of the project is 1012 KLD. Out of which, 927 KLD

freshwater requirement is being supplied from Narmada river through pipeline and the rest is being

sufficed by reusing 85 KLD recycled water into the premises.

Source: Fresh water requirement is being sourced by Narmada River as per permission from Office of

Executive Engineer, Water Resources, Khargone, MP vide NOC No. 329 dated 20.12.1995. (Attached as

Enclosure-7).

Expansion Phase: The total water requirement of the project will be 1830 KLD. Out of which, 1648 KLD

freshwater requirement will be sourced from Narmada river through pipeline and the rest will be sufficed

by using 182 KLD recycled water into the premises for SSP manufacturing plant. Details are given below

in Table 2.21

Table 2.21 : Water Requirement Details (Total after Expansion)


Total after Expansion

Total

(A+B)

Fresh Water

(A)

Recycled Water

(B)

1. CSA Plant KLD 260 260 0

2. Sulphamic Acid KLD 100 100 0

3. Boric Acid KLD 17 17 0

4. DMS KLD 10 10 0

5.

Zinc Sulphate/any other

sulphate KLD 12 12 0

6. SOP KLD 180 180 0

7. Floor Washing KLD 25 25 0

8. Domestic KLD 25 25 0

9. SAP KLD 643 643 0






10. CPP/TG KLD 180 180 0

11. SSP-I/II KLD 300 118 182

12. GSSP KLD 38 38 0

13.

Bentonite Sulphur

Granular KLD 10 10 0

14. Landscaping KLD 30 30 0

Total KLD 1830 1648 182






: Water Balance (Total After Expansion)

*ETP not used since inception as SSP plants and SAP plants were always in operation simulteneously to use TG power generated from SAP steam making

SSP production economically viable. Effluent Treatment Plant will be used only when SSP plant is not operational. It will be used for treatment of acidic

effluent generated from SAP.

Fresh Water Requirement

(1648 KLD)

CSA

(260 KLD)

Sulphamic Acid

(100 KLD)

Boric Acid

(17 KLD)

DMS

(10KLD)

Zinc Sulphate/any

other sulphate

(12 KLD)

SOP

(180 KLD)Domestic

(25 KLD)

Floor Washing

(25 KLD)

SAP

(643 KLD)

CPP/TG

(180 KLD) GSSP

(38 KLD) Bentonite Sulphur

Granular

(10 KLD)

Landscaping

(30 KLD)

Wastewater

(10 KLD)

Wastewater

(15 KLD)

Wastewater

(8 KLD)

Wastewater

(8 KLD)

Wastewater

(15 KLD)

Wastewater

(22 KLD)

Wastewater

(25 KLD)

Wastewater

(54 KLD)

Wastewater

(25 KLD)

Total Wastewater

(161 KLD)

Effluent Collection Pit/

Effluent Treatment Plant (240 KLD)*

Treated Water

(161 KLD)

161 KLD

SSP-I/II

(300 KLD)

Recycled Water Requirement

(182KLD)

Total Water Requirement

(1830 KLD)

182 KLD 118 KLD

Sewage Treatment Plant

(25 KLD)

Treated Water

(21 KLD)21 KLD






2.8.4. Employment

Existing Phase: The project provides employment to 115 no. in the existing facility and 150 no. of

temporary workers have been appointed on contractual basis.

Expansion Phase: Approx. 126 no. of employees have been proposed to be engaged in the unit. The total

population after expansion of the project will be 391. It will aid in development of surrounding area and

there will be upliftment of Socio-economic standards. People from nearby villages will be preferred.

Details of population projection have been given in Table 2.22.

Table 2.22 : Employment Generation Details

S.No. Particulars Unit Exisitng Proposed Total after Expansion

1. Permanent Workers No. 115 100 215

2. Temporary Labours No. 150 26 176

Total No. 265 126 391

2.8.5. Parking

Separate Bus/Car and Truck loading parking facility has been provided in the plant for easy movement of

vehicles around the project site. Approx. 892 m2 of platform has been provided in the site for wasy

mobilization of materials. 10007.0 m2 road area has been provided in the project for easy movement of

vehicles and approx. 100642.5 m2 open area has been provided for parking facility and open spaces in the

area.

2.9. Environmental Aspects

The environmental aspects of the fertilizer plant are described with the following environmental attributes:

• Water Pollution

• Air Pollution

• Noise Pollution

• Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation

2.9.1. Water Pollution

Existing Phase: The total wastewater generation from the project is 86 KLD (Domestic Sewage- 15 KLD;

Industrial Effluent- 71 KLD). Domestic sewage is being treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (25 KLD). 14

KLD treated water is being sent to SSP-I/II plant for reuse as process water. 71 KLD industrial effluent is

being stored in Effluent Collection Pit and then circulated to SSP-I/II plant for production of Single Super

Phosphate fertilizer as water is used for SSP process water purposes only. The project is a Zero-liquid

discharge unit.

The plant has also installed Effluent Treatment Plant (240 KLD) for treatment during specific durations

only. It will be used for treatment of acidic effluent generated from Sulphuric Acid Plant only when SSP

Plant is not operational. However, it has not been used since its inception.

Expansion Phase: The total wastewater generation from the project will be 183 KLD (Domestic Sewage-

22 KLD; Industrial Effluent-161 KLD). 22 KLD sewage will be treated in STP (25 KLD). 21 KLD STP

treated water will be sent to SSP-I/II plant for reuse as process water. 161 KLD effluents will be sent to

collection pit and re-circulated completely to be reused in SSP-I/II for production of Single Super






Phosphate fertilizer as it will be used for SSP process water purposes only. The project will maintain the

scheme of Zero-Liquid Discharge.Wastewater standards as per MoEF&CC notification G.S.R. 1607(E)

dated 29.12.2017 are being maintained by plant.

2.9.1.1 Process Description for Different Wastewater Treatment Schemes

In prospect of water management, the unit has developed as well-equipped wastewater management

system to meet the desired limits and norms of pollution control board with existing facility for water

treatment.

Domestic Sewage- Sewage Treatment Plant of capacity 25 KLD has been installed for treatment of

domestic sewage. Effluent standards are being maintained as per CPCB norms for reuse within the plant.

The industry has installed a Comprehensive Sewage Treatment System maintained the limit as per

standards laid down ny CPCB and all sewage is being used for gardening purposes.

FUNCTIONAL PROCESS OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT

1. Sewage is received as existing Septic tanks is collected in soak pit of Dia-3.00 m & Depth-1.00 m

clear liquor folding capacity.

2. Through 1 HP/2900 RPM pump, this water is carried to header pipe which is of 64 mm dia (HDPE)

its both the ends are plugged, branch perforated pipe (6 mm hole size) of 50 mm dia 6 rows are

connected to the header pipe.

3. Through branch pipes, water sprinkles and comes in contact with the air and loose some odour,

then falls in bio filter No. 1 which is filled with filter media upto a certain height with a layer of

vermi-compost at which Kena plantation is done. Sprinkled water slowly passes through vermi-

compost and filter media after filtering this water leaved through drain mounting and enter into

another header bio filter No. 2.

4. Bio Filter No. 2 is also filled with filter media, vermicompost at which Kena Plantation is done.

Water trickles down through bran lines and again loses some of its odours then after getting

infiltrated media water is collected in sump.

5. Through a pump which has been installed in sump, water is passed through dual media filter

(Activated Carbon and Sand Media) & taken for irrigation inside factory area green belt.

6. Treated water quality taken for irrigation purposes having following qualities as prescribed by

MPPCB norms.

Table 2.23 : Outlet Characteristics of Treated Water from Sewage Treatment Plant

Particulars Unit Details

pH - 5.5 – 9.0

TDS PPM 2100 (Max.)

BOD PPM 30 (Max.)

COD PPM 250 (Max.)

Suspended Particles PPM 100 (Max.)

Oil & Grease PPM 10 (Max.)






: Process Flow Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant

Industrial Effluent- Effluent Collection Pit has been installed in the unit for collection of wastewaters

which is being circulated to SSP-I/II plant for production of Single Super Phosphate fertilizer as water is

used for cooling purposes only. The project is a Zero-liquid discharge unit.

The plant has also installed Effluent Treatment Plant (240 KLD) for treatment during specific durations

only. It will be used for treatment of acidic effluent generated from Sulphuric Acid Plant only when SSP

Plant is not operational. However, it has not been used since its inception.

: Photographs of Pre-water Treatment Plant






PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

• Raw effluents are collected in an RCC Equalization tank. The tank is divided into 2 equal

compartments for 20 m3 each. Each tank is equipped with an aeration grid for constant agitation.

• The equalized effluents are then pumped into a neutralization tank equipped with a

propeller/turbine mixer. The function is to carry out the precipitation of fluorides and phosphate

by ensuring excess of calcium ions in a highly alkaline medium to promote precipitation of

fluorides and phosphates by Le-Chatelier’s Common Ion Effect. Lime Solution and ferrous sulfate

are added continuously in the mixing tank through a dosing tank. The contents of the mixer are

kept thoroughly agitated by turbine agitator. The phosphate and fluorides that are precipitated

remains in suspended form. Lime and Alum solutions are prepared separately and are dosed

through metering pumps into the mixing tank.

• The reacted effluent then flows into a lamella plate settler for removing precipitates. A dosing of

poly electrolytes is given before the entry into lamella clarifier to aid the settling process.

• Sludge from the lamella clarifier is dewatered into two no. Hydro extractors (centrifuge) and the

filtrate flows back into the mixing tank. Excess sludge if any is dewatered into a 100 m3 sludge

lagoon.

• Dewatered sludge is used as filler in SSP fertilizer for enrichment of Calcium. A provision is also

given to re-circulate part of the sludge as and when needed into mixing tank to ensure complete

utilization of dosing chemicals.

• The overflow from the clarifier is collected in a sump or MS tank from where it is recycled back

into the plant for further use.

• All the equipments like neutralization or mixing tank, lamella clarifier, dosing systems are

mounted on a M.S Skid and is provided with ladder, grating and railings.

• 2 no. lobe type blowers are provided to supply air for agitation in equalization tank and chemical

dosing tanks.

: Process Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant






The Inlet and Outlet Characteristics of ETP treated water is given below in Table 2.24.

Table 2.24 : Outlet Characteristics of Treated Water from Effluent Treatment Plant

Parameter Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet

pH (at 25 deg C) --- 1.0-1.2 6.5-8.5

H2SiF6 % 3

Flourides PPM - <15

Phosphates PPM 50,000-60,000 <4

Total Dissolved Solids PPM 1,00,000-1,20,000 2000-2100

Total Suspended Solids PPM 9000-9500 <30

Oils/Grease PPM 20-50 <10

The plant is being operated on Zero-Effluent Discharge basis, and no effluent is getting discharged

outside the industry. All the effluent reuse facility installed by the factory are being operated

effectively and regularly maintained in a good working condition to achieve the terms & conditions

of the granted consent.

2.9.1.2 Rainwater harvesting system

All administrative buildings of the project will have roof top rainwater harvesting systems in place.

Arrangement for collection and diversion of rainwater falling on the roof/terrace of administrative

buildings will be made.

Presently rainwater is by-passed during pre monsoon for rain harvesting purpose. The diverted storm water

is checked for permissible parameters of pH during pre-monsoon. Rainwater then is recycled back in

process after getting quality check. 4 no. of rainwater harvesting pits have been installed at Labour colony

road & garden, Mess & Colony, T.G. Cooling Tower and ADM Office for storage and recharge of

groundwater. 2 no. of rainwater harvesting pits have been proposed at South west & north west corner of

factory in further expansion for futher groundwater recharge. Location of rainwater drain and rainwater

harvesting pits have been provided in Figure 2.31 below: -

: Location of Rainwater Drain & RWH Pits on Plant






2.9.2. Air Pollution

Existing Phase: The main sources of gaseous emissions from the project are from SSP Plant and Sulfuric

Acid Plant.

Generation of Air Emissions

1. Sulphuric Acid Plant- Off gases containing acid mist and SO2 from the absorption tower stack.

2. SSP Plant-

a) Emission of fluoride compounds from acidulation of rock phosphate

b) Dust emission from rock grinding and handling section

c) During curing of the product, dust and fluoride compounds are released.

d) Rock Phosphate dust from grinding mill

e) NOx, F and dust from reaction vessel

f) Dust from granulator, product cooling section, drying section, etc.

3. Steam and Power Generation- Flue gas discharged through the boiler house stack; may contain

particulate matter, NOx, SO2, etc., depending up on the fuel used i.e. coal, F.O etc

4. Particulate Matter Emission- Due to plant operations like grinding and handling of rock

phosphate, drying, cooling, and storing of fertilizer.

All air pollution control techniques and systems are already installed in the plant to reduce the emissions.

The plant is maintaining all emission norms prescribed by MoEF&CC/MPPCB/CPCB. After proposed

expansion, additional stacks with appropriate pollution control system shall be introduced in the plants.

Details of existing and proposed stacks are given below in Table 2.25 to Table 2.27: -






Table 2.25 : Emission Details of Existing and Proposed Plant Expansion

Existing Plants Existing Plants

Emission permissible limit

Proposed Project Proposed Expansion Project

Emission permissible limit

SSP I & II rock grinding PM 50 ppm CSA Acid mist 50 mg/Nm3

SSP I & II acidulation PM 125 ppm Cl2 20 mg/Nm3

F 20 mg/ Nm3 SOP Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

SAP I & II SO2 2.0 kg/ton Sul Acid, 950 mg/Nm3 Cl2 20 mg/ Nm3

Acid mist 50 mg/Nm3 PM 50 mg/Nm3

GSSP PM 50 mg/Nm3 GSSP/Zn SSP/B GSSP PM 50 mg/ Nm3

Phospho-gypsum PM 50 mg/ Nm3

Sulphamic acid Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

Boric acid Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

DMS Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

Zinc Sulphate Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

Any other metallic sulphate Acid mist 50 mg/ Nm3

Bentonite sulphur powder PM 50 ppm

Table 2.26 : Emission Load Details (Existing Phase)

Area Stack

Height

Stack Dia Stack exit

velocity

Stack Exit

Temperature

Flow Rate Emission Parameters Control Measures Control

Efficiency

in M in M M/ Sec Deg K NM3/Hr Parameter Value

SSP I & II rock

grinding

30 SSP-I 715

mm &SSP-

II 715 mm

8 mtr/sec 70 c SSP-I

30000&

SSP-II-

30000

NM3/Hr

PM 50

mg/Nm3

-On line PM

monitoring system

-Dust collector bags

99.7%






SSP I & II

acidulation

40 1116 mm

both

10.2 mtr/sec 70 c SSP-I 36000

& SSP-II-

36000

NM3/Hr

PM 50

mg/Nm3

-4 stage wet scrubbing

system: 2 venturi & 2

cyclonic separator

-Online F (fluoride)

monitoring system

99.7%

F 20

mg/Nm3

SAP I 50

SAP-I 950

mm

5.9mtr/sec 70 c 15000

NM3/Hr

SO2 2.0 kg/ton

Sul Acid,

950

mg/Nm3

• Alkali scrubber

• Demister pad

• Candle filters

• Acid

concentration

analyzer

• Data

logger/process

Inter locking

• On line SO2

monitoring

system

• Mist eliminators

99.7%

SAP II 50 SAP-II

1350 mm

3.9 mtr/sec 70 c 20000

NM3/Hr

Acid mist 50

mg/Nm3

GSSP 35 985 mm 1mtr/sec 55 c Dryer fan

14200 CFM

PM 50

mg/Nm3

-Multi cyclones

-Online PM

monitoring system

99.7%

Cooler fan

13000 CFM

Table 2.27 : Emission Load Details (Expansion Phase)

Area

Stack

Height Stack Dia

Stack exit

velocity

Stack Exit

Temperature Flow Rate Emission Parameters

Control Measures Control

Efficiency

in M in M M/ Sec Deg K NM3/Hr Parameter Value %

CSA 50 0.6 m 9.83 m/sec 50 c Acid mist 50 mg/Nm3 -Alkali scrubber 99.7%






10000

m3/hr Cl 20 mg/Nm3

-Demister pads

-On line Cl2

monitoring system

SOP 50 0.6 m 4.91 m/sec 50 c 5000 m3/hr

Acid mist 50 mg/Nm3 -Alkali scrubber

-Demister pads

-On line Cl2

monitoring system

99.7%

Cl 20 mg/Nm3

PM 50 mg/Nm3

GSSP/Zn

SSP/B

GSSP

35 0.600 m 39.31 60 c 40000

PM 50 mg/Nm3

-Cyclones and multi

clones

-On line PM

monitoring system

-Dust collector

bags/Bag Filters

99.7%

Phospho

gypsum

35 0.600 m 39.31 60 c 40000

PM 50 mg/Nm3

-Cyclones and multi

clones

-On line PM

monitoring system

99.7%

HAG

(Wet

Granulate

d SSP

Drying)

35 0.600 m 39.31 60 c 47000

m3/hr PM,

SO2,

NOx,

CO

150 mg/Nm3,

100 ppm,

50 ppm

-Cyclones and multi

clones

-Dust collector

bags/Bag Filters

99.7%






List of Air Pollution Control Systems Installed in the Plant

a. Sulphuric Acid Plant (D.C.D.A. Process)

i. Demister pad in drying tower.

ii. Candle filter in F.A. tower.

iii. Candle filter 05 Nos. I.P.A, tower.

iv. Alkaly scrubber before F.A. tower.

v. 50 Mtr. high chimney.

b. SSP Plant (SSP/Boronated SSP/Zincated SSP)

i. Ventury scrubber.

ii. Cyclonic scrubber.

iii. Cyclonic separator.

iv. Cyclonic spray.

v. Recycle pump.

vi. Ventury recycle pump

vii. Scrubbing fan.

viii. Recycle tank of ventury

ix. Recycle tank of cyclone.

x. 40 mtr. high F.R.P. chimney.

c. GSSP Plant (GSSP/Boronated GSSP/Zincated GSSP)

i. Dryer cyclone.

ii. Dryer fan.

iii. Cooler cyclone.

iv. Cooler fan.

v. 35 m high Chimney.

Details of Air Pollution Control Systems

A. Sulphuric Acid Plant

The process adopted is DCDA, i.e., Double Conversion Double Absorption more recent and most modern

one, helps in reducing the gaseous emission within the prescribed limits. In this process the conversion

and absorption efficiency are the best. Charging of a catalyst in 2 stages for better conversion of sulphur

dioxide into sulphur trioxide. Installation of heat exchangers and waste heat recovery boiler for utilization

of waste heat generated in the process, otherwise it would have been wasted into atmosphere. Installation

of mist eliminators in the absorption towers to hold Sulphuric acid particles back into system.

Alkali gas scrubber system, before discharging the tail end gases to atmosphere. Sulphur dioxide emission

is high at the time of plant startup, the value being in the range of 3000-4000 PPM. It is observed that

sulphur dioxide concentration during the startup goes to a maximum for a short duration and then comes

down as conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide picks up. To control this emission during startup

alkali gas scrubbing system has been provided at the outlet of final absorption tower. Scrubber is used with

10% caustic solution as the scrubbing liquid, Sulphur dioxide is removed by reacting with caustic soda

and form sodium Sulphate, bisulphate and Sulphate which is separated and settled. The scrubbing system

can also take care of emergency involving excessive sulphur dioxide.






Stack of 40-meter height is installed to discharge the flue gases in higher up atmosphere which do not

affect the ground level during operation of the plant. Replenish of fresh catalyst for better conversion of

Sulphur dioxide to Sulphur trioxide. Charging the intollax saddles of 35 mm size to have better absorption

of SO3 gas in Sulphuric Acid. Improving the waste heat recovery system for proper process control.

Installation of highly efficient mist eliminators and candle filters in the drying/absorption towers to reduce

mist in the system.

Thus, from the above it is clear that mist eliminators in drying tower and Five Nos. candle filter in

intermediate absorption tower effectively reduce mist loading to down stream equipments. These also

reduce fine mist loading on final absorption tower thus improving separation efficiency.

In this process conversion takes place in four stages. Special ring type vanadium pentaoxide catalyst has

been provided which gives higher conversion of SO2 to SO3. The percentage conversion of SO2 to SO3

is as follows.

I Pass 65% II Pass 89%

III Pass 95.6% IV Pass 99.7%

Thus, emission of SO2 from the stack shall be kept below the limit of 2 kg /Ton SA Sulphuric Acid.

Chimney of 50 M height has been provided at stack of final absorption tower. Thus, the stack gases

containing SO2 do not affect the ground level air during operation of plant.

B. Single Super Phosphate Plant

During the manufacture of SSP, Fluorine is evolved along with the particulate matter from this plant.

Stringent limits have been set by Pollution Control Board for emission levels of these pollutants. The

venturi scrubbing system for SSP plant has been designed keeping in view of these norms.

Scrubbing System: The gases emanating from Den of the plant are passed through venturi scrubber and

cyclonic separator. In venturi scrubber, water is sprayed to dissolve the outgoing fluorine gas and

particulate matter. The circulation in the venturi scrubber is maintained with pump. The outlet gases from

venturi scrubber go to cyclonic separator in which recycled scrubbed liquor is sprayed/circulated by an

independent pump. This passing of gases through venturi scrubber and cyclonic separator ensures removal

of fluorine gas and particulate matter. Recycled liquor/water gets concentrated into hydro fluosilicic acid.

The liquor/water is recirculated with the help of 2 Nos. recirculation pumps. When the concentration of

hydro fluosilicic acid in scrub-liquor reaches 10% to 12% the liquor is then sent to mixer for acidulation.

The scrubbing ensures that effluent gases emitted out of chimney are within permissible limits as its

combined efficiency is about 99.5%. One sampling points is provided to check the quantity of gases going

out of the chimney. The gases going out of the chimney are periodically checked.

Dust Collector Bag Filters: A dust collector bag filter system of pulse jet type for taking care of emission

of rock dust is installed in the grinding section i.e. mill, it is a well proven Pollution Control System as the

bags get cleaned automatically through a periodic operation of air jet pulse entering in reverse flow

direction.






Flourine Recovery: Manufacturing of Sodium Silico fluoride will be pursued from generated effluent

H2SiF6 (Hydrofluorosilicic acid) from the SSP plant. Recovery Balance of the same have been detailed in

Figure 2.32.

: Flourine Balance and Recovery

Process Emissions Control

• To control SO2 emissions from Sulphuric Acid Plant, Double Conversion Double Absorption

process will be adapted to reduce emissions in the effluent gas with increase in production level.

DCDA process increases the conversion efficiency to 99.5% and hence the production, while the

SO2 level in the effluent gas is reduced to 950 mg/nm3 /2 kg/ton SA. Higher conversion efficiency

can be achieved by using 5th bed or using caesium catalyst in 4th bed.

• Acid Mist is being controlled by using Acid Mist Eliminator. It is affected after intermediate

absorption. DCDA system with a mist eliminator can bring down SO2 levels to 950 mg/nm3 /2

kg/ton SA. and mist to 50 mg/nm3.

• Particulate Matter is being controlled by high efficiency cyclones and dust collector bags.

• Four-stage scrubber system has been installed to absorb more than 99% of fluoride.

Hydrofluorosilicic Acid formed is being recycled to acidulation section of conversion of rock

phosphate to single super phosphate/phos acid.

• Continuous SO2 monitoring in Sulphuric Acid Plant is being done.






Fugitive/ Odour Emissions Control Systems

• The emission levels of pollutants from the different stacks, conforms to the pollution control standards

prescribed by Central & State Boards.

• Adequate control equipment’s have been installed for minimizing the emission of pollutants from the

various stacks.

• Infrastructural facilities have been provided for monitoring the stack emissions and measuring the

ambient air quality including micro-meteorological data (wherever required) in the area.

• Proper stack height as prescribed by the Central/State Pollution Control Boards has been provided for

better dispersion of pollutants over a wider area to minimize the effect of pollution.

• Fugitive emission sources like leakages, seepages, spillages etc, are being made airtight to public

nuisance.

• The industry ensures all necessary arrangements for control of odour nuisance from the industrial

activities or process within premises.

• All the internal roads have been made pucca to control the fugitive emissions of particulate matter

generated due to transportation and internal movements.

• Good housekeeping practices have been adopted to avoid leakages, seepages, spillages etc.

• Industry has taken effective steps for extensive tree plantation of the local tree species within or around

the industry/unit premises for general improvement of environmental conditions.

• Plant is surrounded by thick green cover to capture emissions.

• PPE are provided to all the labours.

• Regular air quality monitoring is being carried out within and near the plant

• Regular stack monitoring is being done to check efficiency of APCS.

• Each stack of the plant has been provided with safe platform with spiral ladder for monitoring as per

the specification given in Part-III emission regulation of CPCB. Only stepped ladder is provided for

carrying out the stack analysis at port hole.

• Cameras have been installed on all strategic points to check any fugitive emission.

Proposed Air Pollution Control Systems

• Industry shall install Caustic Scrubber with SSP Plant and Sodium silico fluoride recovery plant in

compliance of SOP issued by CPCB

• Silicon fluoride gases will be passed through three stage venturi scrubbers before discharging into

atmosphere through adequate stack height to control fluorine content within 20 mg/Nm3

• Industry shall install Bag filter with GSSP Plant.

• Dedusting System (DDS) bag Filter Vents will be proposed for handling raw material.

2.9.3. Noise Pollution

Existing Phase: The main source of noise pollution is rock phosphate grinding unit along with vacuum

pumps, process pumps, compressors, etc. along with DG set, Boiler, which generates noise.

Mitigation Measures:

• These machines are already inbuilt with appropriate control measures to maintain the noise levels

within limits.






• The equipment like Compressors, blowers, fans, various drums and elevators are provided with

Acoustic pad insulation / Acoustic enclosures to limit the noise level as per the standard.

• Noise level at Boundary Fence is controlled by providing green belt throughout the boundary wall

of plant.

• Suitable muffler systems/enclosures/sound-proof glass paneling on heavy

equipment/pumps/blowers are being used.

• Pumps and blowers have been mounted on rubber pads or any other noise absorbing materials.

• Placement of equipments emitting high noise has been done in such an orientation that directs the

noise away from sensitive receptors.

• Periodic maintenance of equipments/replacing whenever necessary/lubrication of rotating parts,

etc.

• Performance specifications for noise have been insured in the procured item.

• Ear Protection devices have been given to workers.

Expansion Phase: Noise Control systems and mitigation measures will be maintained in the premises

after proposed expansion also.

2.9.4. Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation

Existing Phase: The hazardous waste generated in the factory is listed in Schedule 1 of The Hazardous &

Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2021. The industry has

been granted authorization under Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 from MPPCB vide Letter No. 1303/hopcb/hsmd/ind-28/214 dated 28.11.2014

(Authorization has been annexed as Enclosure-IX). The hazardous waste is either being sent to MPWMB

Pithampur/authorized agency or reused within the unit. (Membership to CHW-TSDF- Pithampur has

been attached as Enclosure-X). All waste is disposed as per The Hazardous & Other Waste (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2021. Type, source, mode of storage and treatment

and disposal of hazardous waste is shown in Table 2.28 to Table 2.30.

Table 2.28 : Details of Hazardous Waste Management (Existing Phase)

Expected

Solid/Hazardous waste

Category Annual

Quantity

(Approx.)

Disposal Mode

Spent Catalyst 17.2 2.0 Ton/year Disposed to MPWMB Pithampur

Used Oil 5.1 0.40 Ton/year

Process (Sulphur Sludge) 20.4 70 Ton/year Generated from SAP I/II plants is mixed

in SSP plant along with rock phosphate

for enrichment of sulphur in SSP fertilizer

Chemical sludge from

ETP

35.3 60 Ton/year Generated on operation of ETP is used in

SSP fertilizer for enrichment of Calcium

Oil and Grease skimming

from ETP

35.4 1 MT/yr Disposed to Authorized Agency

Empty barrels oil 33.1 10 nos/yr Disposed to Authorized Agency

Empty containers of

chemicals used in

processes

33.1 30 nos/yr Disposed to Authorized Agency

Coal Ash Non-

Hazardous

0.4 TPD As a filler, it will be reused in GSSP/SSP

Plant. Coal ash generation from coal






furnace from SOP plant is expected as 0.4

TPD from indirect heating (coal

consumption 2 TPD having 20%

ash=0.2*2= 0.4 TPD).

H2SiF6 Non-

Hazardous

2700 Mton/year Generated from SSP plant are used in

SSP plant process for acidulation of rock

phosphate.

Table 2.29 : Hazardous & Non-Hazardous Waste Management for Expansion

Expected

Solid/Hazardous

waste

Category Annual Quantity

(Approx.)

Proposed Disposal

Mode

Gypsum

(From Boric acid

plant)

Non-

Hazardous

4965 MT/year (16.55 TPD) Use as filler in

Boronated SSP

fertilizer

Used Oil 5.1 Additional 0.2 Ton/year

(Existing 0.4 Ton/yr + Proposed 0.2

Ton /year) = Total 0.6 Tons/Year

Dispose to Authorized

Agency

Chemical sludge from

ETP

35.3 Additional 10 MT/year

(Existing 60 MT/year+ Proposed 10

MT/year)

70 MT/year

Use as filler in SSP

fertilizer

Oil and grease

skimming from ETP

35.4 Additional 0.50 MT/year

(Existing 1 MT/year + Proposed 0.5

MT/year)= Total

1.50 MT/year

Disposed to Authorized

Agency

Empty

containers/barrels

33.1 Empty Oil Barrels - Additional 15

no. /year (Existing 10 no./year +

Proposed 5 no. /year) = Total 15

no./year

Dispose to Authorized

Agency

Empty Containers –

Additional 10 no./year

(Existing- 30 no./year + Proposed 10

no./year) = Total 40 no./year

Process (Sulphur

Sludge)

20.4 Additional 20 MT/year

(Existing 70 MT/year + Proposed 20

MT/year = Total 90 MT/year

Generated from SAP

I/II plants will be mixed

in SSP plant along with

rock phosphate for

enrichment of sulphur

in SSP fertilizer.

Table 2.30 : Other Solid waste generation and Disposal to authorized agency

Existing

plants

Other solid waste

generation from

existing plants

Other solid waste

generation from proposed

expansion plants

Total Other solid waste

generation

All plants E- waste :20 kg/yr

Used batteries: 4 no. /yr

E- waste: 10 kg/yr

Used batteries: 2 no’s/yr

E- waste: 30 kg/yr

Used batteries: 6 no’s/yr

All plants Cut/torn PP bags plastic

waste: 10 ton/yr

Rubber waste: 200 kg/yr

Plastic waste: 0.200 Ton/yr


Plastic waste: 10.200

Ton/yr







• The sulphur sludge collected from sulphuric acid plants and used with rock phosphate in Single

Super Phosphate Plants for enrichment of elemental sulphur in the product.

• The catalyst waste containing vanadium pentaoxide is send for safe & secure disposal to Madhya

Pradesh Waste Management Project, Pithampur, Dhar (M.P.).

• The municipal solid waste generation at the plant area is being segregated in biodegradable waste

and recyclable waste. Recyclable waste is being sold off to recycler. Biodegradable waste is being

disposed off in MSW disposal pit to get converted to manure for horticulture purposes. Similar

practices will be maintained for expansion. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 shall be

followed.

2.10. Green Belt development plan

Khaitan has already developed a dense greenbelt in 82,100 m2 area that is about 34.89 % of the total

land area which is more than the MoEF&CC/CPCB norms. Greenbelt development work was started

from the company establishment and at present well developed greenbelt exists in the plant. The industry

has put in serious effort to create the greenery since the number of trees, plants, shrubs and herbs has

increased considerably. Also, an effort apparently was made to increase the percent of survival in

subsequent years. Till date Khaitan has planted about 9000 trees/shrubs under the greenbelt in their

existing unit. Every year 500 nos. new tree saplings are planted. Housekeeping has been adopted as an

inbuilt part of production. Approximately, 11,525 no. of trees will be planted under proposed expansion

to cover 2500 trees per hectare of green area within the plant.

2.11. Project Cost and Schedule

The existing cost of the project cost is Rs. 70.81 Crores and the cost of proposed expansion is Rs. 47

Crores. The total cost of the project is Rs. 117.81 Crores.

It is estimated that the project can be fully implemented in by 2021-2023 with concurrent sanction of

funds. Complete project will be implemented and commissioned in 2021-2023. This is a tentative schedule

in which flexibility can be exercised depending upon the market demand and fund availability.






Chapter 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Introduction

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with reference

to the prominent environmental attributes. As a precursor for the prediction of various types of

environmental impacts likely to arise due to implementation of this project, it is essential to establish the

base line environmental status.

The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline environmental conditions, which

are described with respect to physico-chemical, biological and socio-economic parameters in the project

area and within the project influence area. The objective of this section is to define the present

environmental status which would help in assessing the environmental impacts due to the proposed project.

3.2. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area

The location of the plant is spread over an area of 235300.000 m2 (23.53 Ha). Study area map comprising

direct impact area which includes area covered under 10 km radius from the project boundary is shown in

Figure 3.1.

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the Khaitan project site

for various environmental attributes, i.e. physical, biological, and socio-economic conditions,

within the 10-km radial zone of the proposed project site, which is termed as the study area.

Topography, drainage, meteorology, air, noise, water, soil and land constitute the physical

environment, where as flora and fauna constitute the biological environment. Demographic

details and occupational pattern in the study area constitute socio-economic environment.






Study Area Map






3.2.1. Study Period

To establish the base line environmental status of the physico-chemical, biological and socio-economic

parameters in the project area and within the project influence area the baseline study and primary data

collection has been carried out during 1st March, 2019 to 31st May, 2019. Field monitoring for

meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, Water quality, Noise quality, Soil quality etc. has been

carried out, which constitute major portions of the Baseline environmental studies. In addition to these

other major aspects like Geology, Hydrology, ground water and water conservation, Land use, Socio-

economic study, Ecology and biodiversity etc. are also covered. All this information is based on primary

and secondary information sources and surveys and constitute the baseline environmental studies. The

entire data have been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys,

interaction with locals, government agencies and departments.

3.2.2. Environmental Setting and Salient Environmental Features of the Project Area

The existing plant of KCFL is situated at Khasra No 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2)

Nimrani, Dist. Khargone (M.P.). The site is located about 80 km from the Indore city and well connected

with National Highway-3 (0.01km, W direction). Nearest Railway station is Barwaha Railway Station

which is located at 61.55 km from the Project Site. Nearest Airport form the project site is Devi Ahilya

Bai Holkar Airport located at 75 km. Nearest Townis Indore and nearest village is Nimrani from the Project

site.

Perennial river Narmada is flowing 2.33 km (N) from the project site, and its tributary i.eSatak river,

Borar river, Khuj River, Phulk river, Bhuti River, Karam River is flowing within 10 km of the project site

as detailed in Table 3.1.

There are no environmentally sensitive components except few Forest blocks such as Jaloka Reserved

forest at a distan of 7.86 km (NE); Laltalai Reserved Forest 5.26 km (S); Thikari Reserved Forest 8.78 km

(SW), Dolani Reserved Forest 8.85 km (S).

Location map and Topo map showing site and surrounding environment features within the 10-km area is

provided in Figure 3.2 & Figure 3.3 respectively. The Environmental Sensitivity of plant site within

500m, 2 km and 10 km radius is summarized at Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 : Environmental Sensitivity of Site and Study Area

S.

No.

Environmental Features Within 500 m

area around

Project Site

Within 2.0 km

area around

Project Site

Within 10 km area

around Project Site

1. Ecological Environment

A Presence of Wildlife

Sanctuary/ National

Park/Biosphere Reserves

None None None

B Reserved /Protected Forests None None None

C Wetland of state and

national interest

None None None

D Migratory route for wild

animals

None None None






E Presence of Schedule-I

Fauna

None None None

F Critically Polluted Area None within 10 km study area

2. Physical Environment

G Road Connectivity NH3 passing

west of the

Project site

SH-8 highway

connecting

NH3, 900 m N

-

H Rail Connectivity None None None

Barwaha Railway

Station, 61.55 km

I Defence Installation None None None

J Densely Populated Area None None Indore is 80 km

K Other village close to Plant

Site

Nimrani is 370 m S from the Project site

L Topography Plain, elevation of

site ranges

between 169 to

399 amsl

slightly

undulating

elevation ranges

between 159 to

206 amsl

Slightly undulating

elevation ranges

between 129 to 270 amsl

M Seismicity Seismic zone-II (Low risk Zone)

N Surface Water

Resources (Rivers)

Satak River

1.72 km, N

Narmada River 2.33 km,

N

Borar River 6.62 km, SW

Khuj River 5.09 km, NW

Phulka River 8.67 km,

NW

Bhuti River 7.25 km, NE

Karam River,7.13 km,

NE O Groundwater

P Soil and Land-use Clay loam, land

use is Industrial

Clay loam, land

use agriculture,

Industrial and

settlement

Clay loam, land use

agriculture, forest, open

scrubs and settlement

3. Social Environment

Q Physical Setting Industrial Rural Industrial, Rural

R Physical Sensitive

Receptors

None School,

Hospitals,

Temple etc.

School, Hospitals,

Temple etc.

S Archaeological Monuments None None None

Source: EQMS






: Topo Map showing Site & Surrounding Environmental Features within 10 km Area






: Location Map of Study Area






3.3. Components of Methodology of Baseline Survey

3.3.1. Components of Baseline Survey

The guiding factors for the present baseline study are the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate

Change’s (MoEF&CC) requirements for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) notification and

local regulations and directives. The methodology to conduct baseline environmental survey has been

considered as per the guidelines given in the Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance Manual.

Further, a buffer area extending up to 10 km radius from the site has been studied. The studies were

conducted by considering the following:

The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes

such as air environment, water, soil, noise, flora and fauna, and Socio- economic were assessed by

conducting field studies, on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted.

Baseline data on environmental attributes (Air, Noise, Water and Soil) have been collected for One season

i.e Summer Season (March to May 2019) in the study area. The data has been collected by the EIA

Consultant by engaging NABL/MoEF accredited laboratory J P Test House and Research Centre

(Accreditation certificate attached is attached in EIA report). Secondary attributes such as land use

studies, geology, physiological characteristics, and socio-economic environment have been assessed by

literature review of previous studies conducted by various government publications.

3.3.2. The Methodology Adopted for the EIA Study

An interdisciplinary team through discussions, criteria questions and professional judgement formulated

the scoping and the extent of data generation. The baseline studies started with site visits and

reconnaissance survey in the study area for fixing the monitoring locations for the primary data. As a

secondary data review, various Government agencies were approached for procuring information and

relevant data of the area.

3.3.2.1 Physical Environment Study

The study related to physical environment shall be conducted through both site visits and review of the

secondary sources like the DPR and other published peer information in respect of the topographical and

physiographical features, regional and the local geology of the project area, climatology and seismicity.

Soil characteristics shall be establishing through physio-chemical tests of the soil samples revalidated

though the published literature while land use and land cover, slope of the study area shall be establishing

through remote sensing by using GIS tools.

The field observations and the results of the baseline study have been used-

• To assess the positive and negative impacts due to the proposed project.

• To suggest appropriate mitigation measures for negating the adverse environmental impacts, if

any; and

• To suggest post-project monitoring requirements and suitable mechanism for it.

3.3.2.2 Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures

Standard TOR for Fertilizer project as well as Standard methods and procedures have been strictly adhered

to in the course of this study. QA/QC procedures were strictly followed which covers all aspects of the

study, and includes sample collection, handling, laboratory analyses, data coding, statistical analyses,






presentation, and communication of results. The baseline environmental data generation has been collected

for the study period. The Summary of monitoring plan with parameter and frequency is summarized in

Table 3.2

Table 3.2 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection

Parameters

No. Of

sampling

locations

Frequency/

season Remark

Ambient Air Quality

PM (10), PM(2.5), SO2 NOx

CO, NH3, HC

(Methane/Non-methane),

VOCs, F

8 locations

Twice a

Week

For summer

season

AAQ monitoring was carried out at 8

locations (representing upwind,

downwind and sensitive locations). 24

hours sampling at each location was

carried out as per CPCB guide

lines(CPCB Gazette notification dated

18.11.2009 on AAQ).

Meteorology

Temperature, Humidity,

Wind speed, Direction,

Rainfall etc.

One location

Hourly for

summer

season

Met station was established close to the

site to record the site-specific hourly

metadata.

Ground Water Quality

Physical, chemical and

biological parameters as per

IS 10,500

8 locations in

study area

Once in a

season

Ground water: Sampling was

conducted at 8 locations. Samples were

preserved, transported and analyzed for

different parameters based on APHA

methods. Temp, conductivity and pH

which were measured instantly at site

itself.

Surface Water Quality

Physical, chemical and

biological parameters as per

IS: 10,500

2 locations in

study area

Once in a

season

Surface Water: Sampling was

conducted at four locations. Samples

were preserved and transported for

analysis for different parameters based

on APHA methods. Temp,

conductivity, DO and pH which were

measured instantly at site itself.

Soil

Texture, bulk density, pH,

conductivity, cation

exchange capacity, organic

matter, Total N, P, K, and

Heavy metals etc

6 locations in

study area

Once in a

season

Soil samples were collected at six

locations within the study area and

analyzed as per IARI method

Noise

Noise profiling for 24 hrs. 8 locations in

study area

Once in

season

Noise monitoring was conducted

within the 10-km area of project site for

noise profiling for 24 hrsusing

integrated sound level meter, as per

CPCB guidelines.

Ecology (Flora & Fauna)






Parameters

No. Of

sampling

locations

Frequency/

season Remark

Flora & Fauna Once Primary survey and Secondary sources

Demography & Socioeconomics

Demography &

Socioeconomic - Once Primary survey/ Secondary sources

3.4. Physical Environment

3.4.1. Topography

Khargone district district forms almost central section of Narmada valley which is bordered by

Vindhyan Escarpmentin the north and Satpura hills ranges in the south.The district is divided in to nine

blocks namely Kasrawad, Bhagwanpura, Segoan, Badwah, Bhikagon, Jhiranya, Maheshwar and

Khargone. The Tapti driange system extends in a limited area along the southern boundary of the district.

Narmada river, Satak river, and Sukli river were found flowing within 5 km from the Project site.

Topography around 10 km area of the proposed site is slightly undulating. The average elevation in 10 km

study area ranges between 130 to 290 metres above mean sea level. The topography of proposed site is

almost plain. The site elevation ranges between 170 to 179 amsl. Contour Map of the 10-km area around

site is shown in Figure 3.4. The contours in Toposheet have been digitized in the GIS environment and

assigned the respective elevation values in meters with reference to the mean sea level. Using the SRTM

(Shuttle Radar Topography Mission) data, the elevation values has been verified.

3.4.2. Drainage

The main drainage in formed being Narmada river and various small nalas and rivelutes joins to

Narmada. The Tapti driange system extends in a limited area along the southern boundary of the district.

Narmada river, Satak river, and Sukli river were found flowing within 5 km from the Project site. In the

10 km study area, Borar river, Khuj river, Phulka river, Bhuti river, Karam river are flowing. Drainage

map of 5 km area around the project site is provided in Figure 3.5.






: Contour Map of Study Area






: Drainage Map of Study Area






3.5. Geology & Hydrogeology

The district exhibits varied geomorphic units, the presence of fluvial units showing the occurrences of

alluvium in the flood plains of all major stream and rivers, buriedPedi plains showing denudational hills

as seen in the north western parts of the district.

Similarly, structural hogbacks and Cuesta belonging to vindhyan meta sedimentary are restricted to

northern boundary of the district. Basaltic uplands forming lower belt that extends from west to east in

the southern parts of the district. This upland tract also forms major forests in the district.

In the district Archaen granite and gneisses form pheratic aquifers wherever jointed or weathered. In

general, these aquifers have a poor potential. Bijawars and vindhyans in this district also have poor

potential because of this massive and compactness occurrence of ground water rarely exceeds 12 mbgl.

Bagh beds forms phereaticas well as confined condition at the contact with Deccan trap. They form good

potential aquifers system in phreatic as well as in confined condition.

The bore well drilled by CGWB, reveals that basaltic aquifers have depth range from 20.00 to 160.00 mbgl

and yield potential 24 to 70 m3/day, transmissivity ranges from 15 to 350 m3/day. In Bagh beds potential

zones formed at depth 52-54 mbgl & 67-86 mbgl yield potential is 180-245 lpm and aquifer properties. As

transmissivity 108 m3/day and storage coefficient is 1.99x10-3.

The litology at the study area falls in Deccan trapwhere deeper aquifers potential depends on intensity of

fracture and its areal extent. They range from 5 lps to as high as 800 lpm the transmissivity characteristics

of the confined aquifers ranges from 2 m2/day to as high as 312 m2/day.

3.5.1. Aquifer System

Geological survey of India during its studies had identified three confined aquifers within a depth of 600

m in the adjoining Mahesana district. These were designated as “A”, “B” and “C” aquifers. Subsequently,

the studies carried out by CGWB under UNDP project, which also covered the northern part of Khargone

district, a multi-aquifer system was established. A total of 7 aquifers zones, each separated by aquiclude

of varying thickness, were identified as “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F” and “G”. Of these first five i.e. “A

to E” represents Quaternary alluvium, whereas, last two i.e. “F & G” represents Miocene sediments.

The yield of dug wells tapping vesicular basalts and massive trap range from 24 to 70 m3/day. The specific

capacity of wells various from 25 Lpm per meter of draw down in the massive trap to 285 lpm/m in the

weathered vesicular basalts. The specific capacity of wells in alluvial aquifer varies from 320 lpm / m to

494 lpm/m of draw down. Depth of dug well varies from 6 to 20 mbgl. The yield of bore well varies from

1 lps to as high as 13 lps in basaltic aquifer and depth of well ranges from 40 to 160 mbgl. The productivity

aquifer zones generally occur between 21 to 45 mbgl and deep-seated fractured aquifer occurred in

between 124 to 130 mbgl. Hydrogeology map of Khargone district is shown in Figure 3.6.






: Hydrogeology Map of Khargone District

Source: (CGWB ground Water Brochure, Khargone)

3.5.2. Depth to Ground Water Table

The project site falls in Nimrani area and nearby Govindpuri Industrial Area. The study area falls in

Khargone District. The ground water level in Nimrani area during pre-monsoon and post monsoon season

varies from 1.90-12.70 mbgl. The ground water level during the pre-monsoon period (May 2012) ranged

from 4.20 to 12.70 mbgl. In major parts of the district, depth of water level ranges from 8.12 mbgl. During

the post-monsoon period (November 2012) ranged from 1.90 to 11.70 mbgl in Khargone district. In major

part of the district, water level is between 5 to 10 m. In major Depth to water table in District is provided

in Figure 3.7.

PROJECT SITE






Depth to Water level in Pre-monsoon Depth to Water level in Post-monsoon

Source: (CGWB ground Water Brochure, Khargone)

: Depth to Ground Water Table in Khargone District

3.5.3. Ground Water Resources

There are nine number of assessment units (block) in the district which fall under non-command (99 %)

and command (1. %- Bhagwanpura, Kasrawad and Khargone) subunits. Bhagwanpura, Bhikhangaon and

Jhirnia are categorized as safe. Khargone, Maheshwar and Barwha blocks of the district are categorized as

semi critical. The highest stage of ground water development is computed as 90 % in Khargone. The net

ground water availability in the district is 77,219 ham and ground water draft for all uses is 55,848 ham,

making stage of ground water development 72% (76 % in 2003/04) for district. After making allocation

for future domestic and industrial supply for next 25 years, balance available ground water for future

irrigation would be 9,999 ham.

The level of Ground Water Development varies between58% (Kasrawad) and 90% (Khargon). Details of

ground water availability and stage of development is given below in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 : Details of Ground Water Availablity and Stage of Development

Sr

.

N

o

Assessment

Unit/ Taluka

Net

Annu

al

Grou

nd

Water

Avail-

ability

(ham)

Existin

g Gross

Groun

d

Water

Draft

for

irrigati

on

(ham)

Existin

g Gross

Ground

water

Draft

for

Domest

ic &

Industr

ial

water

Supply

(ham)

Existi

ng

Gross

Groun

d

water

Draft

for All

uses

(ham)

Provision

for

domestic,

and

industrial

requirem

ent

supply to

next 25

year

(2033)

(ham)

Net

Ground

water

Availabili

ty for

future

irrigation

d

developm

ent (ham)

Stage of

Ground

water

Developm

ent (%)

Catego

ry

1 Barwaha 14586 11758 488 12246 488

2340 84 Semi-

Critical

Project Site

Project Site






2 Bhagwanpur

ura

4279 2052 428 2481 607

1619 58 Semi-

Critical

3 Bhikangaon 12431 8125 403 8528 635 3672 69 Safe

4 Gogawan 5233 3652 120 3772 238 1433 71 Safe

5 Kasrawad 13965 7944 346 8290 499 5522 59 Safe

6 Khargone 6680 5595 386 5981 387

698 90 Semi-

Critical

7 Mahashwar 9809 7099 520 7619 727

1983 78 Semi-

Critical

8 Segaon 3875 2637 180 2817 315 923 73 Safe

9 Zirniya 6271 3712 403 4115 750 1809 66 Safe

TOTAL 77219 52574 3274 55848 4647 19999 72

3.5.4. Seismicity of the Study Area

Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of India has been

prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893:

Part I 2002). As per Seismic map of India the study area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Risk Zone). The

seismic zone map of study area is given in Figure 3.7. Earthquake Vulnerablity Map has been given in

Figure 3.9.

: Seismic Zones Map

PROJECT SITE






: Earthquake Vulnerability Map of Madhya Pradesh

3.6. Land use- Land Cover Classification

3.6.1. Introduction

Land use analysis was carried out using remote Sensing Data. Interpretation approach based on systematic

digital imaging was used for delineating the land use classes. The demarcation of boundaries falling under

different land use/land cover units is done using different colours assigned to different land use/land cover

units of satellite imagery.

3.6.2. Land Use Based on Satellite Imagery

Satellite imagery contains detail records of features on the ground at thetime of satellite overpass. An

image interpreter systematically examinesthe images for generating the information required by him.

Othersupporting materials such as published maps and reports from varioussources will increase the

accuracy of the interpretation. The chain ofprocess in visual interpretation of the shape and pattern in an

imagebegins with detection. There are certain fundamental characteristicsseen on images which aid in the

visual interpretation of satellite imagery. These are tone / colour, size, shape, texture, pattern,

location,association, resolution and season. Visual interpretation is subjectiveand differs from person to

person and also upon the season, scale, spectral bands, spatial resolution, overall image contrast and quality

ofthe data.

3.6.3. Data Source & Analysis

Remote Sensing Technique is used to prepare the present Land use Landover Map. A remotelysensed

image is not considered aphotograph. An image is a rendition, or model, of target featuresdescribedthrough

the use of spectral reflectance. These reflectancevalues are stored in a quantitative, numerical fashion in a

mannersuitable for input to a computer. Software and hardware speciallydesigned to analyze these images

give us the ability to see a pictorialrendition of targets. The images that we see on a computer screen

aremade up of picture elements called pixels. These images which are “Discretized” are called as a digital

image. Remote Sensing Data and few secondary dataset were used to study andmap the present Land Use

pattern of the area. These are, Multispectraland Multitemporal images are used as the input data.

(FCC)Landsat-TM (MSS) multispectral & PAN imagery has been used as input data. The spatial resolution

of the dataset is 30m & 15m. The bands used as input data for the currentstudy have these following

features

Project Site






Band 2: 0.52 - 0.59 μm (green): This band corresponds to the green reflectance of healthy vegetation and

is spanning the region between the blue and red chlorophyll absorption bands.

Band 3: 0.62 - 0.68 μm (red): This red chlorophyll absorption band of healthy green vegetation is one of

the most important bands for vegetation discrimination. In addition, it is useful for soil-boundary and

geological boundary mapping. Band 3 may exhibit more contrast than bands 1 and 2 because the effect of

the atmosphere is reduced. The 0.69m cut-off represents the beginning of a spectral region from 0.68 to

0.75m where vegetation reflectance crossovers occur that can reduce the accuracy of vegetation studies.

Band 4: 0.77 - 0.86 μm (near infrared): For reasons discussed above, the lower cut-off for this band was

placed above 0.75 m. This band is especially responsive to the amount of vegetation biomass present in a

scene. It is useful for identification of vegetation types and emphasizes soil-crop and land-water contrasts

3.6.4. Other Secondary data

The secondary database considered for validation and geo-referencing of the image is as follows: US Army

Sheet (1:250,000).

3.6.5. Digital Image Interpretation

Digital image processing is the use of computer algorithms to perform image processing on digital images.

As a subfield of digital signal processing, digital image processing has many advantages over analog image

processing; it allows a much wider range of algorithms to be applied to the input data, and can avoid

problems such as the build-up of noise and signal distortion during processing. In today's world of

advanced technology where most remote sensing data are recorded in digital format, virtually all image

interpretation and analysis involves some element of digital processing. Digital image processing may

involve numerous procedures including formatting and correcting of the data,digital enhancement to

facilitate better visual interpretation, or even automated classification of targets and features entirely by

computer. In order to process remote sensing imagery digitally, the data must be recorded and available in

a digital form suitable for storage on a computer tape or disk. Obviously, the other requirement for digital

image processing is a computer system, sometimes referred to as an image analysis system, with the

appropriate hardware and software to software to process the data. Several commercially available

software systems have been developed specifically for remote sensing image processing and analysis.

3.6.6. Methodology

Most of the common image processing functions available in image analysis systems can be categorized

into the following four categories:

1. Pre-processing

2. Image Enhancement

3. Image Transformation

4. Image Classification and Analysis

1. Pre-processing: Functions involve those operations that are normally required prior to the main data analysis and extraction

of information and are generally grouped as radiometric or geometric corrections. Radiometric corrections

include correcting the data for sensor irregularities and unwanted sensor or atmospheric noise and

converting the data so they accurately represent the reflected or emitted radiation measured by the sensor.

Geometric corrections include correcting for geometric distortions due to sensor-Earth geometry






variations, and conversion of the data to real world coordinates (e.g. latitude and longitude) on the Earth's

surface.

2. Image Enhancement:

The objective of the second group of image processing functions grouped under the term of image

enhancement is solely to improve the appearance of the imagery to assist in visual interpretation and

analysis. Examples of enhancement functions include contrast stretching to increase the tonal distinction

between various features in a scene, and spatial filtering to enhance (or suppress) specific spatial patterns

in an image.

3. Image transformations:

Are operations similar in concept to those for image enhancement. However, unlike image enhancement

operations which are normally applied only to a single channel of data at a time, image transformations

usually involve combined processing of data from multiple spectral bands. Arithmetic operations (i.e.

Subtraction, addition, multiplication, division) are performed to combine and transform the original bands

into "new" images which better display or highlight certain features in the scene. We will look at some of

these operations including various methods of spectral or band rationing, and a procedure called principal

components analysis which is used to more efficiently represent the information in multichannel imagery.

4. Image classification and analysis: Operations are used to digitally identify and classify pixels in the data. Classification is usually performed

on multichannel data sets (A) and this process assigns each pixel in an image to a class or theme (B) based

on statistical characteristics of the pixel brightness values. There are a variety of approaches taken to

perform digital classification. We will briefly describe the two generic approaches which are used most

often, namely supervised and unsupervised classification. The intent of the classification process is to

categorize all pixels in a digital image into one of several land covers classes, or "themes". This categorized

data may then be used to produce thematic maps of the land cover present in an image. Normally,

multispectral data are used to perform the classification and, indeed, the spectral pattern present within the

data for each pixel is used as the numerical basis for categorization (Lillesand and Kiefer, 1994). The

objective of image classification is to identify and portray, as a unique gray level (or color), the features

occurring in an image in terms of the object or type of land cover these features actually represent on the

ground. Image classification is perhaps the most important part of digital image analysis. It is very nice to

have a "pretty picture" or an image, showing a magnitude of colors illustrating various features of the

underlying terrain, but it is quite useless unless to know what the colors mean. (PCI, 1997). Two main

classification methods are Supervised Classification and Unsupervised Classification.

Supervised Classification: With supervised classification, we identify examples of the Information

classes (i.e., land cover type) of interest in the image. These are called "training sites". The image

processing software system is then used to develop a statistical characterization of the reflectance for each

information class. This stage is often called "signature analysis "and may involve developing a

characterization as simple as the mean or the rage of reflectance on each bands, or as complex as detailed

analyses of the mean, variances and covariance over all bands. Once a statistical characterization has been

achieved for each information class, the image is then classified by examining the reflectance for each

pixel and making a decision about which of the signatures it resembles most. (Eastman, 1995)

Unsupervised Classification: Unsupervised classification is a method which examines a large number of

unknown pixels and divides into a number of classed based on natural groupings present in the image






values. Unlike supervised classification, unsupervised classification does not require analyst specified

training data. The basic premise is that values within a given cover type should be close together in the

measurement space (i.e. have similar gray levels), whereas data in different classes should be

comparatively well separated (i.e. have very different gray levels) (PCI,1997; Lillesand and Kiefer, 1994;

Eastman, 1995 ). The classes that result from unsupervised classification are spectral classed which based

on natural groupings of the image values, the identity of the spectral class will not be initially known, must

compare classified data to some form of reference data (such as larger scale imagery, maps, or site visits)

to determine the identity and informational values of the spectral classes. Thus, in the supervised approach,

to define useful information categories and then examine their spectral separability; in the unsupervised

approach the computer determines spectrally separable class, and then define their information value. (PCI,

1997; Lillesand and Kiefer, 1994) Unsupervised classification is becoming increasingly popular in

agencies involved in long term GIS database maintenance. The reason is that there are now systems that

use clustering procedures that are extremely fast and require little in the nature of operational parameters.

Thus it is becoming possible to train GIS analysis with only a general familiarity with remote sensing to

undertake classifications that meet typical map accuracy standards. With suitable ground truth accuracy

assessment procedures, this tool can provide a remarkably rapid means of producing quality land cover

data on a continuing basis

3.6.7. Ground truth study

A detailed ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. Comprising of

data collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and

longitudes.

3.6.8. Land use at 10 km Study area

Land use of project site is industrial. Most of the land within the 10 km area of the project site is

Agricultural Land (85%). 3% of the area is under water body. As per the land use based on satellite image,

about 5 % of the land is under Settlement, Vegetation/Open Scrub is about 5%, Dry RiverBed is 2% (Refer

Figure 3.10 and Table 3.4). Landuse map of the 10 km study area is shown in Figure 3.11.

Table 3.4 : Land-use of Study Area

Class Area (Sq km) Area (ha.) Percentage (%)

Agricultural Land 219.55 21955 66

Open Shrub Land 78.91 7891 24

Settlement 5.49 549 2

Waterbody 8.83 883 3

Vegetation 17.09 1709 5

Total 329.87 32987 100

Source: Satellite Data Analysis by EQMS






: Graph Showing Land Use of the Study Area (10 km Radius)

66%

24%

2%

3% 5%

LAND-USE PATTERN

Agricultural Land

Open Shrub Land

Settlement

Waterbody

Vegetation






Source: Interpretation of Satellite image

: Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)






3.7. Soil Environment

Soil is the most important medium for supporting agricultural development. Its properties influence

fertility, water retention capacity, physical support capacity of plant roots, determination of various other

chemical constituent parameters. It is thus a vital necessity to study the nutrient status of soil regime.

3.7.1. Selection Criteria for Soil Sampling Location

For studying soil quality of the study area and with a view to ascertain the impacts due to proposed

activities on the nearby agriculture, vegetative, urban settlement land , eight sampling locations,

representing various land use conditions, were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around

the project area. The location of the soil samples is presented in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 : Soil Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Sampling

Locations

Distance,

km

Direction Sampling Location

Co-ordinates

Location Remark

S-1 Project Site 0.00 - 220 7’ 29.00”N,

750 27’ 02.58”E

Industrial Area

S-2 Gyanpura 2.62 NW 220 8’ 25.36”N,

750 25’ 54.03”E

Closeness of

Narmada River

S-3 Kothada 2.05 WNW 220 7’ 43.33”N,

750 25’ 53.14”E

Close to the Site

S-4 Nimrani 1.56 SE 220 6’ 50.32”N,

750 27’ 38.29”E

Agricultural Land

S-5 Panwa 2.80 ENE 220 8’ 07.95”N,

750 28’ 30.76”E

Closeness of

Highway

S-6 Khalghat 3.67 NNW 220 9’ 26.86”N,

750 26’ 46.00”E

Closeness of

Narmada River






: Soil Monitoring Map






3.7.2. Methodology

3.7.2.1 Sampling Technique

Soils vary from place to place. In view of this, efforts should be made to take the samples in such a way

that it is fully representative of the field. Random five sub-locations were identified at each location. Scrap

away surface liter; obtain a uniformly thick slice of soil from the surface to the plough depth from each

place. A V-Shaped cut is made with a spade to remove 1 to 2 cm slice of soil. The sample may be collected

on the blade of the spade and put in a clean bucket. In this way collect samples from all the spots marked

for one sampling unit. In case of hard soil, samples are taken with the help of augur from the plough depth

and collected in the bucket. Pour the soil from the bucket on a piece of clean paper or cloth and mix

thoroughly. Spread the soil evenly and divide it into 4 quarters. Reject two opposite quarters and mix the

rest of the soil again. Repeat the process till left with about half kg of the soil, collect it and put in a clean

cloth / polyethylene bag. Each bag should be properly marked with the name of sampling location &

number to identify the sample.

3.7.2.2 Storage Technique

Collected Samples are immediately transported to the laboratory. They are shade dried in wooden or

enameled trays (except for the analysis of moisture content) and stored. The dried soils are ground using

mortar and pestle (taking care to break only the clods but not the sand and gravel particles) and sieved

through a 2mm mesh sieve.

3.7.2.3 Soil Quality Parameters and Method of Analysis

The analysis of soil properties shall be done as per standard methods as described in the Methods Manual

of Soil Testing in India, Department of Agriculture & Co-operation, Ministry of Agriculture, Government

of India, New Delhi (Table 3.6).

Table 3.6 : Method for Analysis of Soil Properties

S. No. Parameters Methods of Analysis

Physical Parameters

1 Moisture content (%) Gravimetric

2 Water Holding Capacity (%) Gravimetric

3 Bulk Density (%) Gravimetric

4 Texture Hydrometer Method

Chemical Parameters

5 pH Electrometric (pH meter)

6 EC (μS/m) Electrometric

7 Acidity (mg/kg) Titrimetric

8 Alkalinity (mg/kg) Titrimetric

9 Chloride(mg/kg) Titrimetric

10 Calcium (mg/kg) Titrimetric

11 Magnesium (mg/kg) Titrimetric

12 Sodium(mg/kg) Flame Photometer

13 Potassium(mg/kg) Flame Photometer

14 Available Potassium(mg/kg) Flame Photometer

15 Sulphate(mg/kg) Spectrophotometer

16 Nitrate(mg/kg) Kjedahl method

17 Phosphate(mg/kg) Bray’s Extractant

18 Available Phosphorus(mg/kg) Spectrophotometer

19 Organic Carbon (%) Wet Digestion






3.7.2.4 Protocol for Assessment of Soil Physico-Chemical Properties

Methods of Manual of Soil Testing in India, Department of Agriculture & Cooperation, Ministry of

Agriculture, Government of India, New Delhi, shall be followed for collection of soil samples, its

preparation for testing and analyzing various physico-chemical properties of soil.

3.7.3. Soil Quality Analysis

The homogenized samples were analyzed for physico chemical characteristics. The physical and chemical

analysis results of the soil samples collected at site during Summer Season, 2019, are presented in Table

3.7.






Table 3.7 : Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil (Summer Season, 2019)

S. No. Parameters Unit Project Site

(S-1)

Gyanpura

(S-2)

Kothada

(S-3)

Nimrani

(S-4)

Panwa

(S-5)

Khalghat

(S-6)

Physical Characteristics

1. Texture - Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam

2. Particle Size Distribution

i). Sand % 45 41 43 44 41 38

ii). Silt % 27 30 28 24 25 30

iii). Clay % 28 29 29 32 34 32

3. Porosity % 52.8 49.8 51.7 49.1 50.6 48.6

4. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.25 1.33 1.28 1.35 1.31 1.36

5. Water Holding Capacity (WHC) % 31.5 30.4 32.2 30.9 31.7 32.6

6. Permeability cm/hr 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.27 0.25 0.30

Chemical Characteristics

7. pH (at 250C) - 7.56 7.28 6.86 7.05 7.48 7.24

8. Conductivity µmhos/cm 485.4 374.5 365.8 462.9 455.6 395.2

9. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) meq /100 gm 19.5 18.6 24.2 20.8 26.4 16.9

10. Chloride as Cl mg/kg 24.6 30.2 22.4 26.8 18.5 21.3

11. Fluoride mg/kg 0.62 0.92 0.58 0.44 0.84 0.66

12. Organic Matter % 1.10 1.26 1.07 1.12 1.31 1.22

13. Organic Carbon % 0.64 0.73 0.62 0.65 0.76 0.71

14. Zinc mg/kg 0.56 0.66 0.51 0.75 0.68 0.88

15. Iron mg/kg 12.5 16.2 22.4 17.8 20.5 19.2

16. Copper mg/kg 6.52 5.74 4.85 7.06 8.75 6.98

17. Manganese mg/kg 7.48 6.56 8.15 6.94 5.92 6.28

18. Available Nutrients

i). Nitrogen as N kg/ha 345.2 349.8 328.5 334.4 318.2 355.5

ii). Phosphorus as P kg/ha 16.4 15.8 18.2 19.5 16.6 17.2

iii). Potassium as K kg/ha 252.5 237.4 234.8 168.2 224.6 242.4

(Source: Soil sample analysis via Lab)






3.7.4. Soil Reaction Classes and Critical Limits for Macro and MicroNutrients in Soil

According to Soil Survey Manual (IARI, 1970), the soils are grouped under different soil reaction classes

viz. as mentioned below in Table 3.8

Table 3.8 : Soil Reaction Classes

Parameter Range Property of Soil

Soil Reaction

Classes (pH)

pH<4.5 Extremely acidic

pH 4.5-5.0 Very strongly acidic

pH 5.1-5.5 Strongly acidic

pH 5.6-6.0 Moderately acidic

pH 6.1-6.5 Slightly acidic

pH 6.6-7.3 Neutral

pH 7.4-7.8 Slightly alkaline

pH 8.5-9.0 Strongly alkaline

Organic Carbon

(OC)

<0.50% Low

0.50-0.75% Medium

>0.75% High

Available Nutrients (Fertility Status)

Available

Nitrogen

<280 kg/ha Low

280 to 560 kg/ha Medium

>560 kg/ha High

Available

Phosphorous

<10 kg/ha Low


>25 kg/ha High

Available

Potassium

<108 kg/ha Low


>280 kg/ha High

Micronutrient Critical Value

Mn <0.5 mg/kg Deficient

Zn <2.0 mg/kg Deficient

Cu <0.2 mg/kg Deficient

(Singh et. al. 2004, Mehta et. al.1988, Follet & Lindsay 1970 and Berger & Truog, 1940)

3.7.5. Interpretation of Soil Characteristics

Soil Texture: As per the grain size distribution the percentage of Sand in all sampled soil was found varied

from 38% to 45%, Silt varied from 24% to 30% and Clay from 28% to 34% during study season. Thus,

the soil texture is Clay Loam.

Soil Reaction: Soil pH is an important soil property, which affects the availability of several plant

nutrients. It is a measure of acidity and alkalinity and reflects the status of base saturation. The soil pH

ranges were observed from 6.86 to 7.56 during study season, thereby indicating the soil is neutral to slightly

alkaline in nature.






Organic Carbon: The effect of soil organic matter on soil properties is well recognized. Soil organic

matter plays a vital role in supplying plant nutrients, cation exchange capacity, improving soil aggregation

and hence water retention and soil biological activity. The Organic Carbon content of sampled soil during

study seasons varied from 0.62% to 0.73%, thereby implying that soils are medium in organic content.

Macronutrients: Nutrients like nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P) and potassium (K) are considered as primary

nutrients and sulphur (S) as secondary nutrient. These nutrients help in proper growth, development and

yield differentiation of plants and are generally required by plants in large quantity.

Available Nitrogen:

Nitrogen is an integral component of many compounds including chlorophyll and enzyme essential for

plant growth. It is an essential constituent for amino acids which is building blocks for plant tissue, cell

nuclei and protoplasm. It encourage aboveground vegetative growth and deep green colour to leaves.

Deficiency of nitrogen decreases rate and extent of protein synthesis and result into stunted growth and

develop chlorosis. Available nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between 318.2 kg/ha to 355.2

kg/ha thereby indicating that soils are medium in available nitrogen content.

Available Phosphorus:

Phosphorus is important component of adenosine di-phosphate (ADP) and adenosine tri-phosphate (ATP),

which involves in energy transformation in plant. It is essential component of deoxyribonucleic acid

(DNA), the seat of genetic inheritance in plant and animal. Phosphorous take part in important functions

like photosynthesis, nitrogen fixation, crop maturation, root development, strengthening straw in cereal

crops etc. The availability of phosphorous is restricted under acidic and alkaline soil reaction mainly due

to P-fixation. In acidic condition it get fixed with aluminium and iron and in alkaline condition with

calcium. Available phosphorus content ranges between 15.8 kg/ha to 19.2 kg/ha thereby indicating that

soils are medium in available phosphorus

Available Potassium:

Potassium is an activator of various enzymes responsible for plant processes like energy metabolism,

starch synthesis, nitrate reduction and sugar degradation. It is extremely mobile in plant and help to

regulate opening and closing of stomata in the leaves and uptake of water by root cells. It is important in

grain formation and tuber development and encourages crop resistance for certain fungal and bacterial

diseases. Available potassium content in these soils ranges between 168.2 kg/ha to 252.5 kg/ha thereby

indicating that the soils are medium in potassium content.

Table 3.9 : Soil Class Interpretation

Parameter

Interpretation

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Value Category Value Category

Soil Reaction Classes

(pH) 7.56 Slightly Alkaline 6.86 to 7.48

Neutral to Slightly

Alkaline

Organic Carbon (OC) 0.64 Medium 0.62 to 0.76% Medium

Available Nutrients (Fertility Status)

Available Nitrogen 345.2 Medium 318.2 to 349.8

kg/ha Medium






Available Phosphorous 16.4 Medium 15.8 to 19.5 kg/ha Medium-High

Micronutrient

Mn 7.48 Non-Deficient 5.92 to 8.15

mg/kg Non-Deficient

Zn 0.56 Deficient 0.51 to 0.88

mg/kg Deficient

Cu 6.53 Non-Deficient 4.85 to 8.75

mg/kg Non-Deficient

(Singh et. al. 2004, Mehta et. al.1988, Follet & Lindsay 1970 and Berger & Truog, 1940)

3.7.6. Interference

Soil nutrient status for N.P and K is better explained by working out Nutrient Index Value for each.

Parker had classified the nutrient index values

a. less than 1.5 as the indicative of low nutrient status and

b. between 1.5 to 2.5 as medium

c. while higher than 2.5 as high nutrient status.

The following equation is used to calculate Nutrient Index Value

Nutrient Index = {(Nl x 1) + (Nm x 2) + (Nh x 3)} / Nt

Nt = Total number of samples analyzed for a nutrient in any given area.

Nl = Number of samples falling in low category of nutrient status.

Nm = Number of samples falling in medium category of nutrient status.

Nh = Number of samples falling in high category of nutrient status

Nutrient Index Value for, N = {(3X1) +(5X2) +(0X3)}/ 8=1.625 (medium)

Nutrient Index Value for, P = {(0X1) +(0X2) +(8X3)}/ 8= 3 (high)

Nutrient Index Value for, K = {(0X1) +(5X2) +(3X3)}/8= 2.375 (medium)

Thus, based on Nutrient Index Value for N, P and K, the soils of study area fall into medium fertility status.

Soils have medium organic carbon and are moderately capable of supporting agriculture. The soils of study

area are between neutral and slightly alkaline as pH value of soils in all analyzed samples is less than 8.5

and simultaneously the value of EC is less than 1 dS/m.

3.8. Water Environment

Water quality is a complex subject, which involves physical, chemical, hydrological and biological

characteristics of water and their complex and delicate relations. The quality of water is of vital concern

for mankind since it is directly linked with human welfare. Water quality characteristics of aquatic

environments arise from multitude of physical, chemical and biological interactions. The water bodies are

continuously subjected to dynamic state of changes with respect to their geo-chemical characteristics. The

dynamic balance in aquatic ecosystem is upset by human activities.






For assessment of baseline data of water quality status, general reconnaissance survey of River upstream

and downstream of proposed study area will be done. “Protocol for Water Quality Monitoring” notified

by Govt of India in conjunction with CPCB Guidelines for Water Quality Monitoring, 2007-08, shall be

followed.

3.8.1. Reconnaissance Survey

The objectives of water quality monitoring programme is identification of state and trends in water quality,

both in terms of concentrations and effect. It is pertinent to make a reconnaissance survey of the river

during the planning stage, noting all sources of wastes, all entering tributaries that might contribute a

potential pollutant, and all uses and abstractions of the water. This action will also include a survey of

background information such as geography, topography, climate and weather, hydrology, hydrogeology,

land use, urbanization, industrialization and agriculture, including farming in the riverbed. The information

required has been collected through primary surveys and secondary sources. Surface water sources and

groundwater sources covering 10 km radial distance were identified for examining for physico-chemical

and bacteriological parameters. Narmada canal is the main water bodies in the area.

3.8.2. Selection Criteria for Water Sampling Location

The selection of sites for water sampling shall be done considering the location of different project

components, junction of streams and river course, spots of high-water velocity and some of the stagnated

pools along with the areas having human interference. Sampling stations should be located upstream and

downstream of significant pollution outfalls like city sewage drains and industrial effluent outfalls.

Drinking water intake points, bathing ghats, irrigation canal off-take points should be considered for

monitoring. Additional downstream stations are necessary to assess the extent of the influence of an outfall

and locate the point of recovery. Stations on both sides downstream are useful to make an estimate of the

extent of the mixing zone. In case of groundwater sampling only tubewells, dug-well and handpumps

which are in use should be selected.

The sampling site selection is generally linked with water quality monitoring objectives. For example, if

the monitoring is carried out for judging suitability of water for drinking water source then the monitoring

site should be closer to the intake point whereas for outdoor bathing it should be near bathing ghats. The

usual purpose of a monitoring exercise is to determine the degree of man induced pollution, and the damage

that is caused to aquatic life. The reference station serves to assess the situation with respect to background

water quality and biological aspects, which may vary locally and regionally. Two sampling locations on

Narmada River on upstream and downstream (SW-1 and SW-2) were selected. Thus, three surface water

locations were selected. Eight ground water sample has also been collected. The location details of the

surface and ground water monitoring stations is presented in Table 3.10.

Table 3.10 : Water Quality Sampling Stations

Station

Code

Station Name

Source Distance (km) &

Direction w.r.t. Site

Coordinates

SW1 Narmada River (100 m

upstream meters of PS) River

2.79km, NW 22° 8'40.70"N

75°25'39.79"E

SW2 NarmadaRiver (100 m

downstream of PS) River

2.60km, NE 22° 8'59.20"N

75°27'31.40"E

GW1 Project Site Borewell -- 22° 7'30.41"N

75°27'2.66"E






GW2 Nimrani Handpump 1.34 km, S 22° 6'45.57"N

75°26'43.57"E

GW3 Chichali Handpump 4.49km, W 22° 7'45.40"N

75°24'21.15"E

GW4 Khalghat Handpump 3.10km, N 22° 9'17.46"N

75°26'47.11"E

GW5 Gothnaya Handpump 4.29km, SE 22° 5'45.01"N

75°28'50.10"E

GW6 Panwa Handpump 2.01km, NE 22° 8'16.66"N

75°28'3.25"E

GW7 Balsamud Handpump 7.51km, E 22° 7'36.69"N

75°31'28.28"E

GW8 Bilkheda Handpump 5.86km, E 22° 7'1.00"N

75°31'2.46"E






: Water Monitoring Map (Ground Water and Surface Water)






3.8.3. Sampling Frequency

Grab samples of surface and ground water were collected and analyzed once during study period (post

Monsoon).

3.8.4. Sampling Technique

Grab samples will be collected from well-mixed section of the river (main stream) 30 cm below the water

surface. Samples from reservoir sites will be collected from the outgoing canal, power channel or water

intake structure. DO is determined in a sample collected in a DO bottle using a DO sampler. The DO in

the sample must be fixed immediately after collection, using chemical reagents. Weighted sample bottle

should be used to collect sample from an open well about 30 cm below the surface of the water. Samples

from the production tube wells will be collected after running the well for about 5 minutes. Some

parameters like pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, conductivity and turbidity should be analyzed in situ.

3.8.4.1 Sample Preservation and Transport

Samples for BOD and bacteriological analyses should be stored at a temperature below 4oC and in the dark

as soon as possible after sampling by placing them in an insulated cool box together with ice or cold packs.

Samples collected for chemical oxygen demand (COD) should be preserved below pH 2 by addition of

concentrated sulphuric acid. Samples which are to be analyzed for the presence of heavy metals, should

be acidified to below pH 2 with concentrated nitric acid.

Samples should be transported to concerned laboratory as soon as possible, preferably within 48 hours.

Analysis of bacteriological samples should be started and analyzed within 24 hours of collection. If

samples are being brought to the laboratory, they should be transported in less than 24 hours

3.8.4.2 Parameters considered for Analysis

In general list of parameters to be considered for analysis and frequency of sampling is provided in the

“Protocol for Water Quality Monitoring” notified by Govt of India should be followed.

3.8.5. Water Quality Analysis

The limnological parameters are recorded mainly following the standard methods described by Welch

(1948), CSIR (1974). Mackereth et.al. (1978) and APHA, AWWA, WPCF (1995) as following:

Parameters Instrumentation

1. Ambient temperature : Digital thermometer (stainless steel Sensor probe)

2. Transparency : Seehi dise method (Weleh 1948)

3. Water velocity : EMCON digi current meter

4. Turbidity : Nephelometer

5. Total Dissolved Solids : Titration method

6. pH : Digi pH meter (HANNA)

7. Alkalinity, Acidity, Chlorides,

8. Silicates, DO, Free CO2, Zn,

Si, Fe and Nutrients

(Phosphorus, Sulphates) : Aquamerck / Aquaquant kits

9. Total Ca and Mg Hardness – EDTA : Titrametric methods (Natrajan and Jhingran 1988)

10. Inorganic phosphates : Colorimetric Methods

11. BOD : Titration

12. E-Coli and Total Coliform : Macconkey broth






Table 3.11 : Test Method used for the analysis

Parameters Test Method

pH value IS :3025(Pt-11)1983RA2017

Temperature IS: 3025(Pt-9)

Conductivity IS: 3025(Pt-14)

Turbidity IS: 3025(Pt-10)1984RA2017

Total Dissolved Solids IS : 3025(Pt-16)1984 RA 2017

Total Suspended solids IS-3025 (p-17) :1984 RA 2006

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) IS : 3025(Pt-21)2009R2014

Chlorides (as Cl) IS : 3025(Pt-32) 1988R2014

Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS : 3025(Pt-23) 1986R2014

Sulphate (as SO4) IS : 3025(Pt-24) 1986R2014

Nitrate(as NO3) IS : 3025(Pt-34) 1988R2014

Fluoride (as F ) APHA 23rd Ed, 4500 F (D)

Iron (as Fe) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Zinc (as Zn) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Calcium (as Ca) IS : 3025(Pt-40) 1991R2014

Magnesium (as Mg2+) APHA 23rd Ed, 3500 Mg B

Sodium (as Na) APHA 23rd Ed, 3500 Na (B)

Potassium (as K) APHA 23rd Ed, 3500 K (B)

Cadmium (as Cd) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Total Chromium (as Cr) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Copper (as Cu) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Nickel (as Ni) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Lead (as Pb) APHA 23rd Ed, 3111

Mercury (as Hg) APHA 23rd Ed, 3112

Total arsenic (as As) APHA 23rd Ed, 3114

Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) IS : 3025(Pt-43) 1992R2014

Total Coliforms IS : 1622-2003 RA - 2009

3.8.6. Water Quality

Water sampling and analysis has been carried out through NABL accredited and MoEF recognized

Laboratory to determine the existing baseline water quality around the project area. Sampling and analysis

have been carried out following standard guidelines for physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters.

The physical, chemical and biological analysis results of the water samples are presented in Table 3.12

and Table 3.13






Table 3.12 : Surface Water Standards as per IS: 2296-1982

S.No. Test

Parameters

Unit As per IS:

2296 Class

A (Clause

3.3)

As per IS:

2296 Class

B (Clause

3.3)

As per IS:

2296 Class

C (Clause

3.3)

As per

IS: 2296

Class D

(Clause

3.3)

As per

IS: 2296

Class E

(Clause

3.3)

1 Apparent

Colour

Hazen units 10 300 300 - -

2 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable - -

3 pH Value - 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4 Turbidity mg/l - - - - -

5 Electrical

conductivity

- - - 1000 2250

6 Total

Alkalinity

mg/l - - - - -

7 DO mg/l 6 5 4 4 -

8 BOD (27o C

for 3 days)

mg/l 2 3 3 - -

9 COD mg/l - - - - -

10 Total

Dissolved

Solid

mg/l 500 - 1500 - 2100

11 Total

Suspended

Solids

mg/l - - - - -

12 Total

Hardness (

CaCO3)

mg/l 300 - - - -

13 Calcium (as

Ca)

mg/l 200 - - - -

14 Magnesium

(as Mg)

mg/l 100 - - - -

15 Fluorides (F) mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

16 Chlorides (as

Cl)

mg/l 250 - 600 - 600

17 Chromium

(Cr+)

mg/l 0.05 1 0.05 - -

18 Cadmium

(Cd)

mg/l 0.01 - 0.01 - -

19 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 - 50 - -

20 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 15 - 15 - -

21 Copper

as(Cu)

mg/l 1.5 - 1.5 - -

22 Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 - -

23 Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.1 - 0.1 - -

24 Selenium

(Se)

mg/l 0.01 - 0.05 - -

25 Nitrates (as

NO3)

mg/l 20 - 50 - -

26 Sulphate (as

SO4)

mg/l 400 - 400 - -






27 Phenolic

Compounds

mg/l 0.002 0.005 0.005 - -

28 Pesticides mg/l Absent - Absent - -

29 Oil & Grease mg/l - - 0.1 0.1 -

30 Total Coli

form

MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - -

As per IS: 2296-1982, the tolerance limits of parameters are specified as per classified use of water

depending on various uses of water. The following classifications have been adopted in India.

Table 3.13 : Surface Water Quality Criteria as per CPCB

Designated-Best-Use Class of Water Criteria

Drinking Water Source without

conventional treatment but after

disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

50 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C

2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

500 or less;

pH between 6.5 and 8.5;



3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliform Organism MPN/100ml shall be

5000 or less;

pH between 6 to 9;



3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5


Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled

Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm

Max.2250

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2mg/l

- Below E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

Table 3.14 : Surface Water Quality

S. No. Parameters Unit SW-1

SW-2

Method

1 pH Value - 7.1 7.36 APHA-4500

2 Temperature °C 24.8 24.6 Part 9

3 Conductivity mhos/cm 295 324 APHA-4500

4 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 APHA-2030B

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 190 208 APHA-2540B

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l 23 20 APHA-2540D

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/l

mg/l 106 115 APHA-2340C






8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 5.9 6.2 APHA-4500B

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 7 10 Part -23

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 3.4 3.5 APHA-4500E

11 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.28 0.3 APHA-4500D

12 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.36 0.32 APHA-3111B

13 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.62 0.7 APHA-3111B

14 Calcium as Ca mg/l 32 35 APHA-3500B

15 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 6.3 6.7 APHA-3500B

16 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

17 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

18 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

19 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.05 <0.03 APHA-3111B

20 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112

21 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

22 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114

23 Oil & Grease mg/l <2 <2 Part -39

24 Chemical Oxygen Demand as

COD

mg/l

10 12

Part -58

25 Bio- Chemical Oxygen

Demand as BOD (for 3 Days

27 ˚C)

mg/l

1.6 1.8

Part -44

26 Dissolved Oxygen as DO mg/l 6.8 6 APHA

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml 108 102 APHA-9230B

Source: Water Analysis during Study Period

3.8.6.1 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality

Table 3.13 shows the physico-chemical characteristics of surface water samples collected from upstream

and downstream of canal, during post monsoon season and compared with the surface water quality

standard (ISI-IS: 2296-1982) reference values.

The pH values of all analyzed samples ranged between 7.1 – 7.36 and are within the class A limit (6.5-

8.5). The TDS levels SW1 and SW2 was observed to be 295 and 324 i.e below class A limit of 500 mg/l.

Total hardness levels ranged from 106 to 115 mg/l were well below the class A limit of 300 mg/l. The

dissolved oxygen values ranged between 6 to 6.8 mg/l and were within the class A limit of 6 mg/l or more.

The chlorides level in surface water samples SW1 and SW2 were observed to be 5.9 mg/l and 6.2 mg/l

respectively which is below class A limit of 250 mg/l. The sulphates level ranged from 3.4 to 3.5 mg/l and

were below the class A limit of 400 mg/l. The Total Coliform level of SW 1 and SW2 was within the limits

specified for Class B water i.e 500 MPN/100.

Comparing the values of pH, DO, BOD and Total Coliforms with ‘Use based classification of surface

waters’ published by Central Pollution Control Board; it can be seen that the analyzed surface waters is

not polluted and classified as “ Class ‘A’” and can be use for as Drinking water source without

conventional treatment but after disinfection. However Total Coliform Level was found to be observed

unde Class “B”. Thus, all the analyzed parameters were within the limits specified for suitable for meeting

drinking water requirements without conventional treatment but disinfection.






Table 3.15 : Ground Water Quality

S.No. Parameters

Unit

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Method

Desired Limit

/Permissible

Limit (IS:

10500)

1 pH Value -

7.6 7.3 7.1 7.7 7.5 7.2 7.6 7.2 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/No

relaxation

2 Temperature °C 25.5 26.3 25.8 26.6 26 25.8 26.2 25.7 Part 9 --

3 Conductivity mmhos/cm

755 692 912 1070 684 580 870 748 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity NTU <1 1.8 1.2 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 APHA-2030B 5-Jan

5 Total Dissolved

solids

mg/l 590 578 750 896 410 490 730 634 APHA-2540B 500/2000

6 Total Suspended

solids

mg/l <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 APHA-2540D --

7 Total Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/l 358 330 282 395 196 216 298 264 APHA-2340C 200/600

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l

170 155 142 212 125 140 164 152 APHA-4500B 250/1000

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 176 152 190 236 168 132 188 130 Part -23 200/600

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 42.8 38.7 46.1 58.2 30.5 38.8 40.2 33.6 APHA-4500E 200/400

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l

3.5 2.8 1.8 4.1 3 1.7 2.9 2.2 APHA-4500 45/No

relaxation

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.2 1 0.9 1.5 1.8 1.1 1.2 1.5 APHA-4500D 1/1.5

13 Iron as Fe mg/l

0.25 0.37 0.32 0.4 0.22 0.27 0.18 0.16 APHA-3111B 1.0/No

relaxation

14 Zinc as Zn mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 15-May

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 162 165 208 252 122 148 184 198 APHA-3500B 75/200






S.No. Parameters

Unit

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8 Method

Desired Limit

/Permissible

Limit (IS:

10500)

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l

45 40 56 64 25 29 65 34 APHA-3500B 30/100

17 Sodium as Na mg/l 95 112 136 155 86 124 144 135 APHA-3500 --

18 Potassium as K mg/l

9 13 18 27 11 15 19 16 APHA-3500

KB --

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.01/No

relaxation

20 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.05/1.5

21 Nickel as Ni mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.02/No

relaxation

22 Lead as Pb mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.05/No

relaxation

23 Mercury as Hg mg/l

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/ No

relaxation

24 Chromium (Total

as Cr)

mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

0.05/No

relaxation

25 Arsenic as mg/l

<0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3114 0.05/ No

relaxation

26 Maganese as Mn mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27 Phenolic

compound

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Part 43 0.001/0.002

28 Total coliform MPN/100ml ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 ND <2 APHA-9230B Nil

NOTE: ND-Not Detected, NR-No Relaxation






3.8.6.2 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality

Table 3.14 shows the physico - chemical characteristics of ground water samples collected from the

selected location during post-monsoon (2019), as compared with the standard (IS 10500: 2012).

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged between 7.1 to 7.7, which are well within the specified

standard of 6.5 to 8.5 limit. Total hardness was recorded to range from 196 to 358 mg/l, which is within

the permissible limit 600 mg/l at all locations. The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentration recorded

ranged between 410 to 896 mg/l and was within the permissible limits (2000 mg/l) at all locations.

Chlorides at all the locations were within the permissible limits (1000 mg/l) as it ranged between 140 –

212 mg/l. Sulphates at all the locations were within the permissible limits (400 mg/l) as it ranged between

30.5 – 58.2 mg/l. Bacteriological studies reveal that no coliform bacterial are present in the samples. The

heavy metal contents were observed to be in below detectable limits. All physical and general parameters

were observed within the permissible limit as per IS10500:2012 (Second Revision). Thus, it is

recommended that water be filtered and disinfected prior to be given for drinking water requirements.

3.8.7. Water Quality Index

WQI is defined as a rating reflecting the composite influence of different water quality parameters. WQI

is calculated from the point of view of the suitability of water for human consumption. A quality rating

scale (qi) for each parameter is assigned by dividing its concentration in each water sample by its respective

standard according to the guidelines laid down in the BIS and the result multiply by 100.

qi = (Ci/Si)x 100

Where qi is the quality rating, Ci is the concentration of each chemical parameter in each water sample in

mg/l, and Si is the Indian drinking water standard for each chemical parameter in mg/l according to the

guidelines. For computing the WQI, the SI is first determined for each chemical parameter, which is then

used to determine the WQI as per the following equation

SIi=Wi x qi

QWI = ∑ SIi

SIi is the sub-index of the ith parameter; qi is the rating based on concentration of ith parameter and n is

the number of parameters. The computed WQI values are classified in to five types, “excellent water” to

“water not suitable for drinking”.

Table 3.16 : Water Quality Classification based on WQI Value

WQI value Water quality

<50 Excellent

50-100 Good water

100-200 Poor water

200-300 Very poor water

>300 Water not suitable for drinking

3.8.7.2 Surface Water Quality Index

The Water Quality Index based on weighted average of 13 parameters (Total Hardness as CaCO3, Calcium,

Alkalinity, Chloride, Magnesium, TDS, DO, Sulphate, Fluoride, pH, BOD, Iron, Nitrates) has been found

to range between Good to Excellent is evident from Table 3.17.






Table 3.17 : Surface Water Quality Index

Season SW1 SW2

Post-Monsoon

(2019)

WQI 48 51

Classification Excellent Good

3.8.7.3 Ground Water Quality Index

The Water Quality Index based on weighted average of 11 parameters (Total Hardness as CaCO3, Calcium,

Alkalinity, Chloride, Magnesium, TDS, Sulphate, Fluoride, pH, Iron, Nitrates) has been found to range

between Good to Poor as is evident from Table 3.18.

Table 3.18 : Ground Water Quality Index

Season GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Post-Monsoon

(2019)

WQI 80 79 84 107 68 67 84 76

Classification Good Good Good Poor Good Good Good Good

3.9. Air Environment

Under the provisions of the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, the CPCB has notified

fourth version of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) in 2009. Ambient air is defined as

any unconfined part of the Earth’s atmosphere, that the surrounding outdoor air in which humans and other

organisms live and breathe.

3.9.1. Climate and Meteorology

The region is generally mosit and relatively humidity is high throughout the year. Aside from the monsoon

season, the climate is generally humid. The weather is hot from March to June. From December to

February the average max temp. is 44.9oC, the average minimum is 7.3oC and the climate is generally

mosit. Cold northerly winds are responsible from a mild chill in January. The southwest monsoon brings

a humid climate from mid-June to mid-September. The annual rainfall is about 546 millimeters.

Meteorological factors have a direct bearing on the dispersion and dilution of pollutants/contaminants,

discharged into the atmosphere with consequent impact on air Environment. Micro-meteorological

properties of the atmosphere govern the concentration of pollutants and its variations with time and

location with respect to their sources. Meteorological information is required to understand the climatic

profile of the area as well as for devising the baseline ambient air quality monitoring plans. The nearest

IMD station is in Khargone, Madhya Pradesh. The climatologically summary for station at Khargone is

given in Table 3.19 and the interpretation of the data is given in sub sections.

Table 3.19 : Climate Data of IMD Khargone (30 years average)

Month Temperatur

e

Relative

Humidity

(%)

Rainfal

l (mm)

Wind

Directi

on

Cloud

Amount

Wind

Speed

Calm Period

(°C) daily Max Km/hr

Max Min 8:30 17:30

8:30 17:3

0

8:30 17:3

0

Januar

y

33.5 8.6 71 64 3.5 W,S 1.1 1 1.9 2 0

Februa

ry

36.1 9.1 59 60 1.7 W,S 1.4 1.8 2.2 5 1

March 40.9 14.5 52 49 0.3 W,S 1.6 1.4 2.3 2 0






April 44.2 20 50 46 1.9 W,S 1.6 1.8 3.6 1 0

May 45.4 25 56 42 6.1 W,NW 1.3 1.3 4 1 0

June 43.6 21.5 70 58 72.1 W,S 1.7 1.4 4.8 0 0

July 38.3 21.3 80 72 158.9 W,SW 1.8 1.8 4.8 1 0

August 34.7 20 86 80 169.5 W,SW 1.5 0.9 3.3 3 1

Septem

ber

36.7 20.1 82 75 79.9 W,S 2.2 2 2.6 1 1

Octobe

r

37.8 16.4 72 64 43 S,W 1.6 1.7 1.6 1 0

Novem

ber

35.7 12 69 69 5.3 S,W 1.3 1.5 1.7 2 0

Decem

ber

33 7.9 72 68 3.7 S,W 1.4 1.6 1.9 1 1

Annua

l Total

or

Mean

44.9 7.3 68 62 546

1.5 1.5 2.9 2 0

Source: Indian Meteorological Department, Climatologically Tables

Temperature– December, January and February constitutes winter months with daily mean minimum

temperature around 7.30C and daily mean maximum temperature around 44.90C. May is the hottest month

with daily mean maximum temperature at 45.4 0C and daily mean minimum temperature at 25 0C.Graphical presentation of temperature variation in the study area is given below in Figure 3.12:

: Temperature Variations of Study Area

Relative Humidity– The air is generally moist in the region and relative humidity is high throughout the

year. There is a marginal decrease in humidity. The lowest humidity is observed for the Month April. The

humidity level ranges between 50 & 86% during morning time and in evening time humidity level is 42%-

80%. Graphical presentation of Humidity variation in the study area is given below in Figure 3.13:

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50 Temperature (°C) daily Max Temperature (°C) daily Min






: Humidity Variations of Study Area

Rainfall– The annual total rainfall is 546 mm. Over 74.7% of the total annual rainfall is received during

the monsoon period between July & September.

: Rainfall Variations of Study Area

Cloud Cover – In the study area, clear weather prevails in most of the time during post monsoon, winter

and summer seasons. Only during monsoon months of July, August and September, moderate to heavy

clouds are observed. Relevant details about the number of days with zero octas of cloud cover (all clouds)

for all months are presented in Table 3.20 and Figure 3.15.

Table 3.20 : No. of Days with Zero Octas of Cloud Cover (Khargone)

Months (Cloud Cover)

8:30 17:30

January 2.1 2.4

February 2.3 2.3

March 2.1 2.5

April 1.5 2

May 1.4 2.2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100Relative Humidity (%) 8:30 Relative Humidity (%) 17:30

0

50

100

150

200 Rainfall (mm) MaxRainfall (mm) Max






June 2.3 3.1

July 4.7 4.8

August 4.7 5

September 2.7 3.2

October 0.9 1.2

November 0.9 1.1

December 1.9 1.8

(Source IMD, Khargone)

: Cloud Cover Variations of Study Area

Wind Speed– The annual mean wind speed is 2.9 km/hr in Khargone district. Pre-dominant wind direction

in the area is W, S. Graphical presentation of wind speed in the study area is given in Figure 3.16.

: Wind Speed Variations of Study Area

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Cloud Cover

8:30 17:30

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Wind Speed km/hr

Wind Speed Km/hr






Wind Direction– The predominant wind direction at Khargone is from West and South direction during

summer and monsoon season while in winter season the wind blows from South and west direction.

Calm Periods – The calm period constitute an important factor in the dispersion of air pollution. The calm

period is more during 8:30 AM compared to 17:30 PM. The maximum calm period occurs during October

to February months. Monthly calm period values obtained from nearest IMD is shown in Table 3.21.

Table 3.21 : Monthly Percentage of Calm Periods (IMD, Khargone)

Calm (%) Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec

Time 08:30 2 5 2 1 1 0 1 3 1 1 2 1

17:30 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1

Source: IMD Khargone

: Calm period Variations in Study Area

3.9.1.2 Regional Meteorology IMD, Indore

Secondary meteorological data has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Devi Ahilyabai Holkar

International Airport Station, Indore, Madhya Pradesh located at an aerial distance of around 76 km from

the site. The station is located at the Civil Aerodrome. Surrounding area is generally plain. Summarized

data for temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, and wind speed & wind direction are given in Table 3.22.

Table 3.22 : Regional Meteorological Data (IMD, Indore)

Month

Mean

Temperature

(0C)

Humidity (%) Rainfall Predominant

Wind

Direction

Wind speed

(km/hr)

Min Max Min Max Total(mm)

January 10.53 24.66 28.09 73.3 0 W 8.46

February 14.86 27.58 26.67 63.25 0 W 9.3

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec

Calm Periods

Time 8:30 Time 17:30






March 17.7 32.6 19.74 49.64 0 W 9.3

April 24.3 38.68 14.8 39.6 0 W 9.7

May 23.49 39.37 15.67 43.45 0 W 13

June 26.79 37.38 35.9 72.2 0 W 14.7

July 24.1 30.16 62.6 91 0 W 15.4

August 23.01 26.97 79.96 96.91 7.11 W 14.2

September 22.85 27.65 74.2 96.1 497.078 W 11.1

October 19.5 28.9 50.48 91.54 33.58 E 7.9

November 17.46 28.48 46.2 87.5 3.048 E, SE 7.1

December 14.16 24.2 51.1 85.5 0 E, NE 7.5

Total - - - - 540.816 - -

(Source: https://www.wunderground.com ; https://www.weatheronline.in)

Temperature– The mean daily maximum temperature of 39.37° C while mean daily minimum

temperature of 10.53° C.

Relative Humidity– During the monsoon season relative humidity was observed to be approximately

97%. The area becomes less humid after the withdrawal of the monsoon although it is generally humid

throughout the year.

Rainfall– The monsoon during the month of June to September chiefly contributes the rainfall. The total

annual rainfall is 540.816 mm. The maximum total monthly rainfall is 497.07 mm, which occurred in

September and minimum monthly rainfall during monsoon is 0 inch which occurred from January to July.

Wind– Predominant wind direction is West. Winds are moderate to high particularly during the morning

hours while during the afternoon hours the winds are stronger. During the monsoon winds blow from West

and East direction. Pre-monsoon wind rose for KCFL is shown in Figure 3.18.

The variations in the Climatological data (30 years average) and regional meteorological data (2019) were

highly noticeable. Change in such changes in climatic conditions pertains to the change of activities in an

and around the state. Increased exploitative activities have led to disparities between the same.

3.9.2. Meteorology at Site

Met data for 1st March 2019 to 31st May 2019 month was generated at site. An automatic weather

monitoring station was installed near Project site, keeping the sensors free exposed to the atmosphere and

with minimum interference with the nearby structures. The micro-meteorological data like wind speed,

wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and atmospheric pressure were collected using the weather

stationed cloud cover was recorded manually for the study period.

The wind directions, wind speed, temperature, rainfall and humidity recorded at site during study period

are presented in Table 3.23. Site specific wind rose diagram for study period is presented in Figure 3.18.

Table 3.23 : Meteorological Data at Site

https://www.wunderground.com/






Month Temperature

(Deg0C)

Relative

Humidity, %

Wind

Speed (m/s)

Predominant

Wind Direction

Calm

Period

Min Max Min Max -- (from ) %

March, 2019 17 39 8 63

1.27 W, SW 10.46 April, 2019 24 42 6 66

May, 2019 29 43 8 31

(Source: Meteorological station data at site)

Temperature – During the study period daily minimum temperature was 170C and daily maximum

temperature was 430C.

Relative Humidity – During the study period daily minimum humidity was 6% and daily maximum

humidity was 66%.

Wind Speed– The wind speed ranges between 0.5 to 3.0 m/s during study period except calm conditions.

Most of the time wind speed ranges between 1.5 to 2.5 m/s.

Wind Direction – The predominant wind direction at site is from West and Southwest direction.

Calm Periods – Calm period is more during nighttime than day time. Percentage calm periods during

study period was 10.46%.

: Wind Frequency Distribution (Summer Season)






: Site-specific Windrose (Summer Season)

3.10. Ambient Air Quality

Air pollution can cause significant effects on the environment and subsequently on human, animals,

vegetation and materials. In most cases, air pollution aggravates pre-existing diseases or degrades health

status, making people easily susceptible to other infections and development of chronic respiratory and

cardiovascular diseases. Further, environmental impacts from air pollution can include acidic deposition

and reduction in visibility.

The objective of the study is to analyze the existing ambient air quality within the study area and compare

it with the NAAQ standards specified by CPCB to know about the pollution status of air in and around the

project area. To quantify the impact of the construction activities on the ambient air quality at the

construction site and its surrounding area, it is necessary to evaluate the existing ambient air quality in

those areas.

3.10.1. Causes Attributing to Air Pollution in and Around Project Area

The proposed project is an expansion project, but the air quality is maintained at the site and found within

NAAQ standards. The causes of air pollution around project area are due to heavy vehicular movement on

NH3 highway passing adjacent to the project site, construction and operation activities in nearby

MPAKVN Industrial area, dust arising from unpaved village roads and domestic fuel burning or forest

fire. At present neither any new road is under construction in study area nor and widening of road is

underway. There is no mining activity within the study area.

The proposed project is expansion of fertilizer plant in existing premises where air pollution will be

envisaged during both construction and operation phase. During construction phase, minor air pollution

may occur due to foundation & leveling, vehicle movement and D.G set operation. During operation phase,

APCM equipments will be used to propose controlled emissions within CPCB norms.






3.10.2. Rationale for Selecting Monitoring Station

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network and was based on the following considerations:

• Meteorological conditions;

• Topography of the study area;

• Representatives of regional background air quality;

• Representatives of likely impact areas within the study area; and

• Location of residential areas representing different activities.

Since the proposed site is located nearby notified industrial area with many major and minor industrial

units in its vicinity, Eight sampling stations located within 10.0 km of the site was considered to provide

the surrounding baseline air quality. For the selection of the monitoring locations, long-term

meteorological trends were taken into consideration to obtain the predominant wind direction during the

sampling period. The monitoring station were selected keeping in view the sites like Rural residential area

near industrial zone in upwind (AAQ-3) of the site and downwind of the site to understand the impact of

the proposed project in the downwind direction compared to upwind polluting load from the industrial and

other sources (AAQ-4 and AAQ-8 respectively). The monitoring sites in downwind low density rural area

with surrounding farm lands was selected to identify the baseline of the existing pollution load and future

impact on the rural population and crop land (AAQ-2 & AAQ-6) were selected due consideration of

existing baseline and impact on the residential area as well on crop land surrounding the monitoring

location. The location of monitoring station (AAQ-5) was considered for comparison of baseline in the

upwind rural / farmland area and downwind rural area and (AAQ-7) were selected in view of area being

on downwind of the site. The ambient air quality monitoring locations are detailed in Table 3.24.

Table 3.24 : Location of Air Monitoring Stations

Station

Code Locations

Latitude

Longitude Approximate Distance

(km) Direction Sensitivity

AAQ-1 Project Site 22° 7'30.41"N

75°27'2.66"E

- Industrial

AAQ-2 Nimrani 22° 6'47.87"N

75°26'44.18"E

1.23 km, S

(Down Crosswind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-3 Kothada 22° 7'41.44"N

75°26'0.19"E

1.61 km, W

(Upwind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-4 Balwada 22° 9'29.78"N

75°29'34.97"E

5.11 km, NE

(Downwind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-5 Satrati 22° 5'38.37"N

75°25'43.65"E

3.86 km, SW

(Upwind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-6 Maharajkhedi 22° 7'0.22"N

75°29'2.58"E

3.44 km, SE

(Down Crosswind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-7 Panwa 22° 8'17.54"N

75°28'2.10"E

1.96 km, NE

(Downwind)

Rural

Residential

AAQ-8 Balsamud 22° 7'36.43"N

75°31'33.76"E

7.55 km, E

(Downwind)

Rural

Residential






: Air Monitoring Map






3.10.3. Rationale for Selecting Monitoring Station

The ambient air quality monitoring for pollutants was done by following Guidelines for Manual Sampling

and Analyses (Volume-1) issued by CPCB in May,2011. Sampling methodology is as mentioned in Table

3.24. The ambient air quality monitoring during post-monsoon,2019 was conducted, on 24- hourly twice

a week basis for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, CO (1 hr) and HC for a seasons, by the EIA consultant

through NABL accredited Laboratory.

Table 3.25 : Sampling Methodology

Sampling

Parameters

Standard

referred

Sample

Collection

Sample

Analysis Methodology

Sampling

Equipment

Analytical

Equipment

PM10 IS 5182-Part

23

Respirable Dust

Sampler

Electronic

Balance

Gravimetric method

PM2.5 -- Fine Dust

Sampler

Electronic

Balance

Gravimetric method

SO2 IS 5182 -Part

2

RDS with

impinger

Spectrophotom

eter

Improved West & Gaeke

Method

NOx IS 5182 -Part

6

RDS with

impinger

Spectrophotom

eter

Na- Arsenite Method

CO IS 5182 -Part

10

Tadler bag GC-FID Chromatography

NH3 APHA 401 RDS with

impinger

Spectrophotom

eter

Indophenol Blue method/

Spectrophotometry

3.10.4. Monitoring Result

Details of the air pollutants, its sources and their effect on humans is as shown in Table 3.26. Summary

results of ambient air quality monitoring data are shown in Table 3.27 & Table 3.28.

Table 3.26 : Air Pollutants, Their Sources and Their Effects on Humans

Pollutant Sources Effects

Particulate Matter

(PM10& PM2.5)

Road dust re-suspension,

Vehicles, industrial emissions,

domestic fuel burning etc.

• Cardiovascular and respiratory diseases

• Acute Lower Respiratory Infection

Sulfur-di-oxide (SO2) • Burning of sulfur containing

fuel like coal, diesel, etc

• Extraction of metals from

sulfide ores;

• Paper industries;

• Affects respiratory system and lung

function, cough, mucus secretion,

asthma and chronic bronchitis

• Causes acid rain

Oxides of Nitrogen

(NOx) • Combustion processes

(heating, power generation, and

vehicles)

• Paper Industries;

• Smelting of metals;

• Petroleum refineries

• Inflammation of the respiratory airway

• Decrease lung function, increase the

risk of respiratory conditions and

increases the response to allergens.

• Ground level ozone formation,

• Causes acid rain

Carbon Monoxide

(CO)

Incomplete fuel combustion

(as in motor vehicles) • Reduces the oxygen carrying capacity

of blood,

• Causes headaches, nausea, and

dizziness






Pollutant Sources Effects

Ammonia (NH3) • Agriculture (animal husbandry

& fertilizer application)

• Volatilization from land and

oceans

• Industrial processes (including

fugitive emissions)

• Vehicular emission

• Nasal and eye irritation; respiratory

tract irritation; and increased respiratory

depth.

• Add to the level of PM2.5 [conversion to

NH4+ aerosol) which has longer

atmospheric residence times (days)

than the gaseous (hours] especially

affecting human health

Volatile Organic

Compounds (VOC) • Vehicular emission

• Chemical industries/pharma

industries where solvents are

used

• VOCs are irritant to respiratory system

• VOCs are carcinogenic






Table 3.27 : Summary of Ambient Air Quality (I)

S.No Location

PM2.5 (µg/m³) PM10 (µg/m³) SO₂ (µg/m³) NOX (µg/m³)

Min Max Mean 98

%tile Min Max Mean

98

%tile Min Max Mean

98

%tile Min Max Mean

98

%tile

AAQ-1 Project Site 25 40 32 40 52 85 67 84 6 9.5 7.4 9.1 13.2 19.6 16 19.3

AAQ-2 Nimrani 26 43 34 43 57 91 74 90 7.2 10.5 8.7 10.3 14.1 20.3 16.7 20.1

AAQ-3 Kothada 20 34 26 33 54 76 64 75 5.5 9 7.2 8.8 11.5 17.2 14.2 16.9

AAQ-4 Balwada 24 36 30 36 61 80 70 79 5.2 8.3 6.9 8.2 11.7 17.2 13.8 16.6

AAQ-5 Satrati 21 44 29 42 56 88 72 88 5.2 8.5 6.8 8.5 10.6 15.7 13.3 15.7

AAQ-6 Maharajkhedi 20 27 23 27 39 71 52 70 5.9 9 7.2 8.7 10.5 18.4 13.5 17.1

AAQ-7 Panwa 17 35 26 34 48 83 64 82 5.6 9 7.3 8.9 11.8 18.4 14.7 17.8

AAQ-8 Balsamud 22 37 28 37 53 87 69 85 5.9 9.2 7.4 8.7 12 18.9 15.5 18.7

Table 3.28 : Summary of Ambient Air Quality (II)

S.NO Location NH3 (µg/m³)

(Mean)

CO (mg/m³)

(Mean)

HC (µg/m³) (Mean) VOC (mg/m3)

(Mean)

HF (µg/m³)

(Mean) Methane Non-methane

AAQ-1 Project Site <20 0.38 122 56 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-2 Nimrani <20 0.43 144 66 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-3 Kothada <20 0.32 109 49 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-4 Balwada <20 0.3 115 52 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-5 Satrati <20 0.32 118 55 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-6 Maharajkhedi <20 0.32 128 60 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-7 Panwa <20 0.36 116 51 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-8 Balsamud <20 0.38 108 46 <0.1 <0.1

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory






3.10.5. Category of Air Quality Index

An air quality index is defined as an overall scheme that transforms the weighed values of individual air

pollution related parameters (for example, pollutant concentrations) into a single number or set of numbers

(Ott, 1978). The objective of an AQI is to quickly disseminate air quality information (almost in real-time)

that entails the system to account for pollutants which have short-term impacts. It is equally important that

most of these pollutants are measured continuously through an online monitoring network. Since in present

case air quality has been monitored manually on 24- hourly twice a week basis for one season, real- time

air quality information is not possible. However, the data collected over a season can significantly describe

the category of air quality in corresponding period of time. The AQI Category for each of monitoring

station has been found to be satisfactory (Table 3.29).

Table 3.29 : AQI Category for Monitoring Station

Monitoring Station Summer (2019)

AQI AQI Category

AAQ-1 85 Satisfactory








Table 3.30 : AQI Category Index

Good

(0–50)

Minimal Impact

Poor

(201–300)

Breathing discomfort to people on

prolonged exposure

Satisfactory

(51–100)

Minor breathing discomfort to

sensitive people

Very Poor

(301–400)

Respiratory illness to the people on

prolonged exposure

Moderate

(101–200)

Breathing discomfort to the

people with lung, heart

disease, children and older

adults

Severe

(>401)

Respiratory effects even on healthy

people

Source : app.cpcbccr.com › ccr_docs › AQI -Calculator

3.10.6. Interpretation of Results

The monitoring results of ambient air quality were compared with the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by MoEF; GoI Notification dated 16.11.2009. The maximum

concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and CH4 and Non CH4 was 91 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 10.5

µg/m3, 20.3 µg/m3, 20 µg/m3, 144 µg/m3, 135 µg/m3 and 66 µg/m3 respectively.

Particulate Matter (PM10): The PM10 values ranges from 39 µg/m3 to 91 µg/m3 in the study area. The

Max. PM10 values were observed to be at Nimrani (AAQ-2) located at distance of 1.23 km,S in down

crosswind direction and Minimum was observed to be at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6 ; 1.44 km SE) in Rural

residential in downcrosswind direction. The concentration at Balwada (AAQ-4) village located at 1.11 km

in downwind was observed to be in range of 61-80 µg/m3 and at Balsamud (AAQ-8 ; downwind rural

residential) values were observed to be 53 to 87 µg/m3. Concentration at the project site (AAQ-1) was

https://app.cpcbccr.com/ccr_docs/AQI%20-Calculator.xls








observed to be in range of 52 to 85 µg/m3. Concentrations at locations at the upwind direction i.e. at Village

Kothada (AAQ-3 at 1.61 km, W) & Satrati (AAQ-5 at 1.86 km, SW) were found to be in the range of 54-

76 µg/m3 & 56-72 µg/m3 respectively. The results show the values were within the NAAQS permissible

limit (100 µg/m3) and the higher pollution levels are observed in the Urbanized area and industrial activities

in the nearby notified industial area. The sources of the higher concentration in the area is vehicular traffic

emission and industrial emission to some extend as the other location baseline values were observed to be

lesser then value observed in urbanized area and were observed to be similar with minor variation in other

location.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The PM2.5 values ranges from 17 µg/m3 to 44 µg/m3 in the study area. The

Max. PM2.5 values were observed to be at Satrati (AAQ-5; Rural Residential) located at distance of 1.86

km, SW in upwind direction and Minimum was observed to be at Panwa (AAQ-7; 1.96 km,NE) in Rural

residential in downwind direction. The concentration at Balwada (AAQ-4) village located at 1.11 km in

downwind was observed to be in range of 24-36 µg/m3 and at Balsamud (AAQ-8; downwind rural

residential) values were observed to be 22-37 µg/m3. Concentration at the project site (AAQ-1) was

observed to be in range of b25 to 40 µg/m3. Concentrations at locations at the upwind direction i.e. at

Village Kothada (AAQ-3 at 1.61 km, W) were found to be in the range of 20-34 µg/m3 while

Concentrations at Village Nimrani (AAQ-2 ; Rural Residential) located at 1.23 km; S in down crosswind

direction ranges from 26-43 µg/m3. Concentration at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6 ; 1.44 km SE) in Rural

residential in downcrosswind direction lies in the range of 20-27 µg/m3. The results show the values were

within the NAAQS permissible limit (60 µg/m3) and the higher pollution levels are observed in the

Urbanized area and industrial activities in the nearby notified industial area. The sources of the higher

concentration in the area is vehicular traffic emission and industrial emission to some extend as the other

location baseline values were observed to be lesser then value observed in urbanized area and were

observed to be similar with minor variation in other location.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The SO2 values ranges from 5.2 µg/m3 to 10.5 µg/m3 in the study area. The

maximum values were observed at Nimrani (AAQ-2) located at distance of 1.23 km,S in down crosswind

direction while minimum concentration was observed at Satrati (AAQ-5; Rural Residential) located at

distance of 1.86 km, SW in upwind direction. The concentration at the project site (AAQ-1) was observed

to be ranging from 6-9.5 µg/m3. Concentration of Village Kothada (AAQ-3; 1.61km, W) was found to be

in range of 5.2-8.3 µg/m3. Concentration of villages in Downwind direction i.e. Balwada (AAQ-4; 1.11km,

E) , Panwa (AAQ-7; 1.96 km, E) and Balasund (AAQ-8; 1.55km, E) were found to be in range of 5.2-8.3

µg/m3, 5.6-9 µg/m3 & 5.9-9.2 µg/m3 respectively. Concentration at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6; 1.44 km SE) in

Rural residential in downcrosswind direction lies in the range of 5.9-9 µg/m3. The results show the values

were within the NAAQS permissible limit (80 µg/m3) and the higher pollution levels are observed in the

Urbanized area and industrial activities in the nearby notified industial area. The sources of the higher

concentration in the area is Heavy duty diesel vehicular traffic emission due to its proximity to NH-3 and

industrial emissions. Due to compulsory installation of APCS system based on the Type of the fuel used

as prescribed by CPCB circular/ instruction ambient levels are observed to be well within the limits, the

other location baseline values were observed to be in lesser the value observed in urbanized area and were

observed to be similar with minor variation in other locations.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx): The NOx values range from 10.5 µg/m3 to 20.3 µg/m3 in the study area. The

Max. NOx values were observed to be Nimrani (AAQ-2) located at distance of 1.23 km,S in down

crosswind direction while minimum concentration was observed at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6; 1.44 km SE) in

Rural residential in downcrosswind direction. The concentration at the project site (AAQ-1) was observed






to be ranging from 13.2-19.6 µg/m3. Concentration of Village Kothada (AAQ-3; 1.61km, W) was found

to be in range of 11.5-17.2 µg/m3. Concentration of villages in Downwind direction i.e. Balwada (AAQ-

4; 1.11km, E) , Panwa (AAQ-7; 1.96 km, E) and Balasund (AAQ-8; 1.55 km, E) were found to be in range

of 11.7-17.2 µg/m3, 11.8-18.4 µg/m3 & 12-18.9 µg/m3 respectively. Concentration at Satrati (AAQ-5;

Rural Residential) located at distance of 1.86 km, SW in upwind direction was observed within 10.6-15.7

µg/m3. The results show the values were within the NAAQS permissible limit (80 µg/m3) and the higher

pollution levels are observed in the Urbanized area. Higher pollution levels are observed in the Urbanized

area and industrial activities in the nearby notified industial area. The sources of the higher concentration

in the area is vehicular traffic emission and industrial emission to some extend as the other location

baseline values were observed to be lesser then value observed in urbanized area and were observed to be

similar with minor variation in other location.

Ammonia: The NH3 values ranges from 10 µg/m3 to 20 µg/m3 in the study area. The Max. NH3 values

were observed to be at Nimrani (AAQ-2) located at distance of 1.23 km,S in down crosswind direction

while minimum was found to be at Village Kothada (AAQ-3; 1.61km, W) in upwind direction. Mean

concentration at the project site (AAQ-1) was observed to be 14 µg/m3. Mean concentration of villages in

Downwind direction i.e. Balwada (AAQ-4; 1.11km, E) , Panwa (AAQ-7; 1.96 km, E) and Balasund (AAQ-

8; 1.55 km, E) were found to be 15 µg/m3 & 14 µg/m3 respectively. Mean concentration at Satrati (AAQ-

5; Rural Residential) located at distance of 1.86 km, SW in upwind direction was observed to be 15 µg/m3.

Mean Concentration at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6; 1.44 km SE) in Rural residential in downcrosswind

direction was observed to be 17 µg/m3. The results show the values were within the NAAQS permissible

limit (400 µg/m3).

CO: The CO values ranges from 0.22 mg/m3 to 0.58 mg/m3 in the study area. The Max. CO values were

observed to be Nimrani (AAQ-2) located at distance of 1.23 km,S in down crosswind direction while

minimum was found to be at Balwada (AAQ-4; 1.11km, E) in downwind direction. Mean concentration

at the project site (AAQ-1) was observed to be 0.38 µg/m3. Mean concentration of villages in Downwind

direction i.e. Panwa (AAQ-7; 1.96 km, E) and Balasund (AAQ-8; 1.55 km, E) were found to be 14 µg/m3,

0.36 µg/m3 & 0.38 µg/m3 respectively. Mean concentration of villages in upwind direction i.e. Kothada

(AAQ-3; 1.61 km, W) and Satrati (AAQ-5; 1.86 km, SW) were found to be 0.32 µg/m3 & 0.32 µg/m3

respectively. Mean Concentration at Maharakhedi (AAQ-6; 1.44 km SE) in Rural residential in

downcrosswind direction was observed to be 0.32 µg/m3. The results show the values were within the

NAAQS permissible limit (400 µg/m3).

Hydrocarbons: The concentrations of methane hydrocarbons range from 108 – 144 µg/m3. and and non-

methane hydrocarbons ranges from 46 - 66 µg/m3.

3.10.7. Inference from Results

The 98%tile of all pollutant parameter are observed to be within the limits of standards prescribed by

NAAQS, 2009. The graph Figure 3.20 below shows the comparison of upwind location with downwind

location baseline 98%tile concentrations of the monitored pollutant. The major source of pollution in the

area is observed due to urbanization, industrial activities in nearby industrial area and vehicular traffic

emission for the pollutants. Concentrations were found to be minimally high in the down-cross wind

direction of the plant. Increased concentrations in the downcrosswind direction might have been resultant

of vehicular movement on non/partially developed kuccha roads in rural residential areas. Industrial

activies in the nearby industrial area and vehicular emissions are the main sources of air emissions in the

area.






On the criteria of AQI the AQI Category for each of monitoring station has been found to be satisfactory.

Concentration of pollutants was within the limits of standards prescribed by NAAQS, 2009.

: Baseline Comparative Chart

3.11. Noise Environment

Ambient Noise Level monitoring is one of the essential components of EIA study. Such assessment helps

in evaluating the existing noise levels and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the

potential impact from proposed development in the projects.

3.11.1. Attributing to Noise Pollution in and around Project Area

The existing causes of ambient noise in and around project area are due to community sources, construction

activities, vehicular movement and industrial activity. The proposed expansion of project will be within

the existing unit, no major installation and construction is envisaged leading to noise pollution.

3.11.2. Methodology

The noise monitoring shall be done following CPCB protocol of Noise Monitoring, July 2015, which inter

alia include the following cardinal principles:

• The Noise measurements shall be made with a Type 1 integrating sound level meter. The station

should be located at the ambient level i.e. away from the direct source, away from any vibration

and any obstruction.

• Microphone must be placed 1.2 -1.5m above the ground level.

• The instrument should be isolated from strong vibration and shock.

• The monitoring should be carried out minimum 75% of the prescribed Day time (06.00 am to 22.00

pm) and Night time (22.00 pm to 06.00 am).

UPWIND DOWN

CROSSWIND DOWNWIND






• During ambient noise monitoring sound comes from more than one direction, it is important to

choose a microphone and mounting which gives the best possible omni directional characteristics.

• Noise measurements should not be made in fog and rain.

• A wind shield will be used at all times to prevent interference of reflecting noise.

Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the people and animals exposed to it. Hence,

it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area to predict the potential impact of future noise

levels due to the proposed project.

3.11.3. Selection Criteria for Noise Monitoring Location

An assessment of baseline noise quality was undertaken to

(a) establish the status of exposure of the major sensitive receptors, and

(b) to identify the noise pollution levels in and around the site.

The baseline study for noise levels in the study area has been carried out by selecting a noise monitoring

station based on the following criteria

• Environmental setting of the area.

• Source of the noise.

• Proximity of the noise generating source to the human settlements.

Based on the above, noise monitoring was carried out at eight monitoring location. Details of the

Monitoring location and map showing the location in the study area is as shown in Table 3.31.

Table 3.31 : Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Location

Code

Location Latitude /

Longitude

Aerial Distance

(km) and Direction

from site

Environmenta

l Setting

N1 Project Site 22° 7'30.41"N

75°27'2.66"E 00

Industrial

N2 Near NH-3 Industrial

Area Nimrani

22° 7'8.99"N

75°26'51.43"E 0.80 km, S

Industrial

N3 Khal Khurd Chowk

SH-31

22° 8'8.45"N

75°27'11.70"E 0.95 km, N

Commercial

N4 Khalghat 22° 9'23.04"N

75°26'50.88"E 3.32 km, N

Residential

N5 Nimrani 22° 6'46.14"N

75°26'47.26"E 1.26 km, S

Commercial

N6 Panwa 22° 8'17.96"N

75°28'0.15"E 1.94km, NE

Residential

N7 Gayanpura 22° 8'37.70"N

75°26'10.63"E 2.31km, NW

Residential

N8 Balawad 22° 9'28.55"N

75°29'34.75"E 5.54km, NE

Commercial






: Noise Monitoring Map






3.11.4. Result and Conclusion

Location wise result for day-time and night time Leq is presented in Table 3.32.

Table 3.32 : Ambient Noise Leq at Monitoring Location

S. No. Locations dB(A) Leq

Day time

Standard

dB(A) Leq

dB(A) Leq

Night time

Standard

dB(A) Leq

1 Project Site 67.1 75 63.3 65

2 Near NH-3 Industrial Area

Nimrani

67.6 75 62.2 65

3 Khal Khurd Chowk SH-31 61.1 65 48.8 55

4 Khalghat 52.0 55 42.3 45

5 Nimrani 51.4 65 41.7 55

6 Panwa 50.6 55 42.1 45

7 Gayanpura 49.2 55 40.8 45

8 Balawad 50.3 65 41.6 55

Source: Analysis during study period, EQMS

3.11.5. Interpretation and Inference

The noise level is within the prescribed limit in all the monitoring stations. The noise monitoring shows

that day and nighttime noise levels are higher at locations nearby NH-3 (Industrial Area, Nimrani) and

Khal Khurd Chowk SH-31 due to industrial activities in industrial area and vehicular movement on

highways, respectively. The major source of the noise in the study area is the community noise, industrial

activity, and vehicular movement.

Community Noise and Noise Climate

Table 3.33 : Details of Community Noise & Noise Climate

Location Noise Pollution Level for Community

Noise

Noise Climate (dB)

Summer Season, 2019

Project Site 75 13

Near NH-3 Industrial Area

Nimrani

77 18

Khal Khurd Chowk SH-31 54 9

Khalghat 57 12

Nimrani 56 13

Panwa 57 13

Gayanpura 57 14

Balawad 56 12

3.12. Ecology and Biodiversity

An ecosystem is composed of plant and animal populations, and it differs from natural community

designation in that it involves the total nutrient and energy economics of the system as well as the

organisms involved. Ecosystems are self maintained and self contained. Natural ecosystems are invariably






richer in species and more stable than those of artificially developed, due to their many interdependencies

and interrelationships. The plant and animal populations in an area from recognizable associations called

Natural communities. These are characterized by a few species called dominants.

3.12.1. Methodology

The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during post monsoon season 2019.

Field sampling efforts covered the proposed project site and 10 km area around the proposed site. One

season field survey was conducted for vegetation, and wildlife. In addition, public consultations were also

done in the communities around the site. A phased and consultative approach was followed to carry out

ecological assessment. Successive phases of the assessment include (i) Secondary data collection through

desktop review of available literature and (ii) Onsite data collection for determining vegetation and wildlife

in the study area & Reconnaissance survey (iii) Public consultation.

Secondary Data Collection: An extensive desktop review of available published literature (books,

websites, scientific papers, articles etc.) was conducted. The Forest Working Plans of Forest Divisions was

also referred for secondary information. Additional information was sourced from the project proponent,

governmental institutions and local residents of the survey-area. Literature was sourced from the govt.

source like Forest department, MOEF&CC, IUCN and other related departments. Additional data sources

include published articles in journals, gazettes, and technical reports, maps, internet, amongst others. The

secondary data was appropriately supplemented by a field survey for primary data collection.

3.12.2. Forest Cover

Madhya Pradesh is located in the central part of the country is one of the major biologically diverse state

in India. It has a geographical area of 308,252 Km2. A large portion of its geographical area comes under

forest and tree cover which is very rich in biodiversity. As per SFR 2017 report, the total forest and tree

cover in Madhya Pradesh (Figure 3.1) is 77,414 sq km, which is almost 25.11 % of its geographical area.

The total forest and tree cover in Madhya Pradesh are 85,487 sq km which constitutes around 10.66% of

India’s Forest and Tree cover (SFR, 2017). The per capita forest and tree cover in the state is 0.12 ha.

As per Champion & Seth (1968) Classification, Madhya Pradesh has 18 forest types which belong to three

forest type groups, viz. Tropical Moist Deciduous, Tropical Dry Deciduous and Tropical Thorn Forests.

%age-wise distribution of forest covers in different forest type groups found in the state on the basis of the

forest cover assessment is provided in Table 3.34.

Table 3.34 : %agewise Distribution of Forest Cover

S. N. Forest Type Area (%)

1 3B/C1c Slightly moist Teak Forest 2.15

2 3B/C2 Southern Moist mixed Deciduous Forest 1.75

3 3C/C2e (i) Moist Peninsular Sal Forest 5.07

4 5A/C1a Very dry Teak Forest 0.62

5 5A/C1b Dry Teak Forest 27.26

6 5A/C3 Southern dry Mixed Deciduous Forest 33.51

7 5B/C1c Dry Peninsular Sal Forest 4.98

8 5B/C2 Northern Dry Mix Deciduous Forest 11.81

9 5/DS1 Dry Deciduous Scrub 2.99

10 5/DS2 Dry Savannah Forest 0.02






11 5/DS4 Dry Grassland 0.001

12 5/E1 Anogeisuss pendula Forest 3.37

13 5/E1/DS1 Anogeisuss pendula Scrub Forest 0.2

14 5/E2 Boswellia Forest 0.55

15 5/E5 Butea Forest 0.37

16 5/E9 Dry Bamboo Breaks 1.29

17 5/1S2 Khair-sissu Forest 1.68

18 6B/C2 Ravine Thorn Forest 0.26

19 Plantation/ToF 2.12

: Forest Cover Map of Madhya Pradesh (showing Project Area)

3.12.2.1 Forest Cover

The proposed project is located in Neemrani in Khargon district. The Forest of Khargon district are mainly

teak forest belonging to Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Teak Forest. Other than this mixed forest of

Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous Mixed Forest class are also present in the district. water bodies, soil

texture and climate competitively plays an important role in formation of the forests. The district is mainly

drained by Narmada River and its tributaries Goi, Beda, Kudi, Borar, Dndar, Dev, Nahali and Bhongali

rivers. The river drainage system plays and important role in distribution of the forest. Dense Forest in

Khargone district is very less. Major species are Teak, Saja, Dhawda, Baheda, Mahua, Salai, Lendia,

Moyan, Tendu, Palash etc. At many places teak and mixed forest are interspread with Bamboo species.

The Forest wise classification of the forest type in Khargone district is presented in Table 3.35 Below:

PROJECT SITE






Table 3.35 : Type of forests present in Khargone District

Circle

Total

Geographical

area

Very Dense

Forest

Moderately

Dense Forest Open Forest Total

Khargon

(West Nemar) 8025 1 426 832 1309

Madhya Pradesh 308252 94689.38 61886.49 31098.04 1704.85

Teak forest consists mainly of Teak species, varying from 20% of 80% or even more to the almost

exclusion of other species of depending upon the nature of the soil. The site quality is generally M.P. III

to IV a with density varying from 0.4 to 0.7. The crop is mostly middle aged. The common associates of

teak in the top canopy are Saja, Lendia, Dhaora, Haldu, Mahua, Tinsa, Kari, Jamun, Kadamb, Moyan,

Bija, Shisham, Baheda, Kusum etc, Middle storey comprises of Aonia, Kakai, Achar, Bhilva, Kuku etc.

Bamboos are found to exist along slopes, common undergrowth are Lantana, Marodphalli, Siharu, Dhawai,

Nirgund, Van Tulsi. Chirota, etc. Sukal Gunari and Bhurbusii are common grasses found Common

climbers of the area are Mahul, Palas, Bel, Keonti etc. Mixed forests exist in patches throughout the

division intermixed with Teak Forest. Common associates are Dhawra, Tendu Mahua. Lendia, Chichwa,

Bhirra, Moyan, Rinjha, Phansi, Teak, Salai etc. Crop is mostly middle aged.

Primary Data Collection & Reconnaissance survey:

Flora: There are 4 reserve forests located within the study area. Hence, these forest areas were studied

foR primary data collection. For herbs and shrubs quadrate sampling was carried out at different locations.

The floristic composition along with frequency, density and abundance for each herb and shrub species is

calculated by quadrats method. The quadrats are laid out at pre-selected sites to cover different altitudinal

zones as also to represent the existing variables within the area. At each vegetation sampling point, the

floral diversity and population density of key economic species composition were obtained using 2X2 m

quadrate for shrubs vegetation and and 1x1 m quadrat for herb vegetation. Samples of plants that could

not be identified in the field were collected, pressed and carried to the herbarium for further identification.

The health status of the vegetation was visually determined.

Fauna: Ground surveys shall be carried out by trekking the impact zone for identification of important

animal groups such as butterflies (insects), birds, mammals, reptiles, and some fishes inhabiting the area,

along the riverbanks, adjoining forest on the slopes, nallahs and agricultural fields.

• For sampling birds ‘point sampling’ along the fixed transects (foot trails) shall be carried out to

record all the species of birds observed with the help of binoculars; field guides and photography

for 1 hour on each transect (n=4).

• For sampling mammals, ‘direct count on open width (20m) transect’ is used on the same transects

(n=4) for 1 hour in each transect. Besides, information on recent sightings/records of mammals by

the villagers and locals shall also be considered.

• ‘Reptiles’ mainly lizards shall be sampled by ‘direct count on open width transects’ (n = 4) for 1

hour in each transect.

Public consultation: Beside above local people were also consulted during the site survey. Literature

review and gathering publically available data: The literature review encompassed background

information on the Flora and fauna of the area including recent environmental studies.






3.12.3. Forest Cover in study area

The site is located close to Neemrani Industrial area. Most of the land within the study area (10 km area

around project site) is under agriculture and settlement.

Forest & Forest Type: There are few forest patches are present in the study area though the forest patches

are degraded and very less dense. Following forest blocks are present within study area

• Jalkota Reserved Forest; 7.86 km (NE)

• Laltalai Reserved Forest; 5.26 km (S)

• Thikari Reserved Forest; 8.78km (SW)

• Dolani Reserved Forest; 8.85km (S)

Palas is the main species in these forests while Acacia, Jamun, Shisham, Baheda, Kusum etc, are the

associated species.

3.12.4. Description of vegetation in Project Area

The project area is located at Village-Nimrani, Khargone, Madhya Pradesh. The site is well connected

through Mumbai-Agra Highway (NH-3), which is passinng along the western boundary of the existing

unit. As the site is located abutting industrial area, the most of the land is under industrial uses, vegetation

(greenbelt) and open area. KCFL has allocated adequate land for greenbelt and lawn which is equal to ~

34/89 % i.e. 8.21 ha area of total plot area. Approximately, 11,525 no. of trees will be planted under

proposed expansion to cover 2500 trees per hectare of green area within the plant. The vegetation is

present in the form of existing greenbelt within the plant site.

3.12.5. Floristic Composition

Objectives

The main objectives of the floristic studies are as follows:

• To prepare inventory of plants belonging to different groups occurring in the study area;

• To assess the vegetation community structure in the study area;

• To identify the dominant plant species occurring in the study area;

• . To assess the Diversity of different shrubs and herbaceous species by calculating the Shannon

Wiener Diversity.

In order to understand the composition of the vegetation, most of the plant species could be identified in

the field itself whereas in case of the species that could not be identified an herbarium specimen of some

flowers were collected without uprooting the plant itself and in addition their photographs were also taken

for identification Later with the help of available published literature and floras of the region. The

vegetation sampling was carried out at three different sampling locations covering the study area.

Critical Environmental Resources in Project Study Area

Project site as well as the 10 km radius area of the proposed site does not support any critical habitat, like

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserves, and protected forest, Important

bird area, bird sanctuary, important bird area, migratory bird’s habitat, migratory route of animals, wetland

etc.

However, there are few forest patches are present in the study area though the forest patches are degraded

and very less dense. Following forest blocks are present within study area










Flora of Study Area

Most of the land in study area is under agriculture, settlement, and water bodies. very few forest patches

are presented in the study area that is too are degraded and scrub vegetation is the prime feature these

forests hence the flora of the study area is discussed in following two heads:

Agrian Ecosystem: Because most of the area has long been under cultivation only agrian ecosystem has

been noticed in most of the part. It is rather more characterized by scattered stunted and crooked trees and

shrubs species of Acasianilotica, Dalbergiasisoo, Butea monosperma, Albizia spp. Acacia leucophloea,

Mangiferaindica, Terminalis spp. Ficusracemosa, F. banghalensis, F religiosa, Azadirachtaindica,

Syzygiumcumini, Aegle marmelos, Diospyros melanoxylon, Bauhinia spp., Delonix regia, Cassia fistula,

and Pongamiapinnata. The ground flora during rainy consists of several annual or perennial spp. of

grasses, sedges and other herbs and creepers. Ground vegetation covered by dominant shrubs and herbs

are Argemone mexicana, Solanum surattense, Xanthium strumarium, Ipomeacornia, Ipomea fistulosa,

Dhatura metal, Zyziphusmauritiana, Calotropis procera, Sidacordifolia, Vitex negundo, Polygonum

glabrum, Cassia tora, Canabis sativa, Chenopodium album, Cyanodondactylon, Parthenium

hysterophorus and Dendrocalamusstrictus. The comprehensive list of the plant species for 10 km study

area (tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers and grasses) observed in the study area is given Table 3.34.

: Type of vegetation in Agrian Ecosystem

Vegetation Pattern in Forest Area: As there are 4 small forest patches are present in the study area. Due to

anthropogenic pressures and use of forest resources for their livelihood the forest of the study area are

mostly degraded. The forest vegetation is dominated with Pals having associated with scattered species

like Diospyros melanoxylon, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Anogeissuslatifolia, Madhucalongifolia,

Shorearobusta, Acacia sp., Syzygiumcumini, Aegle marmelos, Diospyros kaki, Helicteresisora etc. middle

and ground storey comprises of Lantana camara, Propsopisjuliflora, Vitex negundo, Calotropis procera ,

Annona squamosa , calotropisprocera, Zyziphusmauritiana etc. Sukal Gunari and Bhurbusii are common

grasses found in forest area.

http://www.flickr.com/search/?q=Lagerstroemiaparviflora&w=91314344@N00&m=tags






: Type of vegetation in Forest Area

: Degraded Mixed Forest in Study Area

Floristic Composition

During primary and secondary study carried out under present project, 55 tree species, 23 shrub species

and 52 herbs/grasses/climbers were recorded from the study area. The comprehensive list of the plant

species for 10 km study area (tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers and grasses) observed in the study area is given

Table 3.36.

Table 3.36 : Tree Species recorded in the Study Area

Sl. No. Scientific Name Family Name

1 Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae Babool, Indian gum, Arabic gum

2 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Bel, Bael

3 Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae Mahaneem, Maharukh

4 Albizialebbeck Mimosaceae Sirish

5 Albiziaodoratissima Mimosaceae Chinchwa, Siris

6 Albiziaprocera Mimosaceae Safed Siris

7 Alstoniascholaris Apocynaceae Citvan






8 Annona squamosa Annonaceae Sitaphal

9 Anogeissuslatifolia Combretaceae Dhawra, Axle Wood Tree

10 Anogeissus pendula Combretaceae Kadai

11 Anogeissuslatifolia Combretaceae dhaora

12 Artocarpusheterophyllus Moraceae Kat-hal

13 Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Neem

14 Bauhinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae Hin, Butterfly tree

15 Bauhinia variegata Caesalpiniaceae Dhondi, Kachnar

16 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Semal, Sewar

17 Boswellia serrata Burseraceae Salai, Saliha, Guggul

18 Buchananialanzan Anacardiaceae Chironji, Chaar

19 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Palash

20 Dalbergialanceolaria Fabaceae Dhoban

21 Dalbergialatifolia Fabaceae Sheesham, Balckwood Tree

22 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Shisham, Indian Rosewood

23 Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Gulmohar, Flame tree

24 Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae Tendu

25 Diospyros kaki Ebenaceae -

26 Emblica officinalis Phyllanthaceae Amla, Aonla

27 Ficusbenghalensis Moraceae Bargad

28 Ficuscarica Moraceae Anjir

29 Ficushispida Moraceae Bhuin-gular

30 Ficusracemosa Moraceae Gular, Umbar

31 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Aswatth, Peepal

32 Holopteleaintegrifolia Ulmaceae -

33 Helicteresisora Malvaceae Marodphalli

34 Lanneacoromandelica Anacardiaceae Gunta/Moyen

35 Leucaena leucocephala Mimosaceae Su-babool

36 Limoniaacidissima Rutaceae -

37 Lagerstroemia parviflora Lythraceae Bakhli, sida

38 Madhucalongifolia Sapotaceae Mahua, Indian Butter tree

39 Mangiferaindica Anacardiaceae Aam, Mango

40 Morus alba L. Moraceae Toot

41 Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Kaner, Indian oleander

42 Phoenix stylvestris Arecaceae Khajur, Khajuri

43 Pithecellobium dulce Fabaceae DakhiniImli

44 Pongamiapinnata Fabaceae Karanj, Pongam tree

45 Syzygiumcumini Myrtaceae Jamun

46 Schleicheraoleosa Sapindaceae -

47 Tamarindusindica Caesalpiniaceae Imli, Tamarindus






48 Tectonagrandis Verbenaceae Teak, Sagoun, Saag

49 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae Arjun, Koa

50 Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae Baheda

51 Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Harra or Harda

52 Terminalia tomentosa Combretaceae Saj, Ain tree

53 Terminalielliptica Combretaceae -

54 Wrightiatinctoia Apocynaceae Dudhi, Indrajau

55 Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Ber, Indian Jujube

List of Shrub

1 Acacia caesia Mimosaceae -

2 Acacia leucophloea Mimosaceae Safed Kikar, Reunja

3 Adhatodavasica Acanthaceae Arusha, Adusa

4 Bambusa vulgaris Poaceae Common bamboo

5 Caesalpiniabonduc Caesalpiniaceae KontiKaraja

6 Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae Aak, Madar

7 Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Akohwa, Madar

8 Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karonda, Black cherry

9 Cassia absus Fabaceae

10 Flacourtiaindica Flacourtiaceae Bilanga

11 Grewiacarpinifolia Tiliaceae Mallow raisin

12 Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Ratanjot

13 Jatropha gossypifolia Euphorbiaceae Bellyache-bush

14 Propsopisjuliflora Fabaceae

15 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Ghaneri

16 Martyniaannua Martyniaceae Bagh- Nakha

17 Phoenix acaulis Arecaceae Dwarf Date Palm

18 Xanthium strumarium Asteraceae Bicchu-butti

19 Ziziphusnummularia Rhamnaceae

20 Ziziphusoenoplia Rhamnaceae Makoi, Makoy, Jackal jujube

21 Ipomoea muricata Convolvulaceae Purple blue flower, Kotlaiya

22 Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae Morning glory

23 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Nirgud

List of Herbs

1 Abrus precatorius Fabaceae Ratti, Gunja

2 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Kanghi, Mudra,

3 Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae -

4 Acantho spermumhispidum Asteraceae -

5 Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Chichdi, Chirchita

6 Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae Nilam

7 Aloe vera Liliaceae Ghee-kunwar, Gawarpatha

8 Alpinia galanga Zingiberaceae Kalanjan, Barakulinajan






9 Amaranthus tricolor Amaranthaceae Amarant, Spinach grass

10 Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae Pili Kateri

11 Argyreia nervosa Convolvulaceae Samander-ka-pat

12 Aristolochia bracteata Aristolochiaceae Kidamar

13 Asparagus racemosus Asparagaceae Dashmool

14 Bidensbiternata Asteraceae -

15 Cannabis sativa Cannabaceae Bhang, Ganja, Charas

16 Capparis zeylanica Capparaceae Aradanda, Jhyris

17 Cassia tora Fabaceae -

18 Chenopodium album Chenopodiaceae Bathua, Chandan bathua

19 Coccinia grandis Cucurbitaceae Kundru, Kanduri

20 Cocculus hirsutus Menispermaceae Patal-garundi

21 Cryptolepis dubia Periplocaceae Anantamula

22 Cymbopogon martini Poaceae Palmarosa Grass

23 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Bermuda grass, indian doab

24 Cyperusrotundus Cyperaceae Motha

25 Datura innoxia Solanaceae Dhatura

26 Datura metel Solanaceae Kala dutra

27 Datura stramonium Solanaceae Dhatura

28 Dendrocal amusstrictus Poacecea Bans

29 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Dudhi, Dudhiya

30 Euphorbia neriifolia Euphorbiaceae Sehund

31 Gomphrena celosioides Amaranthaceae -

32 Ipomoea sp(UND) Convolvulaceae -

33 Ipomoea indica Convolvulaceae Blue Dawn Flower

34 Ipomoea sp (UND) Convolvulaceae -

35 Leucas aspera Lamiaceae Bhodaki

36 Ocimumbasilicum Lamiaceae Kali tulsi, Ban tulsi

37 Ocimumgratissimum Lamiaceae Clove basil

38 Ocimumtenuiflorum Lamiaceae Tulsa, Tulsi

39 Oldenlandiacorymbosa Rubiaceae Pitapapda, Dhaman

40 Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Amlika, Amrulzak

41 Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae Gajarghass, Congress grass

42 Polygonum spp Polygonaceae -

43 Pupalialappacea Amaranthaceae -

44 Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae Kans Grass

45 Sidaacuta Malvaceae -

46 Solanum virginianum Solanaceae Bhat-katel

47 Solanum surattense Solanaceae Kanteli

48 Tinosporasinensis Menispermaceae Giloy, Gulancha, Gurcha






49 Tridaxprocumbens Asteraceae Ghamra

50 Vernonia cinerea Asteraceae Sahadevi, Purple fleabane

51 Zornia diphylla Fabaceae Murikkoti, Arundhalaiotti

52 Xanthium strumarium Asteraceae Gokhur

: Tree Diversity in Study Area

: Shrubs Diversity in Study Area

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Anac

ardia

ceae

An

non

acea

e

Ap

ocy

nac

eae

Are

cace

ae

Bom

bac

acea

e

Burs

erac

eae

Cae

salp

inia

ceae

Com

bre

tace

ae

Eben

acea

e

Fab

acea

e

Lyth

race

ae

Mal

vac

eae

Mel

iace

ae

Mim

osa

ceae

Mora

ceae

Myrt

acea

e

Phyll

anth

acea

e

Rham

nac

eae

Ruta

ceae

Sap

indac

eae

Sap

ota

ceae

Sim

aroubac

eae

Ulm

acea

e

Ver

ben

acea

e

Tree Diversity In Study Area

Number

0

1

2

3

Acan

thaceae

Apocy

naceae

Arecaceae

Asclep

iadaceae

Asteraceae

Caesalp

iniaceae

Convolv

ulaceae

Euphorb

iaceae

Fab

aceae

Flaco

urtiaceae

Marty

niaceae

Mim

osaceae

Poaceae

Rham

naceae

Tiliaceae

Verb

enaceae

Shrubs Diversity In Study Area

Number






: Herbs Diversity in Study Area

Rare Threatened and Endangered Species

Recorded floral species from the study area were assessed for their conservation status by cross-checking

with red data book of Indian plants (Nayar & Sastri, 1987-90) and none of the plant taxa were found under

RET category.

Plants of Ethno botanical/medicinal Importance

Ayurveda says, “There is no plant on the earth, which does not possess medicinal property”, this means

that each plant is equally important for its biological activities, ecology and environment. The conservation

of medicinal plants means every species of plants in its natural habitat should be protected and preserved.

Conservation of invaluable biodiversity is a national and international agenda. Because of continuous

exploitation of medicinal plants from their natural habitats, it is required to replant and regenerate them in

other areas having similar habitat or environment. Due to over exploitation of natural resources many plant

species have become extinct from the world.

People living in the study area of this project use number of plants for medicinal/ethno-botanical purposes.

Various plant species are being utilized in day to day life of local inhabitants and some of them have great

economic importance. During present study knowledgeable and elderly persons of study area villages were

interviewed and information on plant parts (bark, seed, leaf, root, and fruit) used and indigenous

knowledge was gathered. People use these locally available plant species internally for treating diarrhea,

dysentery, cough, cold, fever and asthma and externally for rheumatism, skin diseases, cuts, boils and

injuries. A list of medicinal plants located in the project study area is given in Table 3.37.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Herbs Diversity In Study Area

Number






Table 3.37 : Medicinal Plants recorded in study area

S.N Name Family

Medicinal Use

Trees

1 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Antidiuratic, antithetmintic, antipyretic,

carminative tonic

Fruit used in chronic diarrhoea&

dysentery

2 Anona squamosa Anonaceae Fruit as appetizer

Seed oil used to kill lice

4 Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Oil extracted from seed as local stimulant,

insecticide and antiseptic

5 Emblicaoffcinalis Euphorbiaceae Fruit powder coolant and laxative

Rich source of vitamin C

6 Mangiferaindica Anacardiaceae Controls stomach pain, diarrhea, urine

sugar

7 Pongamiapinnata Fabaceae Seeds are externally used for skin

diseases, leucoderma, rheumatism

Powdered seeds are expectorant in

bronchitis and whooping cough

8 Syzygiumcumini Mystaceae Stem bark is used to treat sore throat,

bronchitis, ulcer, dysentery

Seed powder for diabetes

9 Tamarindusindica Caesalpiniaceae Leaves are used to reduce inflammatory

swellings & ringworm

Fruit is tonic to heart and antithelmintic

10 Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae Fruit powder is used as tonic and laxative

11 Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Fruit powder is used as tonic and laxative

Shrubs

12 Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae In pharmacy, used in preparing emulsions,

tablets, pills etc.

13 Calatropisprocera Asclepiadaceae Root bark used for leprosy

14 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Useful as an antiseptic for wounds

15 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Leaves are used in rheumatism

Dried leaves smoked for relief from

headache

Herbs

16 Argemone Mexicana Papaveraceae Latex is laxative and used in cataract

Seed oil used in asthma

17 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae Plant used to treat dysentery, cough,

asthma, vomiting

18 Jatropha Euphorbiaceae Seeds are used as acro-narcotic, purgative

Leaf juice used for piles

19 Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae Leaf juice used in curing cold, bronchitis

Flower decoction in dyspepsia






Agriculture Practices and Horticulture

The important Kharif crops in the project area are sorghum, soyabean and corn. In Rabi, the commonly

grown crops are wheat, mustard, peas, pigeon peas, chickpea etc. Horticultural crops include Mango,

Papaya, Guava, Jamun, Grape and Banana along with vegetables.

: Agricultural Fields in Study Area

Phyto-sociological analysis for community structure

It is very essential to understand the community structure in the study area. In order to understand the

community structure, vegetation sampling was done at different location in the project area.

Sampling Locations

Co-existence and competition amongst various species are affected directly by the number of individuals

in the community. Therefore, knowing the quantitative structure of the community becomes essential. To

characterize vegetation in the study area, the primary data was collected and analyzed for describing the

characteristics of vegetation with reference to species composition and structural attributes. The diversity

measurements reflect as to how many diverse species are present, while the density measurements indicate

number of individuals of a species in the study area. Species diversity is the best measure of community

structure and it is sensitive to various environmental stresses. Smaller value of Simpson’s Diversity Index

shows healthy ecosystem and the higher value shows that an ecosystem is under environmental stress. The

vegetation (trees, Shrubs and Herbs) sampling was carried out at four different sampling locations near

Forest blocks and agriculture fields. Details of the sampling locations present in Table 3.38.

Table 3.38 : Study Area considered for vegetation survey (Trees and Shrubs)

Location

Code

Location Name Distance and Direction

wrt Site

Type of vegetation

For Tree Vegetation

T-1 Jalkota Reserved forest 7.86 km, NE Mixed Forest

T-2 Laltalai Reserved Forest 5.26 km, S Mixed Forest






Fore Shrub Vegetation

S-1 Near Village Thkri 1.0 km N Shrub vegetation

S-2 Near Village Mukundpura 4.3 km S Shrub Vegetation

Phyto-sociological characters of plant species (Summer Season)

Primary Survey (Tree Vegetation): Co-existence and competition amongst various species are affected

directly by the number of individuals in the community. Therefore, knowing the quantitative structure of

the community becomes essential. Various diversity indices including Simpson’s Diversity Index give a

comparative and quantitative picture of the community existing in the study area. To characterize

vegetation in the study area, the primary data was collected and analyzed for describing the characteristics

of vegetation with reference to species composition and structural attributes. The diversity measurements

reflect as to how many diverse species are present, while the density measurements indicate number of

individuals of a species in the study area. Species diversity is the best measure of community structure and

it is sensitive to various environmental stresses. Smaller value of Simpson’s Diversity Index shows healthy

ecosystem and the higher value shows that an ecosystem is under environmental stress. Primary Survey

(Herbs and shrubs Vegetation): Characteristics of shrub and herb vegetation are provided in Table 3.39 to

3.40.

Table 3.39 : Characteristics of trees in Jakota Reserved Forest

Scientific

Name

Density/

ha

Relative

Density

(%)

Frequency

%

RF

% Dominance

RD

(%) IVI

Beutea

monosperma 160.00 26.23 90.00 29.03 0.0529 31.00 86.26

Acacia arabica 110.00 18.03 60.00 19.35 0.0111 6.53 43.91

diospyros

melanoxylon 80.00 13.11 50.00 16.13 0.0170 9.94 39.19

Ziziphus

mauritiana 90.00 14.75 40.00 12.90 0.0058 3.38 31.04

Madhuca

indica 50.00 8.20 20.00 6.45 0.0407 23.86 38.51

Shorea

robusta 120.00 19.67 50.00 16.13 0.0431 25.28 61.09

SDI 0.48

Table 3.40 : Characteristics of Tree species at Laltalai Reserve Forest

Scientific Name Density

/ ha

Relative

Density

(%)

Frequenc

y

%

RF

% Dominance

RD

(%) IVI

Beutea

monosperma 240 44.44 90.00 22.50 0.0193 19.80 86.74

Acacia arabica 40 7.41 80.00 20.00 0.0085 8.71 36.12

Diospyros

melanoxylon 40 7.41 70.00 17.50 0.0115 11.74 36.65






Ziziphus mauritiana 60 11.11 50.00 12.50 0.0242 24.77 48.38

Madhuca indica 50 9.26 20.00 5.00 0.0055 5.68 19.94

Shorea robusta 60 11.11 30.00 7.50 0.0133 13.64 32.25

Emblica officinalis 30 5.56 30.00 7.50 0.0057 5.80 18.86

Ficus bengalensis 20 3.70 30.00 7.50 0.0096 9.80 21.01

SDI 0.52

Observations: A total of 8 tree species has been recorded in all quadrates sampled in above two locations.

Beutea monosperma is frequent in all quadrates having maximum density, abundance as well as

importance value index also.

Importance Value Index: Predominantly observed tree species in the study area is Beuteamonosperma. In

both the location Beutea monosperma is the dominant species followed by Acacia arabica and Ziziphus

mauritiana etc.

Simpson diversity index-The Simpson diversity index in the above sites selected for the study ranges from

0.48 to 0.52 in the study area. Location T2 is more diverse than location T1.

Primary Survey (Shrubs Vegetation): Characteristics of shrub and herb vegetation are provided in Table

3.41 to 3.42.

Table 3.41 : Characteristics of Shrub Vegetation near Thikri

S. N. Species Name Frequency

(%)

Density

(Per 2x2 m ) Abundance

Shanon Diversity

Index (SDI)

1 Calotropis procera 50 0.5 1.40

0.70

2 Ipomea Cornea 60 1.0 2.00

3 Dhatura metal 40 0.5 1.25

4 Vitex negundo 80 1.4 2.00

5 Lantana camara 100 3.5 4.10

6 Zizyphus mauritiana 30 0.3 1.33

7 Propsopis juliflora 50 0.5 1.40

8 Ipomea muricana 60 1.0 2.00

Table 3.42 Characteristics of Shrub Vegetation near Mukundpura

S. N. Species Name Frequency

(%)

Density

(Per 2x2 m ) Abundance

Shanon Diversity

Index (SDI)

1 Calotropis procera 50 0.70 1.40

0.74

2 Ipomea Cornea 40 1.20 3.00

3 Vitex negundo 60 1.20 2.00

4 Lantana camara 80 2.30 2.88

5 Dhatura metal 30 0.30 1.00






Observations: Among the shrubs the Lantana followed by Ipomea species are the most frequent and

dominant species having maximum density and abundance. The vegetation in all the location is almost

heterogeneous. The diversity index of the shrub species ranges between 0.70 to 0.74.

3.12.6. Faunal Diversity

Since observations of fauna and wildlife take long time, primary surveys were limited to field visits and

direct and indirect sightings of animals. The presence of wildlife was also confirmed from the local

inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of their visits in the study area. In addition

to these, secondary sources were referred for the preparation of a checklist and other analysis in the study

of animals and wildlife in the region. Though faunal surveys were carried out for the species of Mammals,

Birds, and reptiles. The study of mammals and birds were studied by placing systematic transects at

different sampling locations in the study area. This exploration of the species was carried out with respect

to the habitat types where they can be occurred.

Mammals

The mammals in the area studied have largely the population of domestic ungulates like goats and cattle

throughout the human settlements. Direct sighting and people consultation confirmed the presence of

langur, monkey, mongoose, palm squirrel, in the study area. Among the reptiles and amphibian, 2 species

of amphibians and 7 species of reptiles were recorded in study area. Species recorded during this survey

are listed in Table 3.43 and 3.44.

Table 3.43 : List of mammalian species recorded (direct or indirect evidences) from study

area

S.No Family Zoological name Local

Name

English Name Schedule

Class-Mammalia (Order: Primates)

1 Colobidae Presbytia entellus Langur Common langur II

2 Circophtecidae Macaca mulatta Bandar Rhesus macaque II

3 Tupaiidae Suncus murinus Chuchundar Musk-shrew V

4 Pteropodidae Cynopterus sphinx Chamgader Short nosed fruit bat V

5 Pteropodidae Manis crassicandata Shehi Indian pangolin IV

6 Felidae Felischaus Jangli Billi Wild cat II

7 Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsi Newala Mangoose II

8 Canidae Canis aureus Geedar,

siyar

Jackal II

9 Canidae Vulpes benglensis Lomadi Indian fox II

10 Sciuridae Funambulus pennanti Gilhaari Common squirrel IV

11 Muridae Bandicota bengalensis Chuha Field rat V

12 Muridae Rattus rattus-refescena Chuha Common house rat V

13 Hystricidae Hystrix Indica Shahi Common Porcupine IV

14 Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Khargosh Common Indian hare IV

15 Antilopinae Boselaphus tragocamelus Neelgaye Blue bull III

16 Suidae Sus scrofa Wild boar Wild boar III






Table 3.44 : Reptiles and Amphibian observed in Study Area

S. N. Common

Name Scientific Name

Vernacular

Name Family

Feeding

Status

Schedule

Amphibians

1 Frog Rana tigrina - - C IV

2 Indian bull frog Hoploba

trachustigerinus

- - C IV

Reptiles

3 Binocellate

cobra

Naja naja Nag Elapidae C II

4 Indian Krait Bungarus coeruleus - Elapidae C IV

5 Russell’s Viper Vipera russellis - Crotalidae C II

6 Rat snake Ptyas mucosus Dhaman Colubridae C II

7 Forest Lizard Calotes versicolor - Agamidae C II

8 House geeko Hemidactylis

brukaii

- Gekkonidae C II

9 Monitor lizard Varanus monitor Goh Varanidae C II

RET Mammals

The Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972) has also scheduled the animals in various categories for given

them varying degree of protection. Among recorded mammals, no species comes under Schedule-I

category of Indian Wildlife Protection Act (1972). The listed animal all so cross checked with IUCN red

data book and found that most of the animals recorded in this study were listed as “Least Concern”

category of IUCN Red Data Book.

3.12.7. Avifauna

Bird survey was conducted on the same transects and trails marked for mammal’s survey. The whole

sampling was carried out in a fixed width trails of 2-4 km wherever the terrain permits and point counts

were carried out at a fixed distance at more or less at regular intervals. A prismatic field binocular (10X50)

was used for the bird watching during transect walk mostly during morning and evening hours at nearby

habitations as well as near to water bodies in the study area. An on-spot identification of birds has been

carried out with the help of pictorial guides/literature published by Grimmettet al. (2011). (Table 3.45)

Table 3.45 : List of Avifauna recorded during the study

S. No. Name Scientific Name Order CS WPA Status

1. Asain Pied Straling Gracupica contra Passeriformes LC IV

2. Asian koel Eudynamys scolopaceus Cuculiformes LC IV

3. Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus Passeriformes LC IV

4. Bay-backed Shrike Lanius vittatus Passeriformes LC NL

5. Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Passeriformes LC IV

6. Black kite Milvus migrans Accipitriformes LC IV

7. Blue-tailed bee-eater Merops philippinus Coraciiformes LC NL

8. Brahmini Starling Sturnia pagodarum Passeriformes LC IV






9. Brown-headed Barbet Megalaima zeylanica Piciformes LC IV

10. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ciconiiformes LC IV

11. Common Babbaler Turdoides caudata Passeriformes LC IV

12. Common Greenshank Tringa nebularia Charadriiformes LC IV

13. Common Hoopoe Upupa epops Bucerotiformes LC NL

14. Common Kingfisher Alcedoatthis Coraciiformes LC IV

15. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Passeriformes LC IV

16. Common Pigeon Columba livia Columbiformes LC IV

17. Common sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Charadriiformes LC IV

18. Common Tailor Bird Orthoto mussutorius Passeriformes LC IV

19. Eurasian Collared Dove Streptopelia decaocto Columbiformes LC IV

20. Great Egret Casmerodius albus Pelecaniformes LC IV

21. House Crow Corvus splendens Passeriformes LC V

22. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeriformes LC IV

23. Indian Cornorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Suliformes LC IV

24. Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropterus Cuculiformes LC IV

25. Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Pelecaniformes LC IV

26. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicatus Passeriformes LC IV

27. Indian Roller Coracius benghalensis Coraciiformes LC IV

28. Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia Pelecaniformes LC IV

29. Jungle Babbler Turdoides striata Passeriformes LC IV

30. Jungle prinia Prinia sylvatica Passeriformes LC IV

31. Laughing Dove Stigmatopelia senegalensis Columbiformes LC IV

32. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger Pelecaniformes LC IV

33. Little Egret Egretta garzetta Pelecaniformes LC IV

34. Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae LC IV

35. Purple Heron Ardea purpurea Pelecaniformes LC IV

36. Purple Sunbird Cinnyrisasiaticus Passeriformes LC IV

37. Red-breasted Flycatcher Ficedula parva Passeriformes LC IV

38. Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Passeriformes LC IV

39. Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus Charadriiformes LC IV

40. Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri Psittaciformes LC IV

41. Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda Passeriformes LC IV

42. Rufous-tailed lark Ammomanes phoenicura Passeriformes LC IV

43. Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Columbiformes LC IV

44. Spotted Owlet Athene brama Strigiformes LC IV

45. Tree Pipit Anthus trivialis Passeriformes LC IV

46. White-browed Wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis Passeriformes LC IV

47. White-naped Woodpecker Chrysocolaptes festivus Piciformes LC IV

48. Wood sandpiper Tringagl areola Charadriiformes LC IV

49. Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava Passeriformes LC IV

LC= Least Concerned, VU=Vulnerable






RET Avifauna

As per present study, 106 avifauna species have been recorded in the study area, of which peafowl is the

only Schedule-I species while the rest belong to Schedule-IV & V. These species were also reviewed as

per the IUCN Red list and all the recorded species listed as “Least Concern” in IUCN list.

The Indian Peafowl is categorized as ‘Least Concerned’ in the International Union for Conservation of

Nature’s (IUCN) Red List. A least concern (LC) species is a species which has been categorized by the

International Union for Conservation of Nature as evaluated but not qualified for any other category. As

such they do not qualify as threatened, near threatened, or (before 2001) conservation dependent.

3.12.8. Aquatic Ecology

Narmada river also called Rewa is the prime surface water source in the study area. The Narmada is the

fifth largest river in India and longest west flowing river of Indian peninsula originating from Maikal

ranges at Amarkantak in Madhya Pradesh. The Narmada river is very precious for the aquatic life. The

aquatic ecosystem is important, and it has a large number ofeconomically important animals especially

fish, which is an important source of food. The common fishes reported in river is given in Table 3.46.

: Photograph of Narmada River nearby Project Site

Table 3.46 : List of Fish species reported in study area

Sl. No. Order Family Scientific Name

1 Cypriniformes Cyprinidae Catlacatla (Ham)

2 Cirrihinus mrigala

3 Labeo rohita

4 Labeo calbasu

5 Cyprinus carpio

6 Puntius sarana

7 Labeo fimbriatus

8 Cirrihinus cirritosa

9 Cirrhinus reba

10 Labeo bata

11 Puntius choca

12 Tor tor

13 Mystus seenghala

14 Siluridae Ompak bimaculatus

15 Wallago attu






3.13. Socio-Economic Environment

Demography is one of the important indicators of environmental health of an area. It includes population,

sex ratio, number of households, literacy, population density, etc. In order to assess the Demographic &

Socio-economic features of the area, Census data 2011, for the concerned District Khargone, Madhya

Pradesh state was compiled and placed in the form of tabulation and graphical representation

3.13.1. Demographic of the District

As per the Census records 2011, Khargone district had population of 18, 73,046 of which male and female

were observed as 953,121 and 919,925 respectively. The district has a population density of 233

inhabitants per square kilometre. Its population growth rate over the decade 2001-11 was 22.9%. Khargone

district has a sex ratio of 965 females for every 1000 males and a literacy rate of 62.7%. According to 2011

Census, sex ratio of 965 females per 1000 males has been recorded in the district which is higher than the

state figure of 931 females per 1000 males. The district has a rural sex ratio of 969 which is comparatively

higher than the urban sex ratio of 944.

The Child (0-6 yrs age group) Sex ratio in this age group works out to 938 females per 1000 males in the

district. In the 0-6 age-group, the proportion of females in rural areas is higher than that in urban areas.

3.13.2. Methodology

In order to assess the Demographic & Socio-economic features of the 10 km radius study area based on

field surveys and public consultations undertaken during the baseline field study period and Census records

2011, for the concerned district namely Khargone of Madhya Pradesh state was compiled and placed in

the form of tabulation and graphical representation. Entire study area is observed predominantly rural and

urban

3.13.3. Purpose of the Study

Socio-economic study was conducted to establish the baseline demographic features and impacts due to

Modernization and Expansion of Existing unit, as construction of any major industrial project invariably

leads to Socio-economic changes. The construction of the project could lead to unplanned and haphazard

development of slums of various size and description with little or rudimentary.

3.13.4. Description of the Environment

Population Distribution within 2.0 km Radial Study Zone

As per the Census records, 2011, the total population of the 2.0 km radial study zone was recorded as 7244

persons of 4 villages under Kasrawad tehsil of Khargone District in Madhya Pradesh. Out of 4 villages,

one village named Kothada is observed as un-inhabited village of 2.0 km radial study zone. Total number

of ‘Households’ was observed as 1620 in this study zone. Male-Female wise total population was recorded

as 3830 males and 3414 females respectively.

16 Bagridae Mystus bleekeri

17 Rita rita

18 Beloniformes Belonidas Xenthadon cancila

19 Ophiocephaliformes OphioCephalidae Channa marulius

20 Channa punetatus

21 Perciformes Centro pomidae Chanda nama

22 Siluriformes Pangasiidae Pungasius pangasius






Caste wise population distribution of the 2.0 km radial study zone is shown in Table 3.47 as follows.

Table 3.47 : Caste-Wise Population Distribution of 2.0 km Radial Zone

Name of

Town

No of

Households

Total Population

Scheduled

Castes

Scheduled

Tribes

Tehsil /

District

Persons Male Female Male Female Male Female

Khal Khurd 409 2012 1073 939 132 115 370 337 Kasrawad

/

Khargone Kothada Un-Inhabited Village

Nimrani-1 1125 4788 2535 2253 481 417 338 294

Naganva 86 444 222 222 1 0 221 222

Total

(0-2 km) 1620 7244 3830 3414 614 532 929 853

Source-Census Records 2011

Population Distribution in Urban & Rural Part of the 10km Radius Study Area

As per the census records 2011, the total population was recorded as 117516 persons of 74 revenue

villages/town (including 8 uninhabited villages) of Khargone, Dhar and Barwani districts in Madhya

Pradesh. The study area of 10 km radius mainly lying in 3 districts namely Khargaon, Dhar and Barwani

of Madhya Pradesh. There are 8 un-inhabited village named Khemapura, Gyanpura, Kothada,

Bahadarpura, Bilkhed, Khadkel, Mohadya of Kasrawad tehsil of Khargaon district &Sherpura of Thikri

tehsil in Barwani district respectively in the study area. All study area revenue villages are under 3 Tehsils

namely Kasrawad (45 villages), Thikri (04 villages and one Town), Dharampuri (24 villages) of Khargone,

Dhar and Barwani districts in Madhya Pradesh. Total number of ‘Households’ was observed as 24329 in

the study area. Male-Female wise total population in the study area was recorded as 60435 males and

57081 females respectively. Male-Female wise population breakup of the entire study area is shown in

Table 3.48 as follows-:






Table 3.48 : Population Distribution in 10 km radius study area

Name of Village

No of

Households

Total Population Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes

Persons Male Female Male Female Male Female

Jalkoti 250 1044 528 516 144 143 69 54

Bhoinda 674 2803 1417 1386 82 82 458 492

Kathora 259 1072 558 514 30 16 0 0

Bhatbadya 3 18 10 8 0 0 10 8

Adalpura 35 148 78 70 0 0 19 19

Khemapura Un-Inhabited Village

Chichali 480 2365 1213 1152 105 114 187 167

Jaroli 431 1939 1005 934 226 233 555 491

Aurangapura 23 83 45 38 3 2 0 0

Naganva 86 444 222 222 1 0 221 222

Gyanpura Un-Inhabited Village

Kothada Un-Inhabited Village

Khal Khurd 409 2012 1073 939 132 115 370 337

Khal Bujurg 1163 4671 2527 2144 336 296 330 337

Nimrani-I 1125 4788 2535 2253 481 417 338 294

Panwa 357 1595 805 790 66 53 451 452

Maharajkhedi 207 1068 559 509 31 23 26 23

Gothanaya 3 16 8 8 0 0 8 8

Balkhad 423 2159 1113 1046 52 63 53 48

Pathora 387 1871 961 910 127 114 191 176

Akbarpura 58 280 146 134 11 13 20 16

Balgaon 283 1408 742 666 67 59 63 44

Balsamund 1597 8088 4149 3939 493 470 686 635

Dhalkheda 91 435 217 218 0 0 9 7

Satkur 255 1355 675 680 156 154 20 21

Katkur 111 639 309 330 0 1 2 3

Salimpura 330 1446 720 726 244 240 24 24






Sonkhedi 191 968 487 481 7 11 3 2

Regwan 516 2571 1321 1250 92 79 7 5

Bahadarpura Un-Inhabited Village

Rupkeda 232 1355 682 673 48 34 56 59

Bilkhed Un-Inhabited Village

Khadakwani 492 2675 1402 1273 74 67 117 116

Pipaljhopa 159 876 425 451 14 17 222 246

Khadkel Un-Inhabited Village

Dhamnod 327 1737 891 846 87 69 10 8

Satrati 582 2171 1224 947 266 230 46 49

Mohadya Un-Inhabited Village

Magarkhedi 866 3789 1937 1852 303 293 177 171

Makundpura 105 520 265 255 6 11 0 0

Lendipura 285 1279 670 609 96 84 124 113

Nayadad 501 2502 1274 1228 8 8 1238 1196

Mahatpura 79 445 224 221 1 0 223 221

Thibgaon Data Not Available

Khal Ghat Data Not Available

Jarwai 435 2108 1076 1032 346 336 346 301

Khedi 9 54 48 6 0 0 0 0

Sherpura Un-Inhabited Village

Thikri 1812 8620 4435 4185 700 661 786 767

Pipri (CT) 1411 6821 3536 3285 694 643 643 563

Jhakrud 363 1839 924 915 122 108 255 260

Patlawad 413 2175 1094 1081 207 221 242 213

Kathora 4 15 8 7 0 0 8 7

Gulati 234 1059 540 519 57 60 333 332

BagdialiasSagdi 244 1150 601 549 18 27 227 192

Rampura 401 1816 934 882 264 254 629 595

Nimola 293 1535 766 769 196 192 117 127

Bhawgaon 74 374 188 186 25 30 9 14






Bagdipura 384 1921 962 959 226 205 234 244

PipaldaGarh 232 1144 586 558 38 36 39 41

Nagjhiri 1 4 4 0 0 0 0 0

Lunhera Khurd 191 974 491 483 172 170 35 55

Khal Khurd 264 1518 762 756 80 86 41 33

Sala 879 4189 2153 2036 523 510 261 256

Sundrel 907 4981 2504 2477 94 111 833 780

Bikhron 595 3141 1602 1539 139 144 468 464

Nimarani-II 93 576 293 283 0 1 238 245

Balwada 220 1165 592 573 89 95 19 19

Morgadhi 360 1807 941 866 244 232 58 51

Khal Buzurg 514 2735 1356 1379 276 283 120 119

Beganda 518 2652 1362 1290 318 301 131 119

Bhatpura 54 285 147 138 0 0 17 11

Uchawhawad 10 48 24 24 0 0 4 5

Lasangaon 39 175 89 86 0 0 0 0

TOTAL (0-10 km) 24329 117516 60435 57081 8617 8217 12426 11877







3.13.5. Sex Ratio

The ‘Sex Ratio’ of the study area is a numeric relationship between females and males of an area and bears

paramount importance in the present day scenario where the un-ethnic pre-determination of sex and killing

of female foetus during pregnancy is practiced by unscrupulous medical practitioners against the rule of

the law of the country. It is evident that by contrast the practice of female foeticide is not prevalent in the

study area.

As per the census records 2011, the entire study area is falling mainly in Khargone, Dhar and Barwani

districts of Madhya Pradesh. The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 965 females per 1000 males in the Khargone

district. The same was recorded as 944 females for every 1000 males in the study area. The child (0-6

year’s age) sex ratio of the study area was observed as 906 female children per 1000 male children.

The village wise male-female population distribution for the study area is depicted and shown by graphical

representation in Figure 3.30.

: Male-Female wise Population Distribution in the study area

3.13.6. Scheduled Caste & Scheduled Tribe Population

On the basis of the village/town wise SC & ST population distribution of the study area during 2011, the

‘Scheduled Castes’ population was observed as 16834 persons consisting of 8617 males and 8217 females

respectively in the study area which accounts as 14.3% to the total population (117516 persons) of the

study area. ‘Scheduled Tribes’ population was observed as 24303 persons, accounting as 20.7% to the

total population of the study area consisting of 12426 males and 11877 females. It implies that the rest

65.0% of the total population belongs to the General category. Male-female wise distribution of ‘SC’ &

‘ST’ population in the study area is graphically shown in Figure 3.31 & 3.32 as follows

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

Total Population Male Population FemalePopulation

Total Population (0-10km)






: Scheduled Caste Population in the Study area

: Scheduled Tribes Population in the study area

3.13.7. Literacy Rate

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of an area or region. Male-Female

wise literates and illiterates population is represented in Table 3.49. Total literates population was

recorded as 68419 persons (58.2%) in the study area. Table 3.49 reveals that Male-Female wise literates

are observed as 40044 & 28375 persons respectively, implies that the ‘Literacy Rate’ is recorded as 58.2%

with male-female wise percentages being 34.1% & 24.1% respectively.

The total illiterate’s population was recorded as 49097 persons (41.8%) in the study area. Male-Female

wise illiterates were 20391 (17.3%) and 28706 (24.4%) respectively.

The Male-Female wise graphical representation of literates & illiterates population in study area

villages/town is shown in Figure 3.33.

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

14000

16000

18000

Total SC Population Male SC Population Female SC

Population

Total SC Population (0-10km)

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

Total ST Population Male ST Population Female ST

Population

Total ST Population (0-10km)






: Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates

Table 3.49 : Male-female wise Literates & Illiterates

Name of Village/Town Total Population

Literates Illiterates

Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

Jalkoti 1044 502 313 189 542 215 327

Bhoinda 2803 1455 868 587 1348 549 799

Kathora 1072 575 337 238 497 221 276

Bhatbadya 18 0 0 0 18 10 8

Adalpura 148 51 32 19 97 46 51


Chichali 2365 1330 785 545 1035 428 607

Jaroli 1939 981 599 382 958 406 552

Aurangapura 83 52 32 20 31 13 18

Naganva 444 222 132 90 222 90 132



Khal Khurd 2012 1108 647 461 904 426 478

Khal Bujurg 4671 2927 1783 1144 1744 744 1000

Nimrani-I 4788 3028 1768 1260 1760 767 993

Panwa 1595 640 377 263 955 428 527

Maharajkhedi 1068 577 341 236 491 218 273

Gothanaya 16 3 3 0 13 5 8

Balkhad 2159 1227 775 452 932 338 594

Pathora 1871 1137 686 451 734 275 459

Akbarpura 280 144 92 52 136 54 82

Balgaon 1408 836 518 318 572 224 348

Balsamund 8088 5055 2892 2163 3033 1257 1776

Dhalkheda 435 329 185 144 106 32 74

Satkur 1355 1003 564 439 352 111 241

Katkur 639 399 217 182 240 92 148

Salimpura 1446 867 508 359 579 212 367

Sonkhedi 968 639 382 257 329 105 224

0

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

Total

Literates

Male

Literates

Female

Literates

Total

Illiterates

Male

Illiterates

Female

Illiterates

Literates and Illiterates Population

(0-10km)






Regwan 2571 1597 944 653 974 377 597


Rupkeda 1355 792 459 333 563 223 340


Khadakwani 2675 1452 895 557 1223 507 716

Pipaljhopa 876 477 258 219 399 167 232


Dhamnod 1737 947 567 380 790 324 466

Satrati 2171 1554 978 576 617 246 371


Magarkhedi 3789 2481 1421 1060 1308 516 792

Makundpura 520 339 206 133 181 59 122

Lendipura 1279 821 473 348 458 197 261

Nayadad 2502 856 513 343 1646 761 885

Mahatpura 445 132 68 64 313 156 157



Jarwai 2108 1059 611 448 1049 465 584

Khedi 54 39 39 0 15 9 6


Thikri 8620 5237 2990 2247 3383 1445 1938

Pipri (CT) 6821 4619 2562 2057 2202 974 1228

Jhakrud 1839 1176 665 511 663 259 404

Patlawad 2175 1335 763 572 840 331 509

Kathora 15 1 0 1 14 8 6

Gulati 1059 591 357 234 468 183 285

BagdialiasSagdi 1150 601 376 225 549 225 324

Rampura 1816 1093 654 439 723 280 443

Nimola 1535 793 472 321 742 294 448

Bhawgaon 374 154 105 49 220 83 137

Bagdipura 1921 1071 627 444 850 335 515

PipaldaGarh 1144 559 327 232 585 259 326

Nagjhiri 4 4 4 0 0 0 0

Lunhera Khurd 974 593 341 252 381 150 231

Khal Khurd 1518 1049 593 456 469 169 300

Sala 4189 2447 1432 1015 1742 721 1021

Sundrel 4981 2917 1618 1299 2064 886 1178

Bikhron 3141 1849 1077 772 1292 525 767

Nimarani-II 576 159 86 73 417 207 210

Balwada 1165 630 380 250 535 212 323

Morgadhi 1807 959 587 372 848 354 494

Khal Buzurg 2735 1473 864 609 1262 492 770

Beganda 2652 1319 794 525 1333 568 765

Bhatpura 285 92 63 29 193 84 109

Uchawhawad 48 3 0 3 45 24 21

Lasangaon 175 62 39 23 113 50 63

TOTAL (0-10 km) 117516 68419 40044 28375 49097 20391 28706







3.13.8. Economic Resources in the District

The majority of people in rural sector are cultivators & agricultural labors which indicates dominant

agricultural economy. A small section of people are engaged as workers in household industries. But in

urban sector the existing scenario is completely reversed as most of the people there are engaged in non-

agricultural activity especially in local hotels/restaurants and as drivers some people also operates their

vans/jeeps/cars as tourist vehicle.

Annual income helps in identifying families below poverty line. During the field survey, income of a

household through all possible sources was recorded. Agriculture and allied activities was reported to be

the major source of income followed by non-farm wage labor, business, Government and Private Service

etc. The other important sources of income include government pension and income from selling of fodder.

Economy of the District

Economically, Khargone is dependent on agriculture, with several other industries developing in the area.

The major cash crops of Khargone District are cotton, soybean and chilly (or "chili pepper"). The district

is India's biggest cotton-producing region. There are various cotton processing units (Spinning) in the

cooperative sector and private sector. One of the major spinning units is Jawahar Lal Nehru Sahakari

Soot/Cotton Mill, situated on Julwania Road. It is a cooperative sector society. The red chilly is exported

abroad. A famous mandi of chilly at Bedia is located about 50 km from Khargone and the famous Sendhwa

cotton hub is just 70 km from district headquarters.

3.13.9. Workers Scenario (Occupational Pattern)

Occupational pattern was studied to assess the skills of people in the study area. Occupational pattern helps

in identifying major economic activities of the area. The main and marginal workers population with

further classification as casual, agricultural, households and other workers is shown in Table 3.40 In the

study area the Main and Marginal Workers population was observed as 49007 (41.7%) and 5999 (5.1%)

respectively of the total population (117516) while the remaining 62510 (53.2%) persons were recorded

as non-workers. Thus it implies that the semi-skilled and non-skilled work-force required in study area for

the project is available in aplenty.






Table 3.50 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern in the Study Area (10 Km)

Name of Village

/ Town

MAINWO

RK_P

MAIN_C

L_P

MAIN_A

L_P

MAIN_H

H_P

MAIN_O

T_P

MARGWO

RK_P

MARG_C

L_P

MARG_A

L_P

MARG_H

H_P

MARG_O

T_P

Jalkoti 328 48 186 0 94 244 9 159 3 73

Bhoinda 1452 443 973 1 35 104 21 80 0 3

Kathora 605 95 504 0 6 0 0 0 0 0

Bhatbadya 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Adalpura 79 2 74 0 3 2 0 2 0 0


Chichali 1407 504 760 22 121 3 0 3 0 0

Jaroli 993 302 662 0 29 2 1 1 0 0

Aurangapura 37 0 37 0 0 16 0 16 0 0

Naganva 215 4 201 0 10 34 0 34 0 0



Khal Khurd 873 144 556 1 172 5 3 2 0 0

Khal Bujurg 1883 174 446 23 1240 144 6 134 2 2

Nimrani-I 1534 130 443 22 939 554 14 500 4 36

Panwa 548 87 295 8 158 132 5 49 0 78

Maharajkhedi 520 218 262 0 40 8 0 7 0 1

Gothanaya 10 0 10 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

Balkhad 1192 405 731 3 53 49 2 34 10 3

Pathora 937 319 529 9 80 4 0 4 0 0

Akbarpura 130 57 55 0 18 2 0 2 0 0

Balgaon 715 278 347 0 90 19 14 3 0 2

Balsamund 3401 527 1959 21 894 76 7 28 16 25

Dhalkheda 195 109 58 0 28 0 0 0 0 0

Satkur 633 282 209 11 131 39 24 10 1 4

Katkur 310 203 85 0 22 0 0 0 0 0

Salimpura 513 215 275 0 23 152 11 140 0 1

Sonkhedi 424 281 110 1 32 53 4 45 0 4






Regwan 1440 908 447 18 67 14 5 4 1 4


Rupkeda 600 275 274 0 51 159 107 50 0 2


Khadakwani 1063 480 443 2 138 29 3 20 0 6

Pipaljhopa 276 28 236 0 12 168 6 157 0 5


Dhamnod 647 383 214 3 47 233 5 226 0 2

Satrati 1037 201 400 9 427 44 8 32 2 2


Magarkhedi 1290 215 233 36 806 130 9 84 7 30

Makundpura 183 14 62 0 107 3 0 3 0 0

Lendipura 341 4 12 14 311 167 0 120 2 45

Nayadad 1080 488 556 8 28 463 67 367 6 23

Mahatpura 171 2 165 0 4 1 0 1 0 0



Jarwai 943 163 719 1 60 8 2 6 0 0

Khedi 51 1 0 0 50 0 0 0 0 0


Thikri 3307 488 2041 36 742 507 5 409 21 72

Pipri (CT) 2346 44 998 55 1249 200 3 129 12 56

Jhakrud 755 231 402 9 113 249 159 71 5 14

Patlawad 1039 383 578 3 75 2 0 2 0 0

Kathora 8 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Gulati 418 136 269 1 12 142 45 95 0 2

BagdialiasSagdi 642 13 554 22 53 0 0 0 0 0

Rampura 734 370 329 0 35 308 10 293 1 4

Nimola 607 267 237 3 100 85 61 19 0 5

Bhawgaon 242 92 142 0 8 0 0 0 0 0

Bagdipura 791 109 556 17 109 88 11 58 3 16






PipaldaGarh 499 95 320 0 84 23 1 17 0 5

Nagjhiri 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Lunhera Khurd 430 88 198 1 143 44 1 35 0 8

Khal Khurd 500 106 146 61 187 158 19 40 56 43

Sala 1702 189 687 15 811 173 1 139 6 27

Sundrel 1904 495 1052 58 299 122 9 51 50 12

Bikhron 1304 416 720 5 163 55 11 10 1 33

Nimarani-II 154 23 98 0 33 89 10 79 0 0

Balwada 457 145 255 3 54 66 7 52 2 5

Morgadhi 879 140 664 1 74 8 0 6 0 2

Khal Buzurg 922 26 437 104 355 214 1 136 17 60

Beganda 1136 435 585 33 83 305 34 265 3 3

Bhatpura 80 6 70 0 4 59 1 58 0 0

Uchawhawad 26 0 15 0 11 3 0 3 0 0

Lasangaon 60 28 29 0 3 37 11 25 0 1

TOTAL (0-10

km) 49007 12314 24926 640 11127 5999 733 4316 231 719

Source: Census of India Records, 2011

Abbreviations:

MAIN WORKERS POPULATION:

MAIN WORK_P : Main workers total population

MAIN_CL_P : Main cultivated labour population

MAIN_AL_P : Main agricultural labour population

MAIN_HH_P : Main workers population involved in household industries

MAIN_OT_P : Main other workers population

MARGINAL WORKERS POPULATION:

MARG WORK_P : Marginal workers total population

MARG_CL_P : Marginal cultivated labors total population

MARG_AL_P : Marginal agricultural labors population

MARG_HH_P : Marginal workers involved in household industries

MARG_OT_P : Marginal other workers Population






Distribution of work participation rate of the study area population is shown in Table 3.51 as follows.

Table 3.51 : Distribution of Work Participation Rate in 10 km Radius Study Area

Occupation Class Year, 2011

Main Workers 49007 (41.7%)

Male 31780 (64.8%)

Female 17227 (35.2%)

Marginal Workers 5999 (5.1%)

Male 2090 (34.8%)

Female 3909 (65.2%)

Non-Workers 62510 (53.2%)

Male 26565 (42.5%)

Female 35945 (57.5%)

Total Population 117516 (100%)

Source: Census of India Records, 2011

: Workers Scenario of Study Area

3.13.10. Composition of Main Workers:

The ‘Main Workers’ were observed as 49007 persons (41.7%) to the total population of the study area and

its composition is made-up of Casual laborers as 12314 (25.1%), Agricultural laborers as 24926 (50.9%),

Household workers 640 (1.3%) and other workers as 11127 (22.7%) respectively. Composition of Main

workers is shown below as Figure 3.35.

Main Workers

41.7%

Marginal

Workers

5.1%

Non-Workers

53.2%

Workers Scenario (0-10km)

Main Workers Marginal Workers Non-Workers






: Composition of Main Workers

3.13.11. Composition of Marginal Workers:

The total marginal workers are observed as 5999 which constitute 5.1% of the total population (117516)

comprise of Marginal Casual Laborers as 733 (12.2%), Marginal Agricultural Laborers as 4316 (71.9%),

Marginal Household laborers as 231 (3.9%) and marginal other workers were also observed as 719 (12%)

of the total marginal workers respectively. Details about marginal workers in the study area are tabulated

in Table 3.49. Composition of Marginal workers is shown in Figure 3.36.

: Composition of Marginal Workers

3.13.12. Composition of Non-Workers:

The total Non-workers population was observed as 104125 which constitute 57.7% to the total population

(180417) of the study area. Male-female wise Non-workers population was recorded as 41227 Males

(39.6%) and 62898 Females (60.4%) respectively. Details about Total Non-workers in the study area are

compiled in Table 3.52. Graphical representation of Non-workers population is shown in Figure 3.37.

MAIN_CL_P

25.1%

MAIN_AL_P

50.9%

MAIN_HH_P

1.3%

MAIN_OT_P

23.7%

Composition of Main Workers

Population (0-10km)

MAIN_CL_P MAIN_AL_P MAIN_HH_P MAIN_OT_P

MARG_CL_P

26.6%

MARG_AL_P

20.2%

MARG_HH_P

5%

MARG_OT_P

48.2%

Composition of Marginal Workers

Population

MARG_CL_P MARG_AL_P MARG_HH_P MARG_OT_P






Table 3.52 : Composition of Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population

Persons Males Females

62510 26565 (42.5%) 35945 (57.5%)

: Composition of Non-Workers

3.13.13. Availability of Basic Infrastructure Facilities & Amenities in the Study Area

A review of basic infrastructure facility and amenities available in the study area villages has been done

on the basis of the field survey and Census records, 2011.

As per the census records 2011, the total population was recorded as 117516 persons of 74 revenue

villages/town (including 8 uninhabited villages) of Khargone, Dhar and Barwani districts in Madhya

Pradesh. The study area of 10 km radius mainly lying in 3 districts namely Khargaon, Dhar and Barwani

of Madhya Pradesh.

The study area has average level of basic infrastructure facilities like educational, medical, potable water,

power supply, and transport & communication network. The district is better-off in its road

communication. There are different modes of road transport being followed in different parts of the district.

The length of the railways in the district is very small. No railway station observed in the study area. There

is a small length of meter gauge railway line passing through the out skirts of Barwaha tahsil. The

important railway stations within the district are Barwaha and Sanawad.

Devi Ahilya Bai Holkar Airport, Indore is located at about 75 km away in North east of the project site.

Entire study area is predominantly rural and has no town.

• Education Facilities

As per the Census Records of India 2011, there are about 125 Primary Schools existing in the revenue

villages as rural part of the study area. Middle schools are 51 no’s exists in the rural part of the study area.

Only 11 no’s of Higher Secondary Schools facility is available in the study area. Eight (08) no of

Secondary Schools are observed in the study area. The educational facilities have been further

strengthening now and a number of private public schools and colleges are also functioning in the

surroundings of the study area. Besides, there are Engineering and Medical colleges available in Towns

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

Total Non-

Workers

Male Non-

Workers

Female Non-

Workers

Non-Workers Population (0-10 km)






and District headquarters only. Higher education facilities are available in Towns of the area. There is

considerable improvement in educational facility. The villages/towns of the study area have no such

facilities can reach within 5.0 to 10.0 km range. Majority of the villages are little far from their nearest

town.

Out of total 74 revenue villages/town (including 8 uninhabited villages) of the study area about 8 revenue

villages do not have Primary School facility and children of these villages have to travel less than <5.0 km

for their primary schooling.

• Medical Facilities

The medical facilities are provided by different agencies like Govt. & Private individuals and voluntary

organizations in the study area. As per the compiled district census handbook information of 2011, only

one community health centre exists in the Thikri village of the study area under the same tehsil; most of

the study area villages depend upon the towns/district Headquarter (HQ) in the study area having such

facility. Primary health centers are available only in 3 villages named Balsamund, Thikri and Sundrel

villages of the study area. Only one primary health sub-center exists in the rural part of the study area.

Mother & Child Welfare Centre are available only in one revenue village named Thikri of the study area.

Family welfare centre and Hospital do not exist in the study area. Allopathic Hospital facility is not

available in the study area most of the villages are depending upon the nearby town and district headquarter

for such type of medical facility. Medical Dispensary facility was available only in 3 revenue villages of

the study area. Overall study area villages are served by poor medical facilities observed in the study area.

Specialized medical facilities are available in Towns and District Headquarter only.

• Potable Water Facilities

Potable water facility is available in most of the villages of the study area. The entire study area has plenty

of good potable water facilities. Most of the villages (75.7%) are served with Hand Pumps for potable

water facility in the study area. Out of total 74 revenue villages/town only 32 villages (43.2%) of the study

area are served with River/Canal water as drinking water in the study area. As per the census records of

2011, only about 6 revenue villages (8.1%) are being served with Tank/Pond/Lake in the study area. In the

majority of the villages, hand pumps are commonly observed in the study area. Good potable water

facilities are available in the study area.

Following water bodies are present within the study area:

i. Sukli River (1.30 km, SW)

ii. Satak River (1.72 km, N)

iii. Narmda River (2.33 km, N)

iv. Khuj River (5.09 km, NW)

v. Borar River (6.62 km, SW)

vi. Karam River (7.13 km, NE)

vii. Bhuti River (7.25 km, NE)

viii. Phulka River (8.67 km, NW)

• Communication, Road, Transport and Banking Facilities

Apart from Post &Telegraph (P & T) services, transport is the main communication linkage in the study

area. Out of 74 villages/towns of the study area, only 3 revenue villages named Thikri, Sala and Sundrel

are served with Post Office facilities in the study area, remaining villages are depending upon these villages

and towns of the study area.






The study area has good road network, passes from the area. National Highway (NH-3) is located at about

0.21 km in the West direction to the proposed project site. Site is well connected with NH-3 which is

passing along the western boundary of the project site and has well developed internal road within the

existing site as well. Nearest town/city is Pipri (CT) located at about 7.0 km away in SSW direction from

the project site.

About 43 villages (58.1%) are served with Pucca road facility in the study area. Banking facilities are poor

in the study area and almost all the schedule commercial banks with ATM facility are available in urban

areas and the district HQ.

• Power Supply

As per the district census handbook 2011 for Khargone district, during the year 2009-10, the consumption

for industrial units was 114,108 K.W., domestic consumption units was 110,345 K.W., trade 20,142 K.W.,

water supply 161,098 K.W., irrigation 297,371 K.W. and street light was 2,677 K.W. Altogether total

consumption of electricity was 705,741 K.W. and number of consumers were 241,329.

It is revealed from the compiled information on amenities availability as per the census record of 2011;

thirty-eight (38) villages/towns (about 51.3%) are electrified for all purpose in the study area. Village wise

‘Basic infrastructure and amenities’ availability data for the entire study area is compiled and presented in

Table 3.53 as follows.






Table 3.53 : Village Wise Basic Amenities Availability

Name of

the

Village/To

wn

Educational Medical Drinking Water Communicatio

n and

Transport

Approach

to Village

Power Supply Nearest

Town

Distance

from the

Village, km P M S

S

SS

S

CH

C

PH

C

PH

SC

MC

WC

D T W H

P

T

W

R T

k

P

O

P

&

T

B

S

R

S

P

R

K

R

F

P

E

D

E

A

E

C

E

A

Jalkoti 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Maheshwar,

6.0km

Bhoinda 4 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 35

km

Kathora 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 37

km

Bhatbadya 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2

Kasrawad, 37

km

Adalpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 32

km

Khemapur

a Un-Inhabited Village

Kasrawad, 28

km

Chichali 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 29

km

Jaroli 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 30

km

Aurangapu

ra 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 25

km

Naganva 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 25

km


Kasrawad, 20

km


Dhamnod, 25

km

Khal

Khurd 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 8

km

Khal

Bujurg 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 8

km






Nimrani-I 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 23

km

Panwa 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 10

km

Maharajkh

edi 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 15

km

Gothanaya 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2

Kasrawad, 13

km

Balkhad 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 13

km

Pathora 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 14

km

Akbarpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 13

km

Balgaon 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 15

km

Balsamund 5 3 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 10

km

Dhalkheda 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 13

km

Satkur 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 9

km

Katkur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 9

km

Salimpura 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 13

km

Sonkhedi 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 18

km

Regwan 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 17

km

Bahadarpu

ra Un-Inhabited Village

Kasrawad, 20

km

Rupkeda 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Kasrawad


Kasrawad, 23

km






Khadakwa

ni 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 25

km

Pipaljhopa 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 23

km


Kasrawad, 23

km

Dhamnod 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Kasrawad, 20

km

Satrati 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 25

km


Kasrawad, 25

km

Magarkhed

i 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 26

km

Makundpu

ra 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 26

km

Lendipura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 26

km

Nayadad 6 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 23

km

Mahatpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kasrawad, 30

km

Thibgaon Data Not Available Kasrawad

Khal Ghat Data Not Available Kasrawad

Jarwai 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Anjad, 40 km

Khedi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 Anjad, 40 km

Sherpura Un-Inhabited Village Anjad, 40 km

Thikri 2 1 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 20

km

Pipri (CT) Urban Part Pipri (CT)

Jhakrud 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 9

km

Patlawad 4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 6

km

Kathora 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dharampuri,

3 km






Gulati 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dharampuri,

4 km

Bagdialias

Sagdi 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 8

km

Rampura 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

4 km

Nimola 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

9 km

Bhawgaon 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

6 km

Bagdipura 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 7

km

PipaldaGar

h 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

8 km

Nagjhiri 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

9 km

Lunhera

Khurd 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2

Dharampuri,

10 km

Khal

Khurd 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

12 km

Sala 7 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 7

km

Sundrel 8 2 2 2 0 1 0 0 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dhamnod, 7

km

Bikhron 6 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 3

km

Nimarani-

II 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 3

km

Balwada 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 7

km

Morgadhi 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 9

km

Khal

Buzurg 5 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Dharampuri,

12 km

Beganda 5 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 5

km






Bhatpura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 4

km

Uchawhaw

ad 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 6

km

Lasangaon 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Dhamnod, 9

km

TOTAL

(0-10 km)

12

5

5

1

1

1 8 1 3 14 1 Status for Availability and Non-Availability is shown as A (1) & NA (2) respectively Source-http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html

Abbreviations:

Educational Facilities:P-Primary School, M-Middle School, S-Higher Secondary Schools, SS- Senior Secondary School

Medical Facilities:CHC- Community Health Centre, PHC-Primary Health Centre, PHSC-Primary Health Sub-Centre, MCWC-Maternity and Child Welfare

Centre, H-Hospital, D- Dispensary, FWC-Family Welfare Centre

Drinking Water Facilities:T-Tap Water, W-Well Water, HP-Hand Pump, TW-Tube Well Water, R-River Water, Tk-Tank Water, O-Other Drinking Water

Facility

Communication and Transport Facilities: PO-Post Office, SPO-Sub-Post Office, PTO-Post & Telegraph Office, Tel. - Telephone Connection, Mob.- Mobile Phone

Coverage, BS-Bus Services, RS-Railways Services

Approach to Village:PR- Paved Roads, KR-Kuchha Road, FP-Foot Path

Power Supply:ED-Power Supply for Domestic use, E Ag.- Power Supply for Agricultural use, EC- Power supply for Commercial use, EA-Electricity for All

Purposes

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html






3.13.14. Brief Description of Places of Religious, Historical or Archaeological Importance

and Tourist Interest in the Villages and Towns of the District

Place of Historical and Tourist Importance

• Maheshwar- Capital of famous Haihay king Sahasrajun (who defeated Ravan), and later on capital

of great Devi Ahilya Bai Holkar, Maheshwar is situated on the banks of Narmada and now is famous

for Maheshwari saris and temples.

• Mandleshwar- A holy place and 8 km from Maheshwar, its tehsil headquarter is situated

picturesquely on the high northern bank of Narmada. The town has a stone-built fort constructed by

Muhammadan rulers. There is an ancient Shiva temple at Choli village which is 15 km to the north-

west of Mandleshwar

• Oon- Oon is about 14 km from Khargone and is famous for very old Parmar Hindu temples and Jain

temples.

• Bakawa and Raverkhedi- Bakawa is famous for its “Shivlings” made of stones. Tomb of great

Maratha Peshwa Baji Rao is at Raverkhedi.

• Dejla-Devada-This is the place where an eastern dam is constructed on river Kunda from which

about 8000 ha land is irrigated.

• Sirvel Mahadeo- Sirvel Mahadeo, about 55 km from Khargone, is the place where Ravan is said to

have offered his heads. Hence the place derived the name.

• Nanheswar- Nanheswar is 20 km from Khargone towards Bhagwanpura. It has famous ancient Shiv

temples

3.14. Traffic Study

Proposed and existing KCFL site is well connected by national Highway. NH-3 highway is passing from

west side of the Project site which is further connecting state Highway (SH38).Entry of Project site is

through highway NH-3. Traffic count study was undertaken on NH-3, because most of the material

movement will be performed through this highway. The impact of existing transportation on this road has

been already captured in the traffic count survey. The features of existing road condition are given in Table

3.54. Traffic load condition and the traffic count observations of NH-3 are given in Table 3.55.

Table 3.54 : Existing Road Condtions

Highway (NH-3)

1. Carriageway Width 24 m

2. Type of Road Pucca Road

3. Condition Good Condition

4. Lane / Traffic Type Fourlane divided two way

5. Carrying Capacity (as per IRC:106-1990) 5142

Source: Site Study

Table 3.55 : Summary of Traffic Count on NH-3

Traffic Density per peak hours

H M L

NH-3 189 87 173

Source: Site Study






3.14.1. Observation of Traffic Assessment

Road is connected to the highway NH-3 hence no major traffic was observed. Because most of the traffic

is carried by the NH-3. During the study period maximum traffic in study area was observed during day

time especially in morning hours. The movement of heavy and light vehicles is higher. Less traffic

movement is found during night time. With the operation of proposed expansionproject the traffic volume

would increase further.As the site is located adjacent to NH-3 and all the material movement shall be done

through this highway. It is estimated that movement of ~346 PCUs (including Trucks, tanks, passenger

cars, two wheeler, and cycle) is done per day in and out from the project site. And in Expansion phase

movement of ~290 PCUs is expected in and out from the project site. The NH-3 is multilane (4-lane) of

particularly good design (carriage width 24 m) and its capacity is 5142 PCU per hour as per IRC

specification (IRC106-1990).

3.14.2. Traffic Noise Index

Traffic noise index is another parameter, which indicates the degree of variation (degree of annoyance) in

a traffic flow. This is also expressed in dB (A) and can be computed using the relation.

TNI = 4 × (L10 – L90 ) + (L90 – 30 ) dB (A)

Table 3.56 : Traffic Noise Index

Location Noise Traffic Index (dB)

Pre-monsoon 2019

Project Site 81

Near NH-3 Industrial

Area Nimrani

95

Khal Khurd Chowk SH-

31

50

Khalghat 62

Nimrani 62

Panwa 64

Gayanpura 65

Balawad 60

It is observed that near NH-3 Industrial Area Nimrani the traffic flow is heavy due to high traffic noise

index.






CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1. Introduction

Any developmental activity in its wake will bring about some impacts associated with its origin, which

can be broadly classified as reversible, irreversible, long and short-term impacts. In this chapter, an

endeavor has been made to identify various Environmental Impacts associated with the plant operation

and other activities wherein, there may be a chance of pollution. Based on the possible worst case

emissions and waste generation from the proposed modernization & expansion project and also taking

into consideration the baseline Environmental status at the existing project site, the environmental factors

that are likely to be affected (Impacts) are assessed and identified.

Both beneficial (positive) and detrimental (negative) impacts are accounted for this purpose. The

prediction of impacts helps in the preparation of a sound Environmental Management Plan which

has to be executed during the on-going activities for the proposed project to minimize the adverse

impacts on the environmental quality. In some case, mathematical models were used to quantitatively

describe the cause-effect relationships between the sources of pollution and different components of

environment. In case if the mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify/validate

a model for particular situation, predictions would be made through available scientific knowledge.

The possible impacts on various components of environment by proposed expansion of fertilizer

project of KCFL can be assessed in terms of:

• Physical and Biological Environment and

• Demographic and Socio-economic Environment.

The following sections list out potential impacts on the environment from proposed project due to the

nature and extent of various activities associated during the implementation and operation stages and

current status of the environmental quality at the project site by considering both positive and negative

impacts

4.2. Impact Assessment Criteria

The impact has been identified by the following methods

1. Matrix method: Interaction between the various project activities (during pre-construction,

construction and operation phase) and environmental components using the grid like table. “✔”

Tick sign is being used wherever; activity is interfering with the environmental component. This

matrix method also helps in preparing checklist.

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the

proposed expansion project. It describes the overall impacts of the project activitiesand

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. Predictions have been done

based on the various quantitative and qualitative methods suggested by MoEF&CC EAC.






2. Checklist: Checklists are comprehensive lists of environmental effects and impact indicators

designed to stimulate the analyst to think broadly about possible consequences of contemplated

actions. This method is being used to identify the direct and indirect impact due to the project.

3. Scaling Checklist: It is similar to the descriptive checklist with additional information on

subjective scaling of the parameters. Impacts will be assessed on basis of their duration, nature,

scale and severity. Impact assessment criteria is given in Table 4.1

Table 4.1 : Impact Assessment Criteria

Criteria Description

Duration of Impact Long term

Short term

Nature of Impact Reversible

Irreversible

Scale Core zone

Buffer Zone

Severity Low

Moderate

High

After assessment of the impacts, significance of the impact will be judge. An impact can be of low

significance, moderate significance or high significance depending on its effect on the environment and

social parameters to be affected due to project development. Significance criteria have been designed for

various permutation and combinations of above given impact assessment criteria. Impact significance

matrix is given in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2 : Impact Assessment Criteria

Significance Scenarios

High Significance Long term, Irreversible, buffer/core zone & high;

Short term, irreversible, buffer/core zone & high

Moderate Significance Long term, Irreversible/reversible, core zone & moderate;

Short term, irreversible, buffer/core zone & moderate;

Long term, reversible, core/buffer zone & high/moderate;

Short term, reversible, buffer/core zone & high;

Long term, Irreversible/reversible, buffer zone & low;

Low Significance Long term, Irreversible/reversible, core zone & low;

Short term, reversible, buffer/core zone & moderate/low

Nil No Impacts

4.3. Summary of Baseline of Project Area

Data on existing baseline quality and status of all the physical, biological and social environments is

collected for the project area through primary and secondary sources and is summarized in Table 4.3.






Table 4.3 : Summary Baseline Scenario of Project Area and Likely extent of Impact

S.

No.

Environmental

Component

Baseline Scenario Sensitivity Level of

baseline scenario

Probability and

Significance of likely

impact on valued

Environmental

Components

1. Connectivity &

Traffic Pattern

Good road

connectivity. Heavy

traffic due to

MPAKVN Industrial

area.

The site is well

connected to

highway NH-3 and

SH-38.

The quantity of material

movement is easily done

via connected hihway Nh-3

and SH38)

2. Air quality Mean concentration:

PM10- 50-74 µg/m3,

PM2.5 -21-34 µg/m3,

SO2-6.8-8.7 µg/m3,

NO2-13.3-22.5 µg/m3,

NH3-14-16 µg/m3and

CO 0.30 to 0.43

mg/m3

The overall air

quality of the project

area is within the

prescribed National

ambient air quality

standard of 2009

Moderate

Air emissions during

operation phase shall be

controlled using APCM

3. Noise Level Day Time Leq level

varies from 50.9

dB(A)to 67.8

dB(A)and Night Time

varies from Leq= 40.8

dB(A) to 61.5 dB(A)

Within the norms

both during night

and during day time

as per prescribed

Ambient Noise level

standards

Moderate (Noise

generation during

construction and operation

phase)

.

4. Seismicity III Moderate seismic

risk zone

Building shall be

constructed considering the

seismicity of the area in

expansion phase

5. Topography Flat (170 to 179amsl.) -- Nil as project unlikely to

change any topography

aspects of the area

6. Drainage This is an expansion

project and no nala or

stream is crossing the

site

As no nalla or drain

present no impact on

drainage

No impact anticipated

7. Flora & Fauna This is an expansion

project and already

greenbelt is developed

in an area of 82100

sqm (i.e 35% of the

total area)

No significant bio-

diversity.

No endangered or

threatened species.

Native species of

trees.

Low.

Care need to be undertaken

during construction and

operation phase of the

project

8. Demography This is an expansion

project. Around the

project site, Industrial

area has been

established No major

habitation present

close to the project

site.

Urban Project will generate

employment for the

surrounding population.

Further infrastructure

development in

surrounding villages shall

be carried under CER

activities






9. SW quality No water body

traverses through the

project area.

NA None

10. GW Quality Ground water quality

is found good at the

study area.

Ground water shall

not used for the

project. The water

supply at the project

site will be sourced

from Narmada

Low

Waste water treatment

shall be done at the site and

recycled in process.

11. Land Use Land use of site is

industrial

No change None

Primary and secondary sources

4.4. Identification Linkage between Project Activities and Associated Impact

The linkage between natural (physical & biological) and human (social) environmental components that

have scientific, economic, social or cultural archaeological, historical, or other significance and are

considered in the environmental assessment process. Project activities which may have impact on

environmental components includes the following:

• Construction of different plant process units, and also utilities infrastructure and various

required buildings

• Operational activities (during operational phase) of the project (Ammonia and Urea production)

As per the nature of activities involved, it is apparent that during both construction as well as operational

phases certain impacts are anticipated during implementation of the project. Matrix for impact

identification on the different environmental components for each of the project activity during

construction phase is given below in Table 4.4.






Table 4.4 Impact Identification Matrix

Project Activities Physical Components Biological

Components

Social

Components

AQ NL SWQ GWQ SQ Traffic Drainage LU Resources EB

Preconstruction Stage

Site Cleaning/ Site

preparation/change in

topography

√ × × × × × × × × √ √

Burning of waste and

cleared vegetation √ × × × √ × × × × × √

Construction activities

Material storage yards,

casting yards, etc. √ √ × × √ √ × × × √ √

Heavy Equipment

Operations × √ × × × × × × √ √ √

Transportation of

construction material, √ √ × × √ √ × × √ √ √

Disposal of

construction waste × × × × √ × × √ × × √

Generation of

Sewerage × × √ √ √ × × × × × √

Influx of construction

workers × × × × × × × × × × ×

Operation Phase

Product

Manufacturing √ √ √ × √ √ × × √ √

Transportation of raw

material and finished

product

√ √ × × √ √ × × √ √

Utility requirements

(water, power,

manpower etc.)

√ √ × × × × × × × √

Waste water and solid

waste generation √ × √ × √ × × √ √ √

Source: EQMS Assessment

4.5. Impact Assessment and Evaluation

Identification of project activities (project pre-construction, construction and operation phases) and

environmental components which may be impacted due to different project activities is carried out and is

given in Table 4.4. Significance of impact on each of the identified environmental components for all the

activities is assessed and evaluated using qualitative and quantitative techniques. Thereafter, cost-effective

but appropriate mitigation measures are proposed to eliminate or minimize the identified impacts. An EMP

has been designed to ensure the effective implementation of proposed mitigation measures (refer chapter

9). Impact assessment and evaluation along with the mitigation measures is given in sections below.

4.6. Impacts during Pre-construction

4.6.1. Impact due to site clearance

The expansionof project is proposed in existing premises. The proposed expansion will be done on vacant

land, where only few shrubs and bushes will be cleared, but no tree cutting will be done during site

clearance activiies. Further air emission and fugitive dust emission is anticipated from machineries like

trucks/dumpers, excavator etc. These impacts can be managed with the mitigation measures which are

proposed below:-






Mitigation Measures

• To control the fugitive emission during construction phase adequate water sprinkling system will be

developed in dust generating area.

• All trucks/machineries used for Construction should have PUC.

• All the loose construction material will be transported in covered trucks/dumpers.

• Regular maintenance of al the construction equipment including dumpers/trucks to prevent leakage

and other emissions.

4.6.2. Impact Due to Heavy Equipment Operations at Construction site, material storage and

debris and sewerage disposal

Being an expansion project, limited construction activities is associated with the project, though the

construction activitiesmay lead to noise pollution, dust generation and generation of solid waste and may

have impact on existing plant area and if located close to residential area or environmental and social

sensitive areas. Construction site involves operation of various machinery and heavy equipment which

may pose occupational health risks to construction workers, resource utilization and noise pollution.

Storage and spillages of oils can contaminate the soil. Inadequate space for parking may also lead for

vehicle idling and dust generation. There will be generation of sewage and run-off from site which shall

be managed to prevent generation of unhygienic conditions and sanitation issues. Uncontrolled disposal

of debris and wastes may lead to dust generation, change in land use and impact the surrounding aesthetics.

These issues are short term in nature and are restricted to construction period and construction site only

but may be significant if not managed. All the anticipated impacts are manageable with the proposed

mitigation measures which are measures are given below:

Mitigation Measures

1. Construction site shall be established within the existing project site and location of storage

yard/construction site/debris disposal shall be stored/disposed offas per existing disposal

facilities present at the site.

2. Speed limits for vehicles at site shall be maintained between 15-20 km/hr at construction

sites.

3. Adequate parking shall be made available for the transportation vehicle and construction

machinery.

4. Toiletsconstructed at the existing plant shall be facilitatedto workers during construction

phase.

5. Drinking water facility shall be available for workers at site.

6. Loose construction material and waste storage area shall be paved and covered.

7. Oil shall be stored on concreted floor with spillages and leak collection pits.

8. All construction vehicle shall comply with traffic rules and carry PUC certificate.

9. First Aid Kits shall be available at construction site.

10. Fire extinguishers shall be installed in storage yard area.

11. Location of storage of each material shall be pre-identified and signage shall be provided.

12. Provision for sprinklers (as a water curtain around construction site) for dust suppression

shall be made.

13. Record of all waste generation and disposal shall be maintained as per facilities available for

the existing unit. The sewage generated during construction phase will be treated in STP

available at existing plant.






14. The barricading will be provided around the construction area to minimize pollution at the

operational existing unit. Also, boundary wall and the wide green belt is present at the

existing unit to minimize pollution in the surrounding residential or sensitive areas.

4.6.3. Impact Due to Material Sourcing and Transportation

As the site is already developed limited quantity of construction material shall be required for the

expansion project. Though the transportation of construction material may generate dust and other

vehicular emissions (SO2, NO2 and CO) leading to air pollution. There will be increased vehicular

movement on roads due to transportation of construction material which may lead to traffic congestion

and increased risk of accidents. These impacts are short term but are manageable if suitable mitigation

measures are taken up.

Mitigation Measures

1. Construction material like sand, stone etc shall be bought from authorized suppliers.

2. Transportation of loose materials shall be done in covered conditions only.

3. No overloading of vehicle shall be allowed.

4. Material shall preferably be sourced from local market or nearby areas.

5. Arrangement for need based water spray system for dust suppression during loading and

unloading.

4.6.4. Impact on Occupational Health & Safety of workers due to project activities

Construction activities involve risks to health & safety of construction workers as it involves handling of

heavy construction machinery/vehicle/components & lifting equipment and working on heights. This will

involve risks of working on height and lifting of heavy materials. Occupational risks involved during

implementation phase are fall, slip, accidents, failure of crane, fire, electric shock, unconsciousness due to

working in sun at heights etc. Safety measures are required to be taken up to prevent any injury or accident

during the construction phase. Measures are proposed to ensure occupational, health & safety of the

workers and staff during project implementation phase and are listed below.

Mitigation Measures

1. Contractor shall prepare a construction safety plan detailing action to be taken in case of

emergency.

2. Construction/excavation activity area shall be barricaded for safety reasons.

3. The contractor will make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of

the Building and Other Construction Workers (regulation of employment and conditions

of services) Act, 1996 are adhered to.

4. The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety

of the workmen as per the country labour regulations and International Labour

Organization (ILO) Convention No-62 as far as those are applicable to this contract.

5. All work force shall be subjected to an orientation program to familiarize them with work

requirements, safety practices at work, safe distances to keep from earth moving

equipment, emergency response etc. to be adopted to ensure their own safety and that of

other workers and public around operational areas.

6. Visitors/officials to worksite are to be provided with PPEs (such as hard hats and safety

boots & safety jackets) and shall be briefed ongoing operations on that specific time and

related safety requirement at work site including safe distances to keep, while at site visit.






4.7. Impacts during Construction & Operation Phase

4.7.1. Impact on Air Environment

Construction Phase:

Being an existing unit, very limited construction activities is associated with the project. Though dust will

be the main pollutant affecting the ambient air quality of the area during the construction phase. Dust will

be generated during construction activities. Vehicular movement of trucks, dumpers and construction

machinery will also generate dust. Stockpiles, other construction material are the other sources of air

emission during construction period. However, Particulate Matter (PM) rise in the ambient air will be of

coarse nature and will settle within a short distance close to the construction activity sites. Hence, dust and

other gaseous emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surrounding villages of the project

site. Short term, localised and reversible impact is expected due to dust emissions generated during the

construction stage.

Traffic to the site during construction will increase marginally only but as the site is well connected with

National Highway (NH-3),therefore, this will not cause any problem for accessing the site for any

developmental activity.The present road conditions are reasonably good for the proposed additional

movement of vehicular traffic. However, internal roads present at the existing project site will require

attention to reduce the fugitive dust emissions due to various construction activities and transportation of

materials. The impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be temporarily for short

duration and reversible in nature and restricted to small area. At present the industrial area is established

around the project site and no major habitat is located that can create a concern, however, all possible

measures will be taken to minimize the effects due to the construction activity.

The emission of particulate matter during the construction phase will be generated from the activities like

receipt, transfer and screening of aggregate, crushing activity, foundation digging, road dust emissions.

The likely emission levels from these sources are indicated at Table 4.6. In addition to that emissions from

various construction machinery fueled by diesel and from mobile source will be in the form of PM10, VOC,

CO, NOx and SO2. The emissions from stationary and mobile diesel engines with respect to their working/

movement are presented in Table 4.6:

Table 4.5 : Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes

Source Unit Emission Factor

Receipt of new aggregate at Hot Mix Plant g/ton 1.86

Transfer of aggregate from storage to conveyor belt or

between conveyor belts in Hot Mix Plant g/ton 0.021

Screening of aggregate in Hot Mix Plant g/ton 0.38

RAP crushing g/ton 0.27

Paved road dust emissions g/VMT 7.26

Unpaved road dust emissions g/VMT 925.3

(Note: VMT: Vehicle Mile Traveled)

(Source: AP 42, Fifth Edition, Volume I, Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Sources of United State

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/index.html)

Table 4.6 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery

Source PM10 VOC CO NOx SO2

Diesel exhaust emissions

(idle)

0.043

g/min 0.208 g/min 1.57 g/min 0.917 g/min 18.8 S g/l

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/index.html






Diesel exhaust emissions

(moving)

0.4

g/mile 3.18 g/mile 18.82 g/mile 8.5 g/mile 18.8 S g/l

(Source: AP 42, Fifth Edition, Volume I, Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Sources of United State

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/index.html)

Mitigation Measures

• Water sprinkling shall be done at the site at regular intervals. The frequency of water

sprinkling shall be more in the dry season and shall also be based on the magnitude of

activities going on with the construction phase. US EPA has documented the frequency of

water sprinkling and amount of water to be sprinkled to achieve desired control efficiency

for dust pollution.

Formula used is, C = 100 - 0.8 p*d*t/i

Where, C - average control efficiency (%)

p - potential average hourly day time evaporation rate, mm/hr

d - average hourly daytime traffic rate (no/hr)

I - application intensity, L/m2

t - time between applications

• Internal roads are already constructed at the project site, so this will reduce the abrasion and

thereby reduce the dust generation.

• Wind breaks: Wind erosion is a cause of re-suspension of dust particles in the atmosphere.

Wind breaks in the form of site barricades (around 2m height) shall reduce the generation

of fugitive dust from the site. Maximum wind speed in the area as per study is 1.3 m/s. As

mentioned in AP-42, emission factor calculation of the construction site, wind speeds of

more than 19 Km/hr (5.6 m/s) creates wind erosion causing entrainment of dust particles.

Thus, considering the site meteorology, wind breaks will act as effective dust control measure.

• It can be concluded from the above discussion that the integrated implementation of the

above said control measures shall control the dust pollution at the site so that surrounding

will not be affected.

• Routine preventive maintenance of construction equipment,

• Use of PUC certified vehicles for transport of constructionmaterials and plant equipment,

• Storage of construction material under cover,

• Construction activities, including receipt of material, to be done during daytime only.

Operation Phase

The main source of Air emission in the Sulpphuric Acid Plant, SSP Plant PM emission and fugitive

emissions. Due to proposed expansion, various emissions like Acid Mist, Cl2, PM etc. will be generated.

Fugitive emissions will also be generated more especially while transporting and handling of Product.

Thus, installation of dust extraction pads and scrubbing system has been done to reduce the level of

emission and loss of product. As per the latest monitoring reports, emission level in the plant is within the

prescribed limit.

Source of air pollutants during the operation phase may be classified under the following major categories

1. Sulphuric Acid Plant- Off gases containing acid mist and SO2 from the absorption tower

stack.

2. SSP Plant-

a. Emission of fluoride compounds from acidulation of rock phosphate

http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/index.html






b. Dust emission from rock grinding and handling section

c. During curing of the product, dust and fluoride compounds are released.

d. Rock Phosphate dust from grinding mill

e. NOx, F and dust from reaction vessel

f. Dust from granulator, product cooling section, drying section, etc.

3. Particulate Matter Emission- Due to plant operations like grinding and handling of rock

phosphate, drying, cooling and storing of fertilizer.

4. Material handling and transport.

There are different sources of air pollution during operation phase of the project which directly and

indirectly affects the atmosphere. Increased pollutant level may cause respiratory problems or carcinogenic

dieses to the workers and other people in the area. Spillage of Diesel, used oil, chemicals may result in

emission of VOCs in the air environment which may cause irritation in eyes, nose and throat, difficulty

breathing and nausea.

Emissions from DG Sets: During normal condition, power required for plant is drawn from in-house

Turbine and Madhya Pradesh Paschim Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Company Ltd. The turbo generator sets of

2800 KW capacity are run by steam (heat generated as a result of exothermic reaction) obtained from

sulphuric acid plant thus saving a lot of energy and water. In case of emergency, DG sets (1x320 kVA)

has been instalalled in the site that too on operation will emit minimal emissions. However, The most

probable emissions from DG sets are PM, SO2 and NOx.

Emissions from Vehicular Movement:

This kind of emissions will principally arise from the vehicles used for the transport of raw

materials to the site and for the transportation of finished products from the site. There will be a chance

that, the workers on the site would get exposed to this type of emission from the vehicles. However,

their effect will be localized and transient in nature and will principally affect the localities adjacent to the

access road.

Emission Modelling:

The establishment of an emissions inventory forms the basis for the impact assessment. The emissions

inventory comprises the identification of sources of emission, and the quantification of each source’s

contribution to ambient air pollution concentrations. An emission factor is a representative value that

attempts to relate the quantity of a pollutant released to the atmosphere with an activity associated with

the release of that pollutant.During operation phase PM, NO2, SO2, Cl and Acid Mist shall be additional

pollutant of concern. Dispersion models compute ambient concentrations as a function of source

configurations, emission strengths and meteorological characteristics, thus providing a useful tool to

ascertain the spatial and temporal patterns in ground level concentrations (GLCs) arising from the

emissions of various sources.

Gaussian plume models are best used for near-field applications where the steady-state meteorology

assumption is most likely to apply. The AERMOD View 9.8.1 model was used in this study.

Atmospheric dispersion models compute ambient concentrations as a function of source configurations,

emission strengths and meteorological characteristics, thus providing a useful tool to ascertain the spatial

and temporal patterns in the ground level concentrations (GLCs) arising from the emissions of various






sources. Increasing reliance has been placed on concentration estimates from models as the primary basis

for environmental and health impact assessments, risk assessments and emission control requirements.

Dispersion modeling was undertaken to determine highest daily and study period incremental GLCs for

each pollutant. These averaging periods were selected to facilitate the comparison of simulated pollutant

concentrations with relevant air quality standards.

It should be noted that the GLC isopleths depicted present interpolated values from the concentrations

simulated by AERMOD for each of the receptor grid points specified.

Requirements of model: The model selected for the study is AERMOD- modified by USEPA in

conjunction with the American Meteorological Society (AMS).

Source Input Pathway:

• This includes selection of Source

• The source type for emission from process vent is given as point source.

• Emissions are given as input in this window as source.

Meteorological data processing:

• AERMET as a pre-processor organizes and processes meteorological data and estimates the necessary

boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations

• Hourly-surface observations data (referred from nearest IMD)

• AERMET output -

✓ a file of hourly boundary layer parameter estimates, and

✓ a file of multiple-level observations of wind speed and direction, temperature, and standard deviation of

the fluctuating components of the wind.

• GLCs are obtained in µg/m3 for pollutants. Output of modeling gives concentration at uniform Cartesian

receptors and discrete Cartesian receptors to get the resultant concentration with reference to baseline data.

Input for modelling

Since existing project emission is captured in baseline concentration emission modelling of the additional

stack proposed in the expansion phase is considered for the dispersion modelling and prediction of

incremental load due to proposed expansion. DG emission is not considered during modelling as they shall

be operational only during power failure and emergency scenario.

Table 4.7 : Stack Parameters and Emission Details of Proposed Sources

Stacks Attached to

Stack

Height

Stack

Dia

stack

radius Temp Velocity Flow Parameter Standard

Emission

Load

m m m (0C) m/s NM3/hr mg/NM3 g/sec

CSA 50 0.6 0.3 50 9.83 9226.60 Acid Mist 50 0.128

Cl 20 0.051

SOP 50 0.6 0.3 50 4.91 4608.61 Acid Mist 50 0.064






CL 20 0.026

PM 50 0.064

GSSP/ZGSSP/BGSSP

(Hot air dryer stack) 35 0.6 0.3 60 39.31 35789.01

PM 50 0.064

SO2 100 ppm 3.2

NO2 50 ppm 1.1

Phosphogypsum 35 0.6 0.3 60 39.31 35789.01 PM 50 0.497

Table 4.8 : Maximum GLC of Air Modelling

Pollutant Max Concentration (µg/m3) Distance and direction from site

PM10 1.96 1 km (E)

PM2.5 1.76

Cl 0.192

Acid Mist 0.48

SO2 6.91

NOx 3.79






Table 4.9 : Incremental Due to proposed expansion

Sr.

No

Loca

tio

n c

od

e

PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2

Ma

x.

Ba

seli

ne

Incr

emen

tal

Tota

l A

fter

exp

an

sion

Ma

x.

Ba

seli

ne

Incr

emen

tal

Tota

l A

fter

exp

an

sion

Ma

x.

Ba

seli

ne

Incr

emen

tal

Tota

l A

fter

exp

an

sion

Ma

x.

Ba

seli

ne

I19

.6n

crem

en

tal

Tota

l A

fter

exp

an

sion

1 AAQ1 85 1.7293 86.7293 40 1.5566 41.5566 19.6 3.534 23.134 9.5 6.4447 15.9447

2 AAQ2 91 0.1941 91.1941 43 0.1747 43.1747 20.3 0.354 20.654 10.5 0.6456 11.1456

3 AAQ3 76 0.3171 76.3171 34 0.2854 34.2854 17.2 0.5948 17.7948 9 1.0847 10.0847

4 AAQ4 80 0.064 80.064 36 0.0576 36.0576 17.2 0.118 17.318 8.3 0.2152 8.5152

5 AAQ5 88 0.0135 88.0135 44 0.0121 44.0121 15.7 0.0263 15.7263 8.5 0.0479 8.5479

6 AAQ6 71 0.2999 71.2999 27 0.2699 27.2699 18.4 0.5653 18.9653 9 1.0309 10.0309

7 AAQ7 83 0.1643 83.1643 35 0.1479 35.1479 18.4 0.2982 18.6982 9 0.5438 9.5438

8 AAQ8 87 0.0656 87.0656 37 0.059 37.059 18.9 0.1227 19.0227 9.2 0.2237 9.4237

Conclusion: The result shows the max. incremental concentration shall be at 1 km in the East direction i.e downwind of the project site. There is no residential

development in the downwind direction of the project site upto 2 km. The result shows minor increase in the Ambient concentration of the surrounding area

due to proposed expansion of the project. After proposed project operation also the ambient air levels shall remain with NAAQS limits.






ISOPLETHS

: Isopleths of PM10






: Isopleths of PM2.5






: Isopleths of Cl






: Isopleths of Acid Mist






Isopleths of SO2






Isopleths of NOx






Measures proposed and already adopted in the plant for minimizing Air pollution are given below:

Mitigation Measures

• To control SO2 emissions from Sulphuric Acid Plant, Double Conversion Double Absorption process

will be adapted to reduce emissions in the effluent gas with increase in production level. DCDA

process increases the conversion efficiency to 99.5% and hence the production, while the SO2 level

in the effluent gas is reduced to 950 mg/nm3/2 kg/ton SA. Higher conversion efficiency can be

achieved by using 5th bed or using caesium catalyst in 4th bed.

• Acid Mist is being controlled by using Acid Mist Eliminator. It is affected after intermediate

absorption. DCDA system with a mist eliminator can bring down SO2 levels to 950 mg/nm3/2 kg/ton

SA and mist to 50 mg/nm3.

• Particulate Matter is being controlled by high efficiency cyclones and dust collector bags.

• Four-stage scrubber system has been installed to absorb more than 99% of fluoride. Hydrofluorosilicic

Acid formed is being recycled to acidulation section of conversion of rock phosphate to single super

phosphate/phos acid.

• Continuous SO2 monitoring in Sulphuric Acid Plant is being done.

• All the internal roads have been made pucca to control the fugitive emissions of particulate matter

generated due to transportation and internal movements.

• Good housekeeping practices have been adopted to avoid leakages, seepages, spillages etc.

• Industry has taken effective steps for extensive tree plantation of the local tree species within or around

the industry/unit premises for general improvement of environmental conditions.

• Plant is surrounded by thick green cover to capture emissions.


• Regular air quality monitoring is being carried out within and near the plant

• Regular stack monitoring is being done to check efficiency of APCS

• Measures for control of fugitive emissions are given in Section 2.9.2.

• Cyclone Separators, Ventury Scrubbers hav been installed to control the fluoride emission.

• Ash collection system shall be provided to control PM emission.

• The rock phosphate is proposed to be transported under cover truck only.

• Covered conveyer system with dust collection system at transfer points

• Water spraying shall be done for dust suppression in dust generating areas/ roads.

• Adequate stack height is provided in DG as per CBPCB guideline.

• Greenbelt will be maintained to attenuate the air pollution.

• Proper personal protective equipment will be provided to the workers.

• All the trucks being used for transportation of raw material and final product shall be checked for

"Pollution under Control" certificate prior to their entry to the plant premises.

4.7.2. Impact on Noise Environment

Construction Phase

Because very limited construction activities are associated with project hence the chances of noise

generation from construction machineries is anticipated for short term duration. The noise level at the

existing unit is found within industrial zone permissible limits. Also, as a mitigation measure, the boundary






wall of 2 m all around the project site, and the wide green belt (140 m wide,N; 40 m,E; 25m,S; 30 m,W;

10m NW) all around the project.

During construction of expansion phase plant, he noise will be generated locally within the plant

complex due to civil works such as trenching, foundation casting, steel fabrication work,

infrastructure construction, and mechanical works such as static equipment and rotating machinery

installation, building up of piping network, and provision of piping supports. These activities cause

an increase in the ambient noise levels; however these are localized to the fertilizer complex and

hardly impact the ambient noise levels at the plant boundary.

However, there will be movement of heavy motor vehicles carrying construction material, pipes and

equipment, loading and unloading activities, and movement of light passenger vehicles conveying

construction personnel which will temporarily impact the traffic movement and noise environment in

the vicinity. But this impact will be intermittent and during some time periods only. Hence, the impact

on noise environment during the construction phase shall be localized and marginal. The typical noise

levels of some of construction equipment are given in Table 4.7.

Table 4.10 : Noise Level during various construction phase activities and from construction

machinery

Sr.

No.

Equipment Noise Level in dB(A) 50 ft (15 m) from

source

1. Air compressor 81

2. Tower crane 88

3. Concrete mixer 85

4. Concrete vibrator 76

5. Dozer 85

6. Jack hammer 88

7. Back hoe 80

8. Transit mixer 85

9. Concrete pump 82

10. Vibro roller 3T 74

11. Crusher 85

12. Paver 89

13. Pneumatic tool 85

14. Drill (pavement breaker) 98

15. Truck 88

16. Generator 81

It is evident from the above table that operation of construction machinery &equipment will generate high

noise levels due to which it may affect the health of construction labour and nearby residents if the adequate

mitigation measures are not taken. Highest noise level during construction phase may reach up to 98

dB(A). The equivalent noise decibel calculated from these construction activities is 81 dB(A), and it is

assumed that the peak working hours of construction will be from 10 am to 5 pm. and based on this study

the dhwani PRO Version 3.6 model was run.

Model for sound wave propagation during construction phase:






For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient air from the point source, a standard

mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used. The noise generated by equipment decreases

with increased distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure

level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in

the transmission path.

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate noise

levels at various locations, due to different source using model based on first principles, as per the

following equation:

LP2=LP1 – 20Log (r2 / r1) - AE ……………………………. (1)

Where,

LP2 and L P1 are the Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) at points located at r2 and r1 from the source. AE is

attenuations due to Environmental conditions (E). The combined effect of the entire source can be

determined at various locations by the following equation.

LP (total) = 10Log (10 (Lpa)/10 + 10 Lpb)/10 + 10 Lpc)/10 + ………) (2)

Where Lpa, LPb, LPc are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

Environment Correction (AE)

The equivalent sound pressure level can be calculated from the measured sound pressure level (Leq

measured) averaged over the measurement surface area ‘S’ and from corrections K1 and K2 and is given

by;

(Leq measured) = (Leq measured) – K1 – K2 (3)

Where,

K1 = Factor for the background noise correction. The correction was not applied in this modeling exercise,

as it was not possible to measure the background noise levels by putting off machines hence it was

considered as zero.

K2 = Environmental correction

In the present study dhwani PRO Version 3.6, a noise propagation modeling software developed to

undertake construction, commercial and traffic noise propagation studies. A variety of scenarios can be

created quickly in dhwani PRO, allowing the user to determine the impact of changing the source, layout

and adding /removing the effects of shielding due to noise mitigation devices such as barriers.

Input for the model

Base Map, Point Source and Receptors

Base maps identifying the location of the site, noise sources, receptors and other important characteristics

of the surrounding area is the foremost requirement. In this study jpeg raster maps created in Google map

showing the locations of the construction site where the maximum excavation is to be carried out has been






captured and imported for registering the map and setting up of the scale. The point source is the location

where the maximum noise generating construction equipment is to be operated. The receptors are the

nearby settlements where the impact of propagation of noise is to be evaluated.

Hourly noise level

Hourly nose levels observed for 24 hours at the point source have been observed and adopted in studies.

The noise levels to be generated intermittently due to running of construction equipments for different

hours have also been incorporated. Besides this, the background levels at the receptors have been entered

into the corresponding windows.

Model outputs Without Barrier

After running the model, the graphical results in the form of noise level contours (Figure 4.1) have been

produced which has been captured and exported. Besides this the output in the tabular form showing the

estimated noise levels at different receptors owing to the impact of operation of construction machinery

has been generated. (Table 4.8)

Table 4.11 : Modelling Output (Without barrier)






: Noise Graphical Results (Without Barrier)

Inference

It is evident from the graphical results that during construction phase without considering the barricading

at the project site, the noise level attenuation outside the project site boundary is predicted to be 10 dB(A).

At Receptor 1 (Near NH-3 Industrial area), 2(Khal Khurd Chowk SH31), 3(Kalghat) ,4(Nimrani),

5(Panwa), 6(Gayanpura), 7 (Balawad) the noise level attenuation will be 26 dB(A), 20 dB(A), 12 dB(A),

20 dB(A), 16 dB(A), 18 dB(A) and 8 dB(A) respectively. The estimated noise levels including the

background level at receptor 1,2,5,6are exceeding the standard values of industrial, residential and

commercial zone. But, in the existing unit, boundary wall and the wide green belt is provided all around

the project site. Also, the construction activities will be restricted to 8 hours.

Thus the model was run considering the barrier of boundary wall all around the project site.

Model outputs with Barrier

The model was also run after considering boundary of 2 m height all around the project site, the graphical

results in the form of noise level contours (Figure 4.2) have been produced which has been captured and

exported. Besides this the output in the tabular form showing the estimated noise levels at different

receptors after showing barricading owing to the impact of operation of construction machinery has been

generated. (Table 4.7)






Noise Graphical Results (With Barrier)

Table 4.12 : Modelling Output (Without barrier)

Inference

It is evident from the graphical results that during construction phase after considering the boundary of 2

m height along the project site, the noise level attenuation at at Receptor 1 (Near NH-3 Industrial area),

2(Khal Khurd Chowk SH31), 3(Kalghat) ,4(Nimrani), 5(Panwa), 6(Gayanpura), 7 (Balawad) the noise

level attenuation will be 20 dB(A), 14 dB(A), 6 dB(A), 13 dB(A), 9 dB(A), 11 dB(A) and 2 dB(A)

respectively. The estimated noise levels including the background level only at receptor 1, 2 shall be

exceeding the permissible norms of industrial and commercial zone respectively.






In the existing phase, beside boundary wall, the wide green belt is developed all around the project (140

m wide,N; 40 m,E; 25m,S; 30 m,W; 10m NW). According to the literature, the wide tree belts and higher

relative height of trees result in more diffraction effect, longer noise pathway and greater noise reduction.

The height of trees planted at the existing site is ranges from 5-45 m, which will result in reduction of

noise decibels further 4-8 dB(A).

Therefore, the impact of generated noise from the project site during expansion phase will be insignificant,

reversible and local in nature and mainly confined to the day hours.

Measures are proposed to ensure the noise level remains within the norms are listed below.

Mitigation Measures

• The construction activity will be carried out mostly during daytime.

• The construction equipment will undergo preventive maintenance test at routine intervals.

• Any machinery or equipment generating excessive noise levels (above 90 dBA) will be

taken out of service and replaced by new ones.

• The noise generation will be confined within the surrounding areas of construction site.

• Workers exposed to noise will be given personnel protective equipment like nose masks,

face shields and ear plugs. Job rotation schemes will be practiced for over-exposed

persons

• Temporary noise shields shall be provided all around the heavy noise making activities.

• Noise monitoring shall be carried out to ensure the effectiveness of mitigation measures

and develop a mechanism to record and respond to complaints on noise.

• Job rotations will be practiced for workers, working in noisy environment.

• Protection devices (earplugs or earmuffs) shall be provided to those workers who cannot

be isolated from the source of noise and reducing the exposure time of workers to the

higher noise levels by rotation.

Operation Phase

The source of noise during the operational phase of the plant will be mainly pumps, compressors,

blowers, steam turbine and boiler house. The other source of noise will be increase in the movement of

vehicles along the road. Typical noise levels generated by various equipments are given in Table 4.10.

Table 4.13 : Typical noise levels of different Equipment

S.No. Item Identification Noise Level dB(A)

1. Pump 85

2. Compressor 85

3. Waste Heat Boiler 85

4. DG Set 85

5. Cooling Tower 95

6. Flare 70

7. Furnace 85

8. Turbine 94

It has been estimated that operation of these equipments within specially designed buildings

enclosures, boundary walls and the greenbelt development within and around the plant premises would






help in attenuating noise to a large extent. Comprehensive measures for noise control, at design

stage, will be followed in terms of noise levels specifications of various rotating equipment as

per Occupational Safety and Health Association (OSHA) standards, to mitigate the impact on noise

environment.

Impact

During operational phase, the noise generated within the fertilizer complex due to operation of

various rotating equipments will be localized and it is not expected to significantly impact the

noise levels at the plant boundary. Only impact which can be expected during this phase is

increase in light passenger vehicles and moderate increase in busses carrying operating personnel

to the plant. However, this impact is intermittent and during certain time periods only.

The impact due to operation of the plant will be restricted within the plant limit and is a concern for work

place environment rather than for the residents of the area. Comprehensive measures for noise control

at design stage will be followed in terms of noise levels specifications as per Occupational Safety

and Health Association (OSHA) standards, to mitigate the impact on noise environment.

Mitigation Measures

• Procurement of equipment meeting prescribed noise standards will be done.

• Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries is to be ensured

to reduce noise levels at source.

• Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss rating are strongly recommended

for Gas turbines. Minimum Transmission Loss rating should be at least 30 dB for Gas turbine

Acoustical Enclosures;

• Room Acoustical Treatment can be done to the Compressor-House walls from the inside;

• Removable acoustical blankets can be effective and economical in reducing the noise level of the

pumps;

• All Safety valves in the steam lines should be installed with In-Line silencers with insertion loss

rating of 25 dB or more, in order to reduce the noise generated due to the operation of Safety

valve;

• Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers

at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift;

• Ducts to be treated with Acoustical lining from the inside, with Duct silencers

incorporated in-line to reduce the duct and vent noise;

• Temporary new approach road can be constructed, if required, for smooth and hassle free

movement of personnel;

• Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles

is to be adopted.

Traffic mitigation measures:

• The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered.

• It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified.

• Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers will

be instructed to control leakages and collection of spilled material.






• Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUC) for all vehicles used

on site.

4.7.3. Impact on Water Quality

Construction Phase

The drinking water and sanitation facilities available within the fertilizer complex will be extended

to meet the additional work force required for proposed project. During the implementation of the

project, the additional demand during the construction phase for sanitary and drinking purposes

will be met from the existing sources. The existing drinking water header will be extended to the

project site.

Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to non-point discharges of solids

from soil loss. However, the construction will be more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly

and erection, hence the water requirements will be small. Sanitation facilities (STP, Toilets) are already

present at the site for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the workers. Also, workers not belonging

to the local area will get the lodging facilities at the existing site. Since, most of the construction work

force is locals, the demand of water and sanitation facilities will be small and is considered

manageable at the site itself.

Also, storm water drains are already made at the existing site which collects the rain waterand after quality

check it is recycled back to the process and hence minimize the discharge of rain water at the project site.

So, during construction phase of expansion unit, the rain water will be collected and maintained at the site.

The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed project will

be short term, insignificant and reversible.

Mitigation Measures

• Wastewater arising from site offices, canteens and other washing facilities shall be

disposed and treated in existing STP present at the project site.

• Oil separator / interceptor will be provided near vehicle parking site, workshop and

canteen to prevent the release of oil and grease into drainage system.

• The oil and grease separators will be cleaned on regular basis.

Operation Phase

Fertilizer industry is one of the higher users of water for production of SSP and Sulphuric Acid. Thus,

main impact due to industry is on water environment. Many new techniques are adopted by the fertilizer

plant to reduce the freshwater demand, wastewater generation and reuse the effluent in the process after

suitable treatment.

The existing water requirement of the project is 1012 KLD. Out of which, 927 KLD freshwater

requirement is being supplied from Narmada river through pipeline and the rest is being sufficed by reusing

85 KLD recycled water into the premises. The total water requirement of the project after expansion will

be 1830 KLD. After expansion, water will be available from existing infrastructure of Narmada Canal

water supply system to KCFL Unit.






The total wastewater generation from the project will be 183 KLD (Domestic Sewage-22 KLD; Industrial

Effluent-161 KLD). 22 KLD sewage will be treated in STP (25 KLD). 21 KLD STP treated water will be

sent to SSP-I/II plant for reuse as process water and gardening purposes. 161 KLD effluents will be sent

to collection pit and re-circulated completely to be reused in SSP-I/II for production of Single Super


scheme of Zero-Liquid Discharge.Wastewater generation standards as per MoEF&CC notification G.S.R.

1607(E) dated 29.12.2017 is being followed.

Impact on surface water- Due to the proposed project various activities as mentioned below can impact

surfacewater:

• Source of raw water for existing and proposed expansion from Narmada through pipelines will

haveimpact on surface water. However, the impacts will be marginal considering availability of water

in Narmada river;

• Additionally, the effluent which is generating from the existing unit and which will be generated in

expansion phase will be recycled back to process after treatment. The domestic waste water generated

at the site is treated in STP and as instructed from pollution control board, the treated water is recycled

back to process.

• The rain water collected in storm water drains from roof and paved areas of existing project site is sent

for quality check and recycled in process, which result in reducing the fresh water demand. It is

estimated that after expansion the total runoff expected from the roof and the paved areas of project site

will be 31725.96 m3/annum, which will recycled in process after quality check and hence will reduce

the per day water demand by 6%.

Impact on ground water- Since there is no abstraction of ground water at the project site, so the impact

on ground water will be insignificant and reversible.

Measures adopted in the plant for water conservation to minimize the water requirement and waste

management as mentioned below

Mitigation Measures

• Pre-treatment containing Pre-chlorination, chemical coagulation, precipitation, settling followed by

filtration and post chlorination to meet the drinking water standards is provided for Narmada Water

Supply. Further water is being treated in DM Plant to remove the free chlorine, silica and traces of

cation and anions.

• Online monitoring instruments for measurement of pH, flow and ammonical nitrogen at the discharge

line of ETP have been installed and connectivity has been established with MPPCB & CPCB Servers

• The domestic wastewater is being discharged treated in Sewage Tretatment Plant.

• Separate storm water and effluent line is already provided in the plant. No ground water abstraction is

proposed.

• No ground water abstraction or disposal of water in ground water and surface water is being done.

• Paved area is provided near to the ETP area to avoid contamination of soil.

• Storm water channels/domestic open channels available in the complex and finally goes to bulk

effluent tank in Effluent Treatment Plant.Final treated water from ETP is discharged within plan

premises for for use in horticulture.

• Research & Development activities and modifications carried out at shop floor and in manufacturing

process has resulted in elimination of effluent from manufacturing process. These activities have






reduced the pollution loads in terms of kg suspended solids/day, kg total dissolved solids/day, kg

suspended solids/day, kg BOD/day and kg COD/day in the effluent treatment plant.

• Effluent pit has been seald from where all the collected effluent is transferred to the SSP plant lagoon

for reusing in the mixer for acidulation and there is no diversion or bypass of any discharge of effluent.

• There is no effluent discharge from the factory and all the effluent generated is reused in the

manufacturing process, hence Zero discharge practice is being maintained.

• The industry is regularly measuring the monthly requirement of raw water & treated water and the

report is being submitted to the board regularly on the monthly basis as per the Indian Standard

Specification and other monitoring specification laid down by the board.

• Electromagnetic type water meter is installed for consumption of raw water, industrial water and for

home consumption.

• The industry has installed as per the proposal a comprehensive sewage treatment system maintained

the limit as per standard laid down by the Board and all the sewage after treatment is used for the

gardening purposes.

• Industry has installed PTZ camera for ensuring ZLD conditions and flow meter for measuring effluent

generation.

• All the effluent reuse facility installed by the factory are being operated effectively and regularly

maintained in a good working condition to achieve the terms & conditions of the granted consent.

Standard Practice in the plant

• In case of spills of chemicals, dry adsorbents/cotton are being used for cleaning instead of water

• Spillage during loading, unloading & storage are channelized properly to drains

• Spillage are managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels.

• Collection of effluent are in closed pipeline

• Oil skimmer has been installed at ETP to remove oil from the effluent.

• Cushion are provided to the materials to prevent chemical container breakage

• The transportation of the raw material, chemicals & products is being done in Leak Proof MS

Tankers/Drums while transporting through trucks & tempo.

• All probable leakage areas such as pipelines, joints, pumps and structure of reactor/ storage vessel are

inspected and maintained proactively.

• Cleaning of storm water drain/open channel in the complex is carried out before monsoon season.

• Any abnormality noticed is being communicated to HOS-Offsite/shift in change- offsite/area operator-

ETP for corrective action.

4.7.4. Impact due to Waste

Construction Phase

No major solid waste expected to be generated during construction phase. Only discarded machinery and

used oil will be generated. Apart from this some quantity of municipal waste may also generate from

labour and soil from digging. This waste is required to be collected, segregated and disposed in manner

that it does not mixes or polluting air, water and soiling environment. Discarded machinery will be given






to approved recycler and used oil shall be stored in drums and sent to registered recycler. Domestic waste

generated from construction labourers will be sent to MSW disposal pit.

Operation Phase

There are generation of different kind of Industrial hazardous wastes from production process and other

activities. Process residue spent catalyst are generated which are hazardous, which may cause harm if

come into contact with skin and sludge and any other may cause nuisance if not maintained properly. There

is potential for accidental spills while re-fuelling or servicing vehicles and through the breakage due to

wear and tear. Thus, proper disposal of waste is required for to maintain hygiene at site.

Mitigation Measures

• Industrial hazardous wastes such as spent lube oil, spent catalyst are sold to recyclers. ETP sludge

generated is disposed off at TSDF site while other solid wastes are segregated in saleable and non-

saleable waste. All wastes are disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016

• Waste oil are collected through the drain ports and stored in leak proof steel drums. The waste oil

drums are properly identified with label of what is contained both in local language and English. Same

is disposed as per the Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2016.

• Waste are packed in drums/HDPE bags and stored at designated area. All measures are taken to avoid

littering.

• The sulphur sludge collected from sulphuric acid plants and used with rock phosphate in Single Super

Phosphate Plants for enrichment of elemental sulphur in the product.

• The catalyst waste containing vanadium pentaoxide is send for safe & secure disposal to Madhya

Pradesh Waste Management Project, Pithampur, Dhar (M.P.).

• The municipal solid waste generation at the plant area is being segregated in biodegradable waste and

recyclable waste. Recyclable waste is being sold off to recycler. Biodegradable waste is being disposed

off in MSW disposal pit to get converted to manure for horticulture purposes. Similar practices will

be maintained for expansion. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 shall be followed.

• Separate storage area (400 m2) for Hazardous/ Non-Hazardous/ Municipal has been provided within

the plant area.

• Adequate measures and technologies are adopted in the plant to reduce the waste generation.

• Bio-medical waste from Health centre is being given to approved Bio-medical waste handler for

disposal.

4.7.5. Impact on Land Environment

Land Acquisition

The proposed project is expansion of existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic

Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant. Land is already with possession of KCFL. The

plant is located abut notified industrial area. Proposed expansion shall be done within the existing plant

area. The total land area is 23.53 Ha. Approx. 35% of the total land area has been kept for

greenbelt/plantation.






Construction Phase

There will be no Land use / Land cover change as this is expansion of existing project. The proposed

expansion shall be undertaken within the existing site of the project and the present land use of the existing

site is industrial. No undeveloped or agriculture land will be used. No clearance work will be required.

Additional plants for several new products have been proposed. There will be no physical changes outside

the project boundary or any development of labour colony outside the project site. Majority of the labor

will be hired from nearby villages and if required housing or shelter facilities required for construction

workers will be provided at the site. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 and Construction and

Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016 shall be adhered.

Operation Phase

Surroundings of project site is residential, industrial and mixed use. There is generation of waste which

could pollute the agricultural land. Below mentioned materials can be hazardous to the land environment.

Impacts during Operation Phase:

• From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous materials on to the land.

• From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land

• Generation of Municipal & Hazardous wastes

• Generation of Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment

Mitigation Measures

• Municipal Waste (domestic and or commercial waste) is being disposed as per Solid Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

• Hazardous waste generated in the Plant is being disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016

• ETP sludge is being sent to the TSDF for final disposal.

• All precautions are being taken to avoid spillage from storage during existing phase and shall be

taken during further phase.

• All MPPCB/MoEF&CC norms are maintained during use of ETP treated water in horticulture.

• Spillage are managed by detection of leaks in the first place from structures or vessels. Spillage

during loading unloading is channelized properly to drains.

• Paved area is provided near the process area to avoid soil contamination

• The loading unloading activity are done within a safe zone defined and in a marked safe area.

4.7.6. Impact on Soil Quality

Construction Phase

Soil erosion may happen, if open areas are left without paving or plantation. Thus, it is required to either

pave or green the open areas. Soil may get contaminated, if sewage is disposed of on the soil, littering of

municipal waste, e-waste and spillage of HSD, oil and fuel. Since, excavation is proposed in the plant

during proposed project, there could be increased chances of soil contamination. Mitigation measures

proposed are given below:

Mitigation Measures






• There will be no disposal of untreated effluent or sewage on land. Generated hazardous wastes during

project operation will be transported to an authorized Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF)

site. Storage areas will be impervious to water and will be designed to prevent Leachate penetration.

• On completion of works, all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes to be completely

removed.

• After completion of construction the surrounding area where the extra soil and remaining construction

material needs to be cleared. And the leveling to be done so that the original condition is restored so

that it does not disturbs natural drainage

• The special care needs to be taken during deliveries and to be supervised by a responsible person.

• Proper care will be taken that there is no spill that would cause soil contamination.

• The used oil spillage to be cleaned up using cotton and separate storage of thecotton waste will be

made within the premises.

• Hazardous waste will be properly handled and sent for disposal to authorized TSDF.

• The filling and packaging operation of the product will be fully mechanized to ensure no spillage is

taking place.

• The management will maintain records of contaminated waste on a regular basis.

Operation Phase

Spillage of material like effluent, chemical, Hazardous waste, used oil and fuel may contaminate the soil.

Due to improper disposal of solid waste & liquid waste includes the leaching from biodegradable waste

and effect on flora from spillage of waste on soil. Improper disposal of Effluent during shutdown may

encounter soil and contaminate. Thus, mitigation measure measures are required to be taken to prevent the

soil pollution which are given below

Mitigation Measures

• All underground tanks are provided with extra prevention to avoid leakage. Sensors are provided to

detect leakage.

• Hazardous waste is managed, transported and disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016. Separate shed/designated area with paved

area is provided at plant for storage of Hazardous waste.

• Closed Effluent channelization is provided all over the plant area. Domestic sewage wastewater is

being disposed through soak pits.

• Solid waste collection and disposal area is paved area to avoid contamination of soil through leachate.

• Water less cleaning is adopted wherever spill occurs to avoid runoff.

• No area shall be left excavated or open after any repair & maintenance works

• Used oil shall be stored drums and shall be sold to registered recycler.

• Drains are already provided near machinery area to collect spillage or leakage.

4.7.7. Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity

Construction Phase

The proposed land is already in possession of KCFL. As no additional land is proposed to be acquired for

proposed expansion. No tree cutting shall be required for the proposed expansion project hence the direct

impact on terrestrial ecology (loss of flora and fauna) is likely to be insignificant. As the site is devoid of

natural as well as manmade forest, the overall impact on terrestrial ecosystem will be negligible. Further,






as the site infrastructure facilities are already developed, and only mechanical activities needs to be

undertaken at site.

The construction activities like demolition, excavation and filling up operation may result in fugitive dust

and noise emission.The dust deposition on pubescent leaves of the surrounding vegetation may lead to

temporary reduction of photosynthesis and high noise in the area may disturb the wild fauna specially

avifauna. The runoff from construction area may lead to a short-term increase in suspended solids and

decrease in dissolved oxygen near the discharge point in receiving water body. This may lead to a

temporary decrease in the photosynthetic activity of phyto-planktons, rise in anaerobic conditions and food

chain modification.

Mitigation Measures

• Dust generation due to construction activities be confined mostly to the initial period of the

construction phase and would be minimized through paving of roads, surface treatment,

regular water sprinkling in dust generating areas and green area.

• Proper drainage network shall be developed and storm water shall be channelized through

sedimentation basins to control suspended solids. However, for major part of the year during

construction phase, no significant impact is expected, as the no. of days with heavy monsoon

are limited.

• All project activities shall be undertaken with appropriate noise mitigation measures to avoid

disturbance to human as well as faunal population in the region.

• Activities generating high noise shall be restricted to day time and will be mitigated to

minimize the noise level outside the site boundary.

• Movement of construction and transport vehicles shall be restricted to dedicated paths to

minimize any harm to small mammals/ reptiles within the site.

• General awareness regarding wildlife shall be enhanced through putting signage, posters,

among the staff and labourers.

• Dense greenbelt has been already developed in existing unit further it will act as a barrier to

dust and noise.

Operation Phase

The impact on the surrounding ecologyduring the operation of the project will mainly occur from the

deposition of air pollutants. Air pollution affects the biotic and abiotic components of the ecosystem

individually and synergistically with other pollutants. Chronic and acute effects on plants and animals may

be induced when the concentration of air pollutants exceeds threshold limits.

Particulate, sulphur dioxide, Fluoride, Acid Mist and Chlorine emissions is anticipated form proposed

expansion project and that may affect the ecology of the area. The incremental emission of air pollutants

is not likely to induce any significant changes in the ecology, because during operation of proposed project.

Most of the vegetation in the study area are mixed deciduous and have high Air Pollution Tolerance Index

(APTI) and therefore impact of air emission on the surrounding vegetation will be insignificant.

PM emission from the proposed plant will lead to dust deposition in surrounding vegetation that may affect

the photosynthesis process of the plant. The predicted concentration of PM due to the project is within the






national standard. However, deposition of small amount of pollutants may also affect the surrounding

ecosystem. The project is therefore planned with most efficient air pollution control systemsfor achieving

air emissions norms, so that the impact on nearby ecosystem are minimized. Most of the fugitive dust

emission generation points are also fitted with efficient air pollution control systems (Plant de-dusting

systems). Water sprinkling / dry fog type system will be used at material handling points to suppress the

generation of fugitive dust.

a) Impact on Forest Ecosystem

The study area (10 km radius) has Reserved forests. The nearest Reserve forest Jalkota RF located at a

distance of 5.26 km south of the plant site. Other forest blocks are located more than 7km away from the

site. Most of the forests are located incrosswind direction of the project site except Jalkota Reserved forest

located at a distance of 7.86 km (NE) in downwind direction.

It is clear from the air modelling that there will be marginal increment in the existing baseline air quality

of the study area, hence there will be negligible impact on the existing forest of the study area. Beside

above dense green belt has been already developed all along the boundary premises which will act as a

barrier for noise and air pollution.

b) Impact on Aquatic Ecosystem

As the Narmada river is located close to the project site which has a diverse aquatic fauna. The generation

and discharge of untreated waste in to nearby area may pollute the surrounding aquatic system. However

the effluent from different units shall be suitably treated in wastewater treatment unit. Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD) concepts shall be implemented for the proposed project. The treated effluent shall be

recycled and re-utilized within the premises for de-dusting and maintenance of green-belt. Thus, no impact

on the aquatic ecology is envisaged.

Impacts on RET species

No national park, wildlife sanctuary, biosphere reserve exists within 10 km area of the project. No

endangered or rare or threatened plant or animal species was observed within 10 km area of the project

site hence impact on RET species is negligible.

Mitigation Measures

• The project is planned with most efficient air pollution control systems for achieving air emissions

norms, so that the impact on nearby ecosystem are minimized. Most of the fugitive dust emission

generation points are also fitted with efficient air pollution control systems.

• Water sprinkling system will be used to suppress the generation of fugitive dust.

• No wastewater shall be discharge outside the plant premises. The treated effluent shall be recycled and

re-utilized within the premises for de-dusting and maintenance of green belt.

• All the solid and hazardous waste shall be disposed as per the norms

• Green belt and boundary wall are provided to reduce the impact of air and noise. KCFL has already

developed a dense greenbelt/plantation/green farm in 8.21 Ha area that is about 34.89% of the total

land area.

4.7.8. Socio-economic environment

Construction Phase

Max 50-100 labours shall be required for installation of machinery. Most of the unskilled and semi-skilled

labour will be taken from nearby villages. The project construction activity will have positive impact on






the social environment. Accident and Noise problem in the plant are the main concern for local labour.

Accident may cause disability or life loss and working in noisy area may cause speech interference,

annoyance, hearing impairment, increase in heartbeat/ blood pressure of the human. Noise is expected to

be generated during construction phase mainly from application of heavy machinery and traffic. Thus,

measures are necessary to be adopted to overcome these impacts.

Mitigation Measures

• The workforce required during the construction phase will be depending upon construction

activities. Thus, impact on the physical and aesthetic resources will be minimal.

• The project proponent shall ensure that most of the workforce shall be engaged from the

nearby villages/town.

• Further with the expansion of various units in M/s KCFL, an indirect employment will be

generated which will aid in development of surrounding area and upliftments of Socio-

economic standard of local people surrounding the project site due to proposed project.

• Small quantity of soil will be excavated at the time of Foundation work which will be

utilized for landscaping purpose. Excavation will be carried out only for foundation of

building.

• Debris, Scraps, Excavated soil, Used bags, Steel in bits and pieces and cardboards waste

shall be generated and disposed properly.

• Domestic waste generation from construction workers, construction debris and scrap will

be treated as per Solid Waste Management rules, 2016.

• No new transport infrastructure is required to be developed.

• Construction materials like steel, cement, crushed stones, sand, etc. required for the project

shall be procured from the local market of the region.

• Adequate APC equipments like scrubbers, stacks & vents with required height will be

provided. Fugitive emissions are also envisaged from proposed project.

• During construction period the sewage generated from labor camps will be discharged in

septic tanks with soak pits to avoid any contamination.

• Proper environmental measures such as sprinkling of water on roads at construction site,

covering of loose material, vehicles only with PUC certificate will be allowed for

transportation of material etc. will reduce the impact on the air quality.

• Regular maintenance of machineries will be carried out to prevent noise pollution. PPE’s

will be provided to workers.

• The overall project will have a long term benefit and hence no mitigation measure is

required.

Operation Phase

Approx. 126 no. of additional manpower has been proposed for the expansion. Indirect employment

opportunities will be being generated in various activities like raw material and final products

transportation, contractual manpower for non-critical activities at the plant (canteen, gardening,

housekeeping etc.). The industrial growth of the region will help in infrastructure development in the area.

The proposed production will increase the indigenous production of fertlisers and will ease the availability

of chemical fertilizers to farmers / DEF for reduction of emission from Diesel Vehicles. It will also

generate income for government through Taxes. Overall, the project will have positive impacts on socio-

economic environment.






KCFL is dedicated towars sustainable economic development of farmers, local community and Society at

large to improve their quality of life. It will undertake various practices like infrasturcutural improvements

in nearby schools and villages, healthcare, sanitation, community development, environment protection

etc.

However, due to operation & maintenance there may be various risks for the staff and other nearby people.

The risks associated are accident of people, collapse of structures, fall/slip while working, electrical

shocks, electrical fire, fire in DG sets & fuel tanks, health impact due to air & noise pollution etc. Various

safety measures are proposed to be followed which should be taken to prevent the accidents and near miss.

Also, improper storage and disposal of waste may decrease the aesthetic value, lead to risk of disease may

occur foul smell which will cause nuisance in staff and nearby area. At the extent all possible measures

are already adopted by the KCFL to reduce impact on staff and nearby area.

Mitigation Measures

• Solid waste generation in operational phase will be Domestic waste, landscape waste. That

will be managed as per Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016.

• Also, all the workers will be trained for proper handling and transportation of hazardous

materials as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

• Sewage sludge will be used as manure in greenbelt and ETP sludge will be handled, stored

and sent to TSDF.

• Expansion Units are based on Zero Effluent Discharge/ZLD concepts and Domestic sewage

shall be treated in existing STP.

• No source of fugitive emission envisaged except transportation and handling of raw

materials but will be minimal due to closed loop system operated by trained workers and

during construction phase such emissions will be temporary and will be controlled by the

use of water sprinkling and other viable techniques like covering of loose material.

• The greenbelt area development and tree plantation will help in enhancing the aesthetics

value of the area.

• Less noise generation machinery equipment will be purchased to maintain the noise levels

within permissible limits. PPE’s will be provided to workers.

• The project will provide good employment opportunities and better life style socially and

economically, aesthetic improvement by providing green area hence will set an example for

later developments in the areas.

• Employees will be hired locally and from nearby city / towns.

• Adequate storage area for the safe storage of products, raw materials and hazardous

chemicals will be proposed.

Occupational Health & Safety

• All the staff is given training for carrying out the work assigned keeping the safety as priority.

• All staff are provided with personal protective equipment like ear plugs/mufflers, masks, gloves, etc

as required

• Periodic inspection of PPE is done to ensure that they are in proper condition by keeping the records

• All OHSAS guideline are followed in the plant.

• Workers medical Tests are undertaken periodically.

• Dispensary with Ambulance facility is provided in the plant.






• Proper signage about the stations, entry, exit, fire exit, directions, safety messages, conservation of

energy & water, non-spitting, non-littering, restricted entry etc. are provided at all the place to make

the staff about the risks involved and required safety measures to be taken

• Proper guards/safety provision are made. Entry without entry pass is restricted.

• Entry to the control rooms, firefighting rooms, Boiler room and DG area and other similar areas are

restricted to limited persons

• Dos and Don’ts during the natural calamity and accidents are displayed for staff so as they know what

is to be done during and after emergency.

• Trainings are conducted on regular basis to train about the safety procedures and strictly following the

rules

• Fire-fighting equipment are provided at all the locations

• Eyewash facility and a safety shower is provided at all locations

• Fire and safety Dept, Occptional Health centre are available, which handles all the safety issues related

to man, machine & materials.

Company has been awarded manufacturing sector for year 2007 and 2009 prestigeous “Prasansa

Patra” Award by “The National Safety Council of India, Mumbai ” for achieving “Zero reportable

accidents and effectively implementing Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems at

Nimrani Works.

4.7.9. Traffic Impacts:

Entry of Project site is through highway NH-3. All inward and outgoing materials from the plant shall be

through this highway.

Large capacity trucks and tankers shall be used to minimize the marginal impact on traffic movement.30

tons’ capacity trucks shall be used to bring raw material and finished product. Existing infrastructure of

highway is adequate to take the additional load. In expansion phase the no. of PCUswill increase

additionally during construction or operation of proposed expansion project. It is estimated that movement

of ~346 PCUs per day (including Trucks, tanks, passenger cars, two wheeler, and cycle) is done in and out

from the project site. And in Expansion phase movement of ~290 PCUs is expected in and out from the

project site. As the site is located close to NH-3 and all the material movement shall be done through this

highway.The NH-3 is multilane (4-lane) of very good design (carriage width 24 m) and its capacity is

5142 PCU per hour as per IRC specification (IRC106-1990).Considering total material transport from

plant by using 30 tons’ capacity truks, acid tankers, office bus, passenger cars in both existing and proposed

expansion phase, the NH-3 highway is adequate to bear the additional 636 PCU per day without any issue.

4.8. Conclusion

From above analysis, it is found that the impacts anticipated vary from moderate to low significance and

magnitude. Some significant amount of impact is anticipated during the construction phase as there would

be construction of few units is required to be done for proposed expansion and all basic facilities are

available at the site to overcome the impact. However, during operation phase, impact is anticipated due

to increased polluted air quality, wastewater generation and increased noise level. The project also has

various positive impacts like indirect employment generation, increase in the indigenous production, and

ease of the availability of chemical fertilizers to farmers / DEF for emission reduction from vehicular

movement. It is believed that the anticipated negative impacts can be normalized by taking the proposed






mitigation measures. Analysis of significance of the impacts pre & post implementation of the mitigation

measures is given in Table 4.11. Proper environment and social management plans are to be prepared for

ensuring implementation of the proposed mitigation measures.

Table 4.14 : Analysis of Significance of with & without Mitigation Measures

S. No. Activity Impact Significance -Pre mitigation

measures

Impact Significance –Post

mitigation measures

Pre-Construction

1. Air short term, reversible, core zone and

low severity, i.e. Low Significance

Nil

2. Noise No Impacts Nil 3. Water No Impacts Nil 4. Waste No Impacts Nil

5. Land-use No Impacts Nil

6. Soil short term, reversible, core zone and


Nil

7. Ecology No Impacts Nil

8. Socio-economic No Impacts Nil

9. Traffic Impact No Impacts Nil

Construction Phase

1. Air short term, reversible, core zone and


Low significance (will be

further reduce)

2. Noise short term, reversible, core zone and


Low significance (will be

further reduce)

3. Water short term, reversible, core zone and


Nil

4. Waste short term, reversible, core zone and


Nil


6. Soil Long term, Irreversible, core zone and


Low significance

7. Ecology No Impacts Nil

8. Socio-economic Long term, Irreversible/reversible, core

zone & moderate, i.e., Moderate

Significance

Low Significance

9. Traffic Impact No Impacts Nil

Operation Phase

1. Air Long term, Irreversible, spread over

buffer zone and of high severity, i.e.,

High Significance

Low significance (will

further reduce)

2. Noise Long term, reversible, spread over


Moderate Significance


further reduce)

3. Water Long term, Irreversible, spread over


High Significance


further reduce)

4. Waste Short term, irreversible, spread over

buffer zone and of moderate intensity,

i.e. Moderate Significance

Low significance







6. Soil Long term, Irreversible, Core zone and

of moderate intensity, i.e. Moderate

Significance

Low significance

7. Ecology Short term, reversible, spread over

buffer zone and of low intensity, i.e.

Low Significance


further reduce)

8. Socio-economic Long term, Irreversible, spread over

buffer zone and of high intensity, i.e.,

High Significance


further reduce)

9. Traffic Impact Long term, reversible, spread over

buffer zone and of high intensity, i.e.,

Low Significance

Low significance






Chapter 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITES)

5.1. Analysis of Alternative Site

As it is a Expansion of an already Existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates,

Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant, thus no other land was analyzed. The project site has various

positive merits as follows -:

• Enough land is available for the proposed expansion. Approx. 7522.50 m2 area will be done

within the existing plot.

• Project site lies abut Notified Industrial Area i.e. Govindpuri Industrial Area. The project has

been in exisitence since 1986 and liand diversion has already been done since back. Thus, no

change in land use and project conforms the master plan of the area.

• There are no environmentally sensitive areas like National Parks, Sanctuaries, forest land, within

the 5 km radius of project site.

• Supply of Raw material like natural gas and electricity is available within the site.

• Basic infrastructure for transportation of raw material and finished product is present at site. The

site is also connected to National Highway-3 in West direction of the site.

• No critically polluted area identified by CPCB and MoEF&CC falls under 10 km radius of project

site.

• Project site is away from flood prone area and coastal areas.

• Adequate land has been developed for ample green area as per guidelines.

• Skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour is available near the site.

• The ambient air quality at and around the project site is within the national ambient air quality

standards.

• Availability of required utilities

There will not be any major impact on the environment due the project location as per the above said

reasons.

5.2. Analysis of Alternative Technology and other Parameters

Table 5.1 : Analysis of Alternative Technology & parameters

S.No Particular Alternative

Option 1

Alternative

Option 2

Remarks

1) Manufacturing

Technology

Automated

machineries

Manual/ Semi –

automatic

Preferred automated machineries.

Benefits:

Increased productivity.

Reduce human error.

Reduce chances of accidents.

Improved quality or increased

predictability of quality.

Reduced direct human labourcost and

expenses

This chapter presents a comparative analysis of various alternatives considered to avoid or

minimize impacts that would be inevitable if technically (based on design) best-fit technology and

site are followed.






Reduce air and noise pollution.

2) Employment Local

employmen

Outsource

employment

Local employment for manpower as

availability in the area. Technical

staff will be outsourced if not

available locally.

Benefits:

Provides employment to local

people to enhance livelihood of

villagers.

To increase per capita income of

villagers

3) Labour

Transportation

Public transport Private Transport Local labors will be deployed so they

will either reach by public transport,

bicycle or by foot. Also, private

transport is provided by Khaitan for the

workers.

Benefits:

Overall cost of transportation will be

less.

4) Raw material

and product

transportation

Public transport Private Transport Material will be transported through

trucks on the contract basis through

private transporter.

Benefits:

It will give indirect employment

Cost Effective.

It will give indirect employment.

5) Water

requirement

Water from

Narmada

Borewell water Source of Water supply in expansion

phase will be met from Narmada

through pipeline.

Benefits:

No change in surface water and

groundwater quality, asall the

wastewater is treated and recycle at the

project site.

All the storm water is recycled in

process after quality check reducing the

surface water supply demand.

6) Road Metallic Road Kaccha road Site is well connected with NH3

highway. And the road connecting

higway is well furnished.

7) Fuel Furnace oil Coal/Lignite/Pet/

coke, etc

Coal will be used as fuel for

manufacturing of chemical fertilizer.

Benefits:

Easy availability.

Less expensive

Less explosive and cleaner.






Chapter 6. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1. Objective

Monitoring program has the underlying objective to ensure that the intended environmental mitigations

are realized and these results in desired benefits to the target population causing minimal deterioration to

the environmental parameters. Such program targets proper implementation of the EMP. The broad

objectives are:

• To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP.

• To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Assessment.

• To suggest ongoing improvements in management plan based on the monitoring and to devise

fresh monitoring on the basis of the improved EMP.

• To enhance environmental quality through proper implementation of suggested mitigation

measures.

• To meet the requirements of the existing environmental regulatory framework and community

obligations.

The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implantation of Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important environmental parameters within impact

area, so that any adverse effects are detected, and timely action can be taken.

6.2. Performance Indicators

The significant physical, biological and social components affecting the environment at critical locations

serve as wider/overall Performance Indicators. However, the following specific environmental parameters

can be quantitatively measured and compared over a period of time, therefore selected as specific

Performance Indicators (PIs) for monitoring because of their regulatory importance and the availability of

standardized procedures and relevant expertise.

• Air Quality & Stack monitoring with respect to Particulate Matters (PM10, PM2.5), NOx, SO2,

Urea dust, NH3

• Weather Station

• Water Quality for parameters defined in IS 10500: 2012, MoEF&CC notification- G.S.R. 1607 (E)

dated 29.12.2017 & The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 and as per CTO granted by

MPPCB.

• Noise levels as per CPCB Guidelines and at selected locations.

• Soil Quality

• Survival rates of trees planted and Green area development

• Workspace Monitoring

• Occupational Health & Safety

This chapter presents a monitoring programme for pollution control at source, monitoring

pollutants at receiving environment for appropriate notified parameters, specific programme to

monitor safety and health protection of workers.






• Environment Audit

Environment monitoring is being done monthly through third party agency (accredited by NABL) and

three times in a year through Schedule I auditor appointed by MPPCB as a part of Environment Audit.

The last environmental audit report was submitted to MPPCB at 26.05.2020.

Frequency of Monitoring

The frequency of monitoring for air, effluent water is listed below.

a. Ambient air quality inside the manufacturing area is monitored monthly for SPM, SO2, NOx, F, SO3

and Acid mist.

b. Stack monitoring is carried out on monthly basis for PM, Acid Mist, SO2, and Fluorides.

c. Ground water monitoring within the premises and out side the premises for pH and fluorides

quarterly.

d. Monitoring of ambient noise levels on monthly basis.

6.2.1. Environmental Parameters

Parameters as specified in the consent letter for water and air issued by the MP Pollution Control Board is

as follows:

a. Treated Effluent

Table 6.1 : Desirable Quality of ETP Treated Effluent

S.No. Parameters Max parameters Values

1. pH 5.5-9.0

2. Suspended Solids < 100 mg/lt

3. TDS < 2100 mg/lt

4. Chlorides < 1000 mg/lt

5. BOD < 30 mg/lt

6. COD < 250 mg/lt

7. Oil & Grease < 10 mg/lt

Table 6.2 : Desirable Quality of STP Treated Effluent

S. No Parameters Max parameters Values

1. pH 5.5-9.0

2. Total Suspended Solids < 10 mg/lt

3. BOD3 Days 27OC < 10 mg/lt

4. COD < 50 mg/lt

5. Oil & Grease < 10 mg/lt

6. NH4-N < 05 mg/lt

7. Fecal Coliforn (MPN/100 ml) < 230 mg/lt

8. PO4-P < 02 mg/lt






b. Air

Table 6.3 : Desirable Quality for emission from stack for Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP-I

& SAP-II)

S. No. Parameters Permissible Values

1 Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10) 100 ug/Nm3

2 Suspended Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 60 ug/Nm3

3 SO2 80 ug/Nm3

4 NOx 80 ug/Nm3

5 SO3 NA

6 F NA

7 CO 2000 ug/Nm3

8 Acid Mist NA

Table 6.4 : Desirable Quality for emission from stack for SSP-I & SSP-II

S. No. Parameters Permissible Values

1 Particulate Matter 50 ug/Nm3

2 Fluorides 20 ug/Nm3

6.2.2. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring

The monitoring of different parameters from different sources are being done. Any Deviation from the

standards is being examined and action are taken to control. Emission from stack are monitored as per

MoEF&CC and CPCB guideline. Regular maintenance of stack is done to control the emission. Ambient

air analysis is being carried out by inhouse laboratory once in a week. The monitoring of stacks by inhouse

laboratory is analyzed only when required.

• Each stack of the industry has been provided with safe platform with spiral ladder for monitoring

as per the specification given in part-III emission regulation of CPCB.

• The industry is regularly measuring the monthly requirement of raw water & treated water and the

report is being submitted to the board regularly on the monthly basis as per the Indian Standard

Specification.

• Monitoring of cooling tower bleed for the presence of Vanadium and Arsenic will be done.

Table 6.5 : Details of Online Monitoring System (Ambient Air)

Name &

category of

Fertilizer

Industry

Make Model Sr. No. Online Monitoring

System for emission

monitoring

Emission

parameters being

monitored by Online

Monitoring System

Khaitan

Chemicals &

Fertilizers

Ltd.

LKS D-10 20001

Installation of SPM

monitoring System in

SSP-I Plant

50mg/nm3

LKS D-10 20054

Installation of SPM


SSP-II Plant

50mg/nm3






LKS D-10 20072

Installation of SPM


GSSP Plant

50mg/nm3

Opsis LD 500

Installation of HF


SSP-I Plant

0-25mg/nm3

Yokogawa IR 200 Installation of SO2

Anayzer 2 kg/ton of Acid

Techno i PTZ

Installation of Web

Camera on Effluent

Water tank for out side

factory premises

discharge

-

- - -

Installation of HD CCTV

IP Cameras (Both

emission Chimney)

-

Applied

techno

system

ATS-

208 A

2018072

0208A

Installation of HF


SSP-II Plant

0-50mg/nm3

HIKVISI

ON Speed

Dome

DS-

2DE42

25IW-

DE

C170191

36

Installation of PTZ IP

camera in SSP-I Lagoon -

Unitech

process

control

UPCS-

MAG-

110

1802501

577

Installation of flow meter

in SSP-I 0-71 M3/Hr.

HIKVISI

ON Speed

Dome

DS-

2DE42

25IW-

DE

C170191

49

Installation of PTZ IP

camera in SSP-II Lagoon -

Unitech

process

control

UPCS-

MAG-

110

1806500

335

Installation of flow meter

in SSP-II 0-71 M3/Hr.

6.2.3. Weather Station

An automatic weather station is installed at the plant to note the Humidity, Daily temperature, wind speed,

wind direction, and rainfall. The data can be used to predict the dispersion of the pollutants from stacks.

6.2.4. Water Quality Monitoring

Outlet of ETP and Pre-treatment, supply water and nearby ground water quality are being examined by

Plant to check water quality and maintain norms given in EPA, MoEF&CC and MPPCB. Any Increase in

parameter are recorded and corrective action taken. Plant also have inhouse laboratory for analysis of final

treated water from ETP.

• The frequency of the analysis is once in a shift i.e., three times in a day.

• Industry has installed PTZ camera for ensuring ZLD conditions and flow meter for measuring

effluent generation.






• Electromagnetic/ultrasonic type with digital flow recording facilities shall be installed separately

for category wise consumption of water as per Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess

Act 1977 for Industrial cooling/boiler feed, mine spray process & domestic purpose.

6.2.5. Noise Level Monitoring

The measurements for monitoring noise levels is being carried out at sensitive receptors and at high noise

areas. Sound pressure levels are monitored on twenty-four-hour basis. Noise is recorded at “A” weighted

frequency using a “slow time response mode” of the measuring instrument.

6.2.6. Soil Quality

The physical and chemical parameters of soil will be monitored regularly to check soil contamination.

Mitigation measures is taken in case of contamination will be noted. Also, the NPK of soil are monitored

to check fertility of the soil.

6.2.7. Green Area Development

The green area development is monitored during the installation and operation phase. The main indicator is

survival rate of the plantation.

6.2.8. Workplace Monitoring

The monitoring is also done in work zone area to monitor airborne pollutant as per OSHAS guidelines.

OSHAS norms are followed in the unit to control the pollutant at work site and maintain the threshold limit

given by OSHAS.

Table 6.6 : Details of existing work zone monitoring arrangements for Hazardous

Chemical Storage Areas

Sr.

No. Work zone area

Monitoring

parameter limit

1 Sulphur storage PM 100 µg/m3

2 Sulphuric Acid Storage PM, SO2 PM -100 µg/m3, SO2-80 µg/m3

3 Sulphur Sludge storage PM 100 µg/m3

4 Spent V2O5 Catalyst screening in

SAP I & II plants during shutdown PM 100 µg/m3

5 Laboratory

SO2, HF,

PM

PM -100 µg/m3, SO2 -80 µg/m3, HF -

80 µg/m3

6 Single Super Phosphate I & II

plants over head lagoons

HF

HF- 80 µg/m3

6.2.9. Occupational Health & Safety

Different plans and measures are adopted by the Plant to ensure the occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers. Occupational Health & Safety policy is developed at the plant. Pre-placement

and periodically examination (Physical examination, Urine Routine examination, Hematology, LFT, Blood

Sugar, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing, ECG, etc) of Staff and works is being done by

the company to analyze the health status as per DGMS guideline. Record of the same has been maintained

in the plant and submitted to the concern department.

First Aid facilities have been provided at the plant. There is provision of following at the centre:






• Occupational Health Center

• Emergency Care Services/ First Aid Treatment

• Vehicle for sending to nearby Government Hospitals/Dispensaries

• Regular visit of Doctor at Works.

6.3. Environmental Monitoring Laboratory

KCFL has established laboratory facilities in the plant with a team of skilled personnel for monitoring.

Facilities for chemical & biochemical analysis is set up in plant premises. Various quality monitoring

instruments are available at Central Laboratory for analysis of (a) raw materials (b) gaseous and liquid

composition in the manufacturing process (c) Final product. Standard methods are used for collection of

liquid and gaseous samples. All the relevant Environment and quality monitoring instruments are calibrated

periodically through external agency / inhouse. Standard operating procedures for analysis of various

parameters have been prepared and followed. All Environment related parameters w.r.t Process & Fuel

stack emission, ETP outlet and noise level at various locations, Ambient Air are analyzed / measured by

NABL approved Laboratory on monthly basis.

: Photographs of Environmental Monitoring Laboratory

6.4. Measurement Methodologies

The following instruments will be used for data collection work in the monitoring schedule:

• Respirable Dust Sampler,

• Fine Particulate Matter Sampler (FPS),

• Digital D.O. Meter Model.

• Hygrometer

• Sound Level Meter

• Micro Meteorological Station

• Global Positioning System (GPS)

6.5. Environment Monitoring Plan

The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodic monitoring. The important environmental parameters






within the impact area are selected so that any adverse effects are detected, and time action can be taken.

The project proponent will monitor the following environment component in accordance with an approved

monitoring schedule as shown in Table 6.7 & Table 6.8.

Table 6.7 : Environment Monitoring Program (Construction Phase)

Discipline Monitoring

Frequency

Parameter Duration of

Sampling

Remarks

Construction Stage

Drinking Water

Quality

Construction

site

Parameters as per

IS:10500

Monthly

Contractor can

undertake but on a

Quarterly basis

from accredited

lab ( external)

Responsibility of

Contractor

Air Quality Construction

sites

PM10, PM2.5,HF,

Sox and NO2

Quarterly

Contractor to

undertake from

accredited lab

(external)

Responsibility of

Contractor

Noise levels Construction

sites

Day time &

Nighttime levels

Monthly

Contractor can

undertake but on a

Quarterly basis

from accredited

lab ( external)

Responsibility of

Contractor

Soil Quality Material

storage site

and fuel

storage site

Organic matter,

C.H., N, Alkalinity,

Acidity, heavy

metals and trace

metal, Alkalinity,

Acidity.

Quarterly

Contractor to

undertake from

from accredited

lab ( external)

Responsibility of

Contractor

Occupational

health & Safety

Construction

sites, material

storage sites

Availability and use

of Barricades,

Availability of

traffic marshals,

Use of PPE by

workers,

Availability of

firefighting

equipment,

Outcome of daily

safety meetings,

analysis of

incidents/accidents

if any

Daily Responsibility of

Contractor

Solid Waste

Disposal

Construction

sites,

labourcamps,

site office &

Compliance to

EMP requirements

with regard to

storage,

transportation &

Monthly Responsibility of

Contractor







Frequency


Sampling

Remarks

Storage

Yards

disposal of Debris,

excess earth and

other waste.

Construction

vehicles

Construction

sites and

material

storage sites

Availability of

Safety kit, first aid

kit, maintenance

&service records,

DL (driving

license), PUC,

drivers training

records, driver

awareness


Contractor

Sanitation Construction

sites, labour

camps, site

office &

Storage

Yards

Condition of toilets,

availability of water

in toilets, provision

of septic tank,

availability of clean

drinking water


Contractor

Table 6.8 : Environment Monitoring Program (Operation Phase)


Frequency


Sampling

Remarks

Operation Stage

Meteorology One Temp.{max.; min.};

Relative humidity;

Rain fall; Wind speed

and direction.

Daily will be captured at

the site

Ambient Air

Quality

Four Ambient air

monitoring of

parameters will

specified by MPPCB

in their air consent

Once a Month

Parameters as

applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Stack Emission All

continuous

stacks

Emission monitoring

of process/flue gas

stacks will be given in

air consent

Continuous

Online stack

monitoring system

will be installed.

Fugitive Dust

sampling

at work zones

asper

CPCB/MPPC

B

PM,RSPM Twice in a week,

24 hours

continuous

asper

CPCB/MPPCB

ETP Effluents Final

effluents

discharge

point

pH, oil & grease,

conductivity, SS,

BOD, COD, Nitrogen,

V, As, Hexavalent

Chromium, Total

Chromium, TDS, Total

Ammonia Nitrogen,

Free Ammonical

Nitrogen, Chloride,

Daily 24 hour Zero discharge will

be maintained.

However, monthly

analysis will be

carried out.as per

CPCB/MPPCB







Frequency


Sampling

Remarks

Nitrate, Temperate,

Zinc, Sulphate,

Sodium

And as per EPA,

MoEF&CC and

MPPCB norms

STP Sewage Final

effluents

discharge

point

--- Daily 24 hour Zero discharge will

be maintained.

However, monthly

analysis will be

carried out.as per

CPCB/MPPCB

Ground Water

Quality (Four

piezometric

wells)

Four

piezometric

wells within

plant

premises

Drinking water

parameters as per IS

10500.

Quarterly Parameters as

applicable /as per

products being

manufactured

Surface water Within 5 km

study area

Drinking water

parameters as per IS

10500.

Half Yearly, Grab

Noise Plant area

&periphery

Day &Night time noise

level

Monthly

Soil Plant area Organic matter, C.H.,

N, Alkalinity, Acidity,

heavy metals and trace

metal, Alkalinity,

Acidity.

twice in a year Pre and post

monsoon

Occupational

Health

Survillance

All Plant

Personnel

Health checkup of

Workers as given in

Section 6.2.8.

Training related to

Environment, Health

and Safety

Half yearly Employee Health

Register

Work Zone All Plant site Dust, Noise, SO2, HF Yearly, once in

work place

Enterprise Social

commitment

In core and

buffer zone

in nearby

villages

Activities under CER Half yearly, once

Greenbelt

Development

Number of

plantation

(Units),

Number

ofSurvived

Plants/ Trees,

Number of

Poor

Plant/Trees

Tress, survival rate,

landscape area

YearlyOnce







Frequency


Sampling

Remarks

Environmental

Audit

As per

Directions of

Honorary

High Court,

As per MPPCB YearlyOnce

Consents

andAuthorizatio

n

Consent to

Operate

under

applicable

acts

Before 90 days of

expiry

Renewing 90days

beforeexpiry of

validityOnce

Compliance of

ECConditions

Submission

of 6 monthly

Compliance

Reports

As per Econditions June

andDecember,

Twice in a year

6.6. Budgetary Plan for Environmental Monitoring Programme

On a regular basis, environment management cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the

materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell shall make appropriate budget for this

purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment management shall be

done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. With other budget, budget for

environmental management will also be prepared and revised regularly as per the requirement.The

budgetary allocation for the pollution control and monitoring equipment is given below in Table 6.9:

Table 6.9 : Budgetary Allocation for Environment Monitoring Programme

S.No. Particulars Recurring Cost (Rs.Lakhs) 1. Environment monitoring (Air water, noise, soil) 1.20 2. Occupational Health 0.5 3. Greenbelt/Plantation 10.5 4. CSR/ESC Monitoring 1.2

6.7. Submission of Compliance & Audit Report

• As per the MoEF&CC guideline, Environment monitoring report and compliance of conditions

mentioned in the environment clearance will be submitted to the RO-MoEF&CC, SPCB,

MoEF&CC online portal i.e., parivesh and shall be uploaded on company’s website. Compliances

will be submitted in month of June and December for the period of April to September and October

to March respectively. Third party laboratory (approved MoEF&NABL laboratory) shall be

appointed for carrying out the monitoring. Also, self-environmental audit, Health & safety audit

and Energy audit shall be conducted annually.

• KCFL has implement all guidelines laid down by CPCB and MoEF&CC for CREP (Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection) and submitting the annual compliance of the same

to the MPPCB.

• The company is also regularly submitting Environmental Statement (Form V) to Pollution Control

Board in accordance with the provisions of Rule-14 of the Environment (Protection).






CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Public Consultation

In compliance to Clause 7(i); Section III and Standard Terms of Reference, Public Consultation for

proposed expansion project titled “Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals,

Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra No. 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2,

404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 by M/s Khaitan

Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.” was conducted on 06th February,2021 by Madhya Pradesh Pollution

Control Board (MPCB) in coordination with District administration.

The public consultation was commenced at 12:00 AM under the presence of the following executives:

Table 7.1 : Officers present at Public Hearing, Khaitan S.No. Name of Executive Designation Representative of Authority

1. Sh. M.L. Kanhel Upper Collector Collector Office, Khargone District

2. Sh. R.K. Gupta Regional Officer, MoEF&CC Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board

3. Sh. Sanjay Jain Scientist Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board

4. Sh. Kapil Singh Environmental Consultant EQMS Global Pvt. Ltd.

94 no. of people were present during the public hearing. Regional Officer (MoEF&CC), Madhya Pradesh

initiated the public consultation by welcome addressal and brief about the proposed project to officers and

local people. Instructions were then given by RO, MoEF&CC to Project Proponent (i.e., M/s Khaitan

Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.) to display technical presentation describing the details of project to public.

The Environmental Consultant (Mr. Kapil Singh) displayed technical presentation of the project describing

the major highights and salient features of the project. During the presentation, it was emphasized by

Environmental Consultant that the proposal for expansion has been submitted to MoEF&CC and no

negative impact shall be done to the environment due to proposed expansion.

After the presentation, Mr. M.L.Kanhel called upon the participants to raise objections/suggestions/views

about the proposed expansion project. The details of issues/objections/suggestions raised by the

participants and reply/clarification given by representative of KFCL and Environmental Cosultant are

givem below in Table 7.2:

Public Hearing proceedings issued by Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board have been annexed as

Enclosure-XVIII.

This Chapter provides the details about the Quantitative Risk Assessment and emergency plan

as proposed for the proposed project.






Table 7.2 : Officers present at Public Hearing, Khaitan

Sr. No Name & Address of

the Participant

Issues/Concern Raised

during the Hearing

Replies from the Project Proponent/

Consultant/ Respective Department

Suggestions by Public

Hearing Participants

Remark

1. Sh. Rakesh Patidar

Village- Khujrar

What will be the possibility of

provision of employment to

local youth due the proposed

expansion?

Mr. S.P Jain - Sr. Vice President (P&D) replied

that

“Skilled and legible persons will be employed

from local areas only. Employment will be given

as per their qualifications and education for the

field. Hence the proposed expansion shall support

social development of local youth. “

The participant was

convinced and the

suggested that the proposed

expansion should be

implemented.

Details regarding

employment potential in

proposed expansion phase

have been provided in

Section 2.8.4; Chapter-2.

2. Sh. Ganesh Dubey

Village: Nimrani,

Khargone

Will PP buy extra land for the

proposed expansion?


that

“There will not be any requirement of extra land

for the proposed expansion as expansion will be

done within the premises only.

The participant agreed to

the proposed expansion of

the plant.

Land is already with

possession of KCFL. The

proposed expansion will be

done within total plot area of

235300 m2 (23.53 ha.).

7522.5 m2 of proposed plant

area will be developed within

the project site. Details of land

requirement of the project

have been provided in Section

2.3; Chapter-2.

3. Sh. Pramod Yadav

Village: Nimrani,

Khargone

What will be source and

quantity of water for the

plant?


that

“The source of fresh water for the proposed

expansion will be Narmada River. Fresh water

requirement is being sourced by Narmada River

as per permission from Office of Executive

Engineer, Water Resources, Khargone, MP since

The participant was

convinced with the reply

and suggested that was

convinced that employment

will be given due to

proposed expansion.

Details regarding water

source and requirement









the Participant


during the Hearing





Remark

1986. Water Requirement for the proposed

expansion will be 818 KLD.”

4. Sh. Jagdishchandra

Malviya

Village: Khalghat

The proposed expansion could

lead to air pollution. What

would be measures provided

to mitigate air emissions?


that

“Several air pollution control measures will be

implemented to mitigate air emissions in the

plant. Online monitoring systems will be installed

to assess the air quality. Real time shall be

regularly noted to check the air emissions in the

plant.

- Details of Air Pollution

Mitigation Measures have

been given in Section

2.9.2; Chapter-2.

5. Sh. K.P. Yadav

Village: Khalghat

In what way the proposed

expansion will help the

farmers?


that

“The existing plant has been installed for

production of fertilizers and micronutrients only

that are required for plant growth and

development only. Hence, the proposed

expansion shall help farmers only. “

The participant was

satisfied with the response

by project proponent and

supported the plan of

proposed expansion.

Benefits of the project have

been detailed in Chapter-8.

6. Mr. Rakesh Patel

Village: Balsamud

Will green belt be provided

after expansion of plant?


that

“There will be development of green belt area

after analysis of available land in nearby areas of

the plant. Well maintained green belt has already

been developed within the premises also. 500 no.

of trees have also been proposed for plantation

every year.”

The participant was

convinced and suggested

that the proposed

expansion should be

implemented.

Details of Green Area

Development have been

provided in Section 10.2;

Chapter-10.







the Participant


during the Hearing





Remark

7. Sh. Neelesh Dixit

Village: Kasrawad

What are the

advantages/benefits proposed

to people residing nearby the

plant?


that

“Skilled and educated persons will be employed

from local areas. Training and skill development

shall also be provided. Development of project

will provide possible measures for socio-

economic development of nearby local areas.

Stationery items and related facilities will be

provided to schools after getting permission from

Village Panchayat Sarpanch.”

The participant suggested

for free provision of

stationery items, books etc.

to nearby schools.

Details regarding





Fund allocation for

Corporate Social

Responsibility has been

provided in Section 8.4;

Chapter-8.

8. Sh. Darshan Sharma

Village: Nimrani,

Khargone

What are the safety measures

proposed in the plant?


that

“Various effective measures will be implemented

for mitigation of air pollution control.

Supervisory control and data acquisition

(SCADA) system has been installed in the plant

for maintaining regulatory control on operation of

plant. Safety measures will be regularly adopted

within the plant.”


that proposed expansion

should not emit toxic air

emissions that would

impact nearby people.

Details of Air Pollution



2.9.2; Chapter-2.

9. Sh. Chatrapal Verma

Village: Khalghat

Will there be extraction of

ground water for proposed

expansion?


that

“Freshwater will be taken from Narmada River

for proposed expansion of plant.”

- Details regarding water

source and requirement









the Participant


during the Hearing





Remark

10. Sh. Rajesh Gavande

(Sarpanch

Representative)

Village: Nimrani

Khargone

The participant suggested that

the area faces major migration

issues. Proposed expansion

should employ workers and

skillmen from local areas.

Mr. S.P Jain - Sr. Vice President (P&D) agreed to

the same and informed that

“Skilled and legible persons will be employed

from local areas only. Employment will be given

as per their qualifications and education for the

field.

- Details regarding





11. Shr. Dilip Piplia

Village: Nimrani,

Khargone

What measures have been

provided in the plant to avoid

air emissions?


that

“Effective measures will be implemented for

mitigation of air pollution control. Supervisory

control and data acquisition (SCADA) system has

been installed in the plant for maintaining

regulatory control of plant.”

- Details of Air Pollution



2.9.2; Chapter-2.

12. Sh. Shivkumar

Village: Nimrani

The participant informed that

he is from Chhindwara district

and has come for

employment.

Mr. S.P Jain - Sr. Vice President (P&D)

acknowledged the same.


that proposed expansion

should be implemented

Details regarding










: Photographs of Public Hearing Proceedings






7.2. Methodology of HIRA (Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment):

Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical condition those have the potential forcausing damage to people,

property or the environment. In this chapter the hazards associated with only the proposed expansion

project have been discussed.

The primary step of the Hazard identification is the risk analysis and entails the process of collecting

information on:

• the types and quantities of hazardous substances stored and handled at the plant,

• the location of storage tanks & other facilities, and

• Potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of hazardous chemicals.

7.2.1. Identification of Hazards

The main hazard potentials in the proposed expansion project are categorized as below:

• Material hazards; Associated with Hazardous Materials Storage Facilities.

• Process hazardsdue to loss of containment during handling of hazardous materials or

processes resulting in fire, explosion, etc.

• Mechanical hazardsdue to "mechanical" operations such as welding, maintenance, falling

objects etc. - basically those NOT connected to hazardous materials.

• Electrical hazards: electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit, etc.

Out of these, the material and process hazards are the one with a much wider damage potential as compared

to the mechanical and electrical hazards, which are by and large limited to very small local pockets.

7.3. Hazardous Materials Bulk Storages at the KCFL Plant

The major chemical to be stored in bulk at the KCFL site due to proposed expansion projectare. as given

below in the Table 7.1:

Table 7.3 : Bulk Storages [Products]

S .No Products Storage Details Storage & Control

Measures

Categorize

Haz chemicals

1. Chlorosulphonic

acid

1000 Ton(2*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

2. Sulphamic acid 500 Ton(1*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

3. Boric acid 250 Ton(1*250) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

4. Di methyl sulphate 500 Ton(1*500) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

5. Zinc sulphate 100 Ton Stored in PP bags No

6. Sulphate of potash 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

7. Granulated phospho

gypsum

200 Ton Stored in PP bags No

8. Bentonite sulphur

powder


9. Granulated bentonite

sulphur


Table 7.4 : Bulk Storages [Raw Materials]






S .

No

Raw Material Storage Details Storage & Control

Measures

Categorize Haz

chemicals

1. Urea 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

2. Colemenite 250 Ton Stored in PP bags No

3. Methanol 250 Ton(1*250) Stored in MS storage tanks Yes

4. Zinc ash 250 Ton Stored in PP bags Yes

5. Mutrate of Potash 350 Ton Stored in PP bags Yes

6. Phospho gypsum 1000 Ton Stored on RCC floor in

covered shed

No

7. Bentonite 100 Ton Stored in PP bags No

8. 30% Hydrochloric

acid

500 Ton(1*500) Stored in HDPE tanks

10. 23% Oleum 100 Ton (1*100) Stored in MS tank In Process Plant

11. Liquid SO3 40 Ton (2*20) Stored in MS tanks In Process Plant

7.3.2. Hazardous Analysis of Bulk Storage Materials

None of the products in proposed expansion project are coming under MSIHC Rules. KCFL will be using

a number of raw materials but only few are stored in bulk and few chemicals are listed under “List of

hazardous and Toxic Chemicals” category under MSIHC Rules, 1989. The raw materials coming under

hazardous category as specified by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is given in

Table 7.3 below

Table 7.5 : Hazard Analysis of Bulk Storage Materials

S

No

Material S. No & Threshold

Quantity (TQ in Kg)

as per MSHIC Rules

Chemicals Hazards Potential Remarks

Sche

dule-

1,

Part-

II

Sche

dule-

2,

Part-

I

Sche

dule-

3,

Part-

I

Hazards Toxic

DT->---mg/Kg;

OT----mg/Kg;

IT----mg/l; (Rats)

1. Hydrochloric

acid (Gas)

CAS No:

7647-01-0

UN No: 1789

313 Not Flammable;

Inhalation of fumes

results in coughing

and choking

sensation, and

irritation of nose

and lungs. Liquid

causes burns

ERPG-1: 3.0 ppm

ERPG-2: 20 ppm

ERPG-3: 150

ppm

IDLH: ---- ppm

Plant uses

liquid and

emits HCl

gas

2. Ole

um

CA

S No:8014-

95-7

444 --- --- Colorless to amber

oily liquid with

sharp odour, Non

flammable,

Hazardous in

contact with

oxidising materials

LD 50:

2140 mg/Kg (rat)

LC50:347 ppm

(rat)

May be fatal

if absorbed

through

skin,

swallowed

or inhaled






3. Sulphur

Trioxide

CAS

No:7446-11-9

590 11

TQ-1:

15MT

TQ-2:

100

MT

121

TQ-

1:

15M

T

TQ-

2: 75

MT

clear, colorless to

pale yellow liquid.

Sulfur trioxide

reacts violently with

water forming

sulfuric acid.

Causes eye and skin

burns. Causes

digestive and

respiratory tract

burns.

NA May be fatal

if inhaled.

Do not

freeze.

Hygroscopic

(absorbs

moisture

from the

air).

4. Methanol

CAS No:67-

56-1

UN No:1230

377 --- --- A colorless fairly

volatile liquid with

a faintly sweet

pungent odor like

that of ethyl

alcohol.

Highly Flammable;

Behavior in Fire:

Containers may

explode.

ERPG-1: 200

ppm

ERPG-2: 1000

ppm

ERPG-3: 5000

ppm

IDLH: 6000 ppm

Health

Hazards:

Exposure to

excessive

vapor causes

eye

irritation,

headache,

fatigue and

drowsiness.

50,000 ppm

will

probably

cause death

in 1 to 2 hrs.

Swallowing

may cause

death or eye

damage.

The petroleum materials (HSD) used in KCFL plant and their hazardous nature are as below:

Table 7.6 : Petroleum Products in KCFL and hazardous nature

Item Physical Impact on Man, Animal

& Eco-System Physical Chemical

LDO/HSD

UN No.-1202

Flammable Liquid-

Class-3

Hazardous Waste

ID No.-17

Hazchem Code-

3Y*

NFPA

HazardsSignals

Health-0

Flammability-2

Reactivity/ Stabilty-

0

BP- 150 – 400°C

Vapour Pressure

(35°C)-<1 mm at 38°C

Specific Gravity-0.81 –

0.91 at 20°C

LEL -0.6% (V/V)

UEL – 7.5% (V/V)

Flash Point > 32°C

Auto ignition Temp.-

256°C

Stable compound

Entry through inhalation,

ingestion and skin;

Inhalation Effects: Dizziness

and headache, Aspiration –

Rapidly developing, potential

fatal chemical pneumonities

Ingestion Effect: Nausea and

Vomiting;

Contact Effects: Irritation,

Eyes- Irritation; Dermatitis

may develop on prolonged

contact.

Solubility in water-

Insoluble

Incompatible with

oxidizing agents.

LD50 (oral rat)- 2800 mg/kg;

LD50 -200;TLV(ACGIH)- 5

mg/kg; STEL- 10 mg/kg






None of KCFL nine products have been mentioned in MSHIC Rules and as such are not considered

hazardous.

Among the 11 raw materials stored in bulk only four have been mentioned in MSIHC Rules. All four raw

materials namely are Toxic. Only one namely Methanol is inflammable also..

The solid raw materials will be received in bags or drums and will be stored in chemicals godowns. The

products (liquid or solid) will be packed in drums and stored in product godowns as per market demand.

The bulk storages of liquid hazardous materials are given in the Table 7.1. The solid materials powder or

granules spillage can results in polluting small area only. The damage to personnel can be through ingress-

dermal (if individual come in contact), oral (if individual food gets infected through fugitive dust) or

inhalation (fugitive dust). The main route is fugitive dust which in covered area will move to short distance

only.

The risk is through liquid and gaseous materials which are volatile material. The toxic vapours due to

spillage of such material can travel to some distance (as they are stored in covered godowns) and cause

damage. The liquid products will be packed in drums (50 / 200 litres drums).

7.4. Detailed QRA Approach: Rule Sets and Assumptions

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-2 activities) calls for detailed

analysis of each scenario for potential of damage, impact area (may vary with weather conditions / wind

direction) and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident is classified according to relative risk

classifications provided in Table below as Table 7.4:

Table 7.7 : Risk Classification

Stage Description

High

(> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the expected life time of

the plant.

Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single instrument or valve

failures or a human error which could result in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate

(10-2 --10-

4/yr.)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of occurrence within the

expected lifetime of the plant.

Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve failures, combination of

instrument failures and human errors, or single failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low

(<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability of occurrence within the

expected lifetime of plant.

Examples of ‘low’ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve failures or multiple

human errors, or single spontaneous failures of tanks or process vessels.

Minor

Incidents

Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for ‘knock – on- events’

Serious

Incident

One that could cause:

1. Any serious injury or fatality on/off site;

2. Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.

Extensive

Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.






Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising associated risk mitigation

measures and planned actions.

7.4.1. Thermal Hazards

To understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is appropriate to understand the

physiological/physical effects of thermal radiation intensities. The thermal radiation due to tank fire

usually results in burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate objects like equipment, piping, cables,

etc. may also be affected and also need to be evaluated for damages.Tables 7.5, 7.6 and Table 7.7 (below),

respectively give tolerable intensities of various objects and desirable escape time for thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy slowly while explosion release

energy very rapidly (typically in microseconds). Explosion is rapid expansion of gases resulting in rapidly

moving shock wave. Explosion can be confined (within a vessel or building) or unconfined (due to release

of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel containing a liquid at a temperature

above its atmospheric boiling point ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is the explosive vaporisation of large

fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by combustion or explosion of the vaporised cloud if it

is combustible range.

Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including: Fire in fuel storage tank.

Table 7.8 : Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation

kW/m2 Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burn

are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting of plastic

tubing etc.

25 Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting, plastic

tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.9 : Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure

Duration

Radiation Energy {1%

lethality; kW/m2}

Radiation Energy for 2nd

degree burns; kW/m2

Radiation Energy for 1st

degree burns; kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 9.3 7.0 4.0

Table 7.10 : Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl. No Objects Tolerable Intensities (kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings (No window, fire proof doors) 25

3 Normal Buildings 14






4 Vegetation 10-12

5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 sec.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 sec.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

1. Damage due to Explosion

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation) results in a reaction front moving

outwards from the ignition source preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After the combustible

material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave continues its outward movement.

Blast damage is based on the determination of the peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave

impacting on the object or structure.

As a safety measure KCFL is storing hazardous raw materials in isolated places with full safety measures.

Damage estimates based on overpressure are given in Table 7.9 below:

Table 7.11 : Damage due to Overpressure

Sl. No Overpressure (psig / bar) Damage

3. 0.04 Loud Noise / sonic boom glass failure

4. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

5. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered

6. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

7. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable.

8. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

9. 5 – 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

10. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished

11. 10 Probable total destruction of houses

12. 200 Limits of crater lip

In KCFL case explosion possibility is little.

7.4.2. Toxic Release

Hazardous materials handled and stored in bulk in KCFL complex are toxic liquid (Oleum etc. chemicals

(as detailed in Table 7.1) and other raw materials as defined in MSHIC rules and indicated in Table 7.1.

Some of these chemicals are stored in bulk (in tank farm).

Damage criteria: For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH concentration (if data are

available). In the absence of non-availability of IDLH, ‘Inhalation Toxicity (IT) data for rats’ are

considered.

7.4.2.1 Oleum & Sulphur Trioxide Hazards

Oleum

Oleum is a cloudy, gray, fuming, oily, corrosive liquid, with a sharp, penetrating odor. Its composition is

that of H2SO4 with dissolved SO3.

Oleum is toxic by ingestion, inhalation or contact with skin and eyes. Potential exposures may occur at an

oleum manufacturing facility or at a manufacturing facility that handles oleum. Exposure may also occur

in the event of a transportation incident. Persons involved in maintenance, sampling and testing activities,






or in the loading and unloading of oleum containers are at greater risk of exposure. Following good safe

handling practices will minimize the likelihood of exposure to oleum. Persons involved in exposure risk

activities should always wear proper personal protective equipment such as rubber gloves and boots, a

chemical resistant full acid suit, goggles, face shield, an approved respirator and a hard hat.

Environmental releases - Oleum releases sulfur trioxide gas (SO3) gas when spilled. The SO3 quickly

reacts with moisture in the air to form tiny droplets of sulfuric acid mist. These H2SO4 mist particles

appear as a white cloud. Spills of oleum should be contained and isolated from waterways, sewers and

drains. Oleum will react violently with water and a considerable amount of heat is generated during

dilution. Small spills of oleum should be carefully diluted and then soaked up with an approved absorbent

material which can be swept or shoveled up and placed in a suitable container for disposal. The

contaminated area should be washed down with water. Lime or soda ash (sodium carbonate) may be used

to neutralize contaminated water. Larger spills of oleum should be contained and carefully diluted with

water before neutralizing with a suitable neutralizing agent. Disposal should be in accordance with

applicable local, state or federal regulations. Persons attempting to clean up oleum spills should wear

proper personal protective equipment (see guidelines in the Safety Data Sheet). If required, report spills to

the appropriate local, state and federal authorities.

Fires - Oleum is not flammable. However, hydrogen gas is produced when oleum comes in contact with

certain metals. Hydrogen gas is explosive in some circumstances.

For additional information concerning oleum emergency response procedures, please consult the Safety

Data Sheet.

Sulphur Trioxide

Appearance: clear, colorless to pale yellow liquid. Danger- Sulfur trioxide reacts violently with water

forming sulfuric acid. Causes eye and skin burns. Causes digestive and respiratory tract burns. May be

fatal if inhaled. Do not freeze. Hygroscopic (absorbs moisture from the air). Target Organs: Eyes, skin,

mucous membranes. Appearance: clear, colorless to pale yellow liquid.

7.4.3. Data Limitations

It is also observed that little data or information (regarding physicalproperties required for modelling) is

available about for some of the chemicals.

7.5. Effect & Consequence Analysis

As a part of risk assessment study, maximum credible accident analysis (MCA) is carried out to determine

the maximum loss scenario from this analysis. It is an eventuality, which is possible and will have

maximum consequential distances for the particular hazardous chemicals under evaluation.

The selection of the accident scenarios is based on the engineering and professional judgment, accident

descriptions of the past in similar type of plants & the expertise in risk analysis studies.

7.5.1. Likely Failure Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of raw materials and storage

inventories. Failure scenarios selected are as given in Table 7.10 below:






Table 7.12 : Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

RM-1 Liquid SO3 Spillage Thermal

RM-2 Methanol Spillage & Fire Thermal

7.5.2. Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire / heat radiation and GLC of hazardous / toxic

material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A high wind (turbulence) can dilute the toxic material while

stable environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT (inhalation LC50 rats for products) concentration

to long distance. Any inflammable gas / vapour release in turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous

gases below LEL and thus save the disaster.

7.6. Hazardous Incidents Impact

The identified failure scenarios in Table7.10 have been analysed (Using ALOHA and EFFECT Modules)

for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal and toxic impacts. Similar impacts are considered

for expansion units. Each incident will have Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme

case may cross plant boundary. The impact zones for various scenarios are given in Table 7.11

Table 7.13 Hazards Scenario Impact

Scenario

No.

Scenario Impact

Zone (m)

Remarks

Scenario Raw Material

RM-1 Liquid SO3 Spillage ❖ 1300 AEGL-2; Stability Class D;Template-1

RM-2 Methanol Spillage &

Fire

❖ 14 1st Degree Burn; Templat-7.2






Template7. 1. : Heavy Methanol Spillage & Fire—Thermal Impact Zone






7.7. Consequence Analysis

Since the materials involved in this study is toxic as well as flammable, the possible scenarios are toxic

impacts, pool fire, flash fire, dispersion, and Jet fire. Orange colour (IDLH) in the pictures shows

predominant effect due to wind direction. Template shows proposed storage tanks failures / hazardous

incidents and consequential impact zone.

7.7.1. Toxicity

Toxic hazards are mainly due to Liquid SO3 and other toxic chemicals leakageand the impact can cross

the plant boundary (incase of Liquid SO3 spillage only if not controlled in time) depending upon wind

direction. Other hazardous chemicals including products their impact will be limited to spillage area. The

acid spillage if encounters metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly flammable gas. Any person

moving in area and getting splash will get the injury. In addition, the spillage will cause pollution problem.

The spillage is to be collected and neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.

7.7.2. Thermal Hazards

Thermal hazards are mainly due to organic chemicals storage which are limited within plant boundary.

Thermal impacts are limited to ~ 14 m only i.e. within the plant boundary limit. However, the thermal

impact can go further due to domino effect.

7.8. Conclusions and Recommendations

Risk Assessment is carried out with the objective to identify the potential hazards from bulk storage

facilities. Important conclusions and recommendations arising out of the Risk Analysis for Proposed Plant

are listed below.

• Thermal radiation from pool fires are well within the boundary.

• It is recommended that the adjacent tanks shall be thermally protected by firewater.

• Use corrosion-resistant structural materials and lighting and ventilation systems in the storage

area.

• Storage tanks should be above ground and surrounded with dikes capable of holding entire

contents.

• Limit quantity of material in storage up to 80 %.

• Restrict access to storage area.

• Post warning signs when appropriate.

• Keep storage area separate from populated work areas.

• Inspect periodically for deficiencies such as damage or leaks.

• Have appropriate fire extinguishers available in and near the storage area.

The following measures are suggested for reducing the risk involved in pipeline systems.

Preventive Maintenance

Routinely inspect and conduct preventive maintenance of equipment / facilities at the unit.

Instruments:

All the instruments like pressure, temperature transmitters/gauges and alarms switches and safety

interlocks should be tested for their intended application as per the preventive maintenance schedule.

Similarly, the emergency shutdown system should be tested as per the preventive maintenance schedule.






7.9. Occupational Health and Safety

Safety in the workplace is critical to the success of running a business, no matter what size it is.

All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by EMC that these are used properly

by them. All safety norms will be followed.

7.9.1. Preventing Fires & Explosions

• Fires & explosions in boiler can also result from the ignition of volatile materials and fuels.

The most hazardous procedures are during the firing- up and shutting-down procedures. Coal-

fired boiler should have safeguards to ensure that unspent fuel does not accumulate and ignite.

The fuel supply to boiler should be fitted with an automatic shut-off mechanism.

• Operators should be trained in safe systems of work. The building should be designed to be

non-combustible, with automatic fire suppression engineered or designed into the process

where appropriate.

• Risk assessments should be carried out to consider the potential dispersal of toxic chemicals

from non-furnace processes & combustion products, and the potential impact of an explosion

on the surrounding areas.

• Regular safety audits should be undertaken to ensure that hazards are clearly identified and

risk-control measures maintained at an optimum level.

• Boiler should not be operated beyond their safe lives/ safety limits (pressure / temperature).

7.9.2. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

General Provisions

As a supplementary protection against exposure to hazardous conditions in the industry where the safety

of workers cannot be ensured by other means, such as eliminating the hazard, controlling the risk at source

or minimizing the risk, suitable and sufficient PPE, having regard to the type of work and risks, and in

consultation with workers and their representatives, should be used by the worker and provided and

maintained by the employer, without cost to the workers.

• Items of PPE provided should comply with the relevant national standards and criteria

approved or recognized by the competent authority.

• Those responsible for the management and operation of the personal protection programme

should be trained in the selection of the proper equipment, in assuring that it is correctly fitted

to the people who use it, in the nature of the hazards the equipment is intended to protect

against, and provide adequate comfort, and in the consequences of poor performance or

equipment failure.

• PPE should be selected considering the characteristics of the wearer and additional

physiological load or other harmful effects caused by the PPE. It should be used, maintained,






stored and replaced in accordance with the standards or guidance for each hazard identified at

the facility and according to the information given by the manufacturer.

• PPE should be examined periodically to ensure that it is in good condition.

• Different PPE & their components should be compatible with each other when worn together.

• PPE should be ergonomically designed and, to the extent practicable, should not restrict the

user’s mobility or field of vision, hearing or other sensory functions.

• Employers should ensure that the workers who are required to wear PPE are fully informed

of the requirements and of the reasons for them, and are given adequate training in the

selection, wearing, maintenance and storage of this equipment.

• When workers have been informed accordingly, they should use the equipment provided

throughout the time they may be exposed to the risk that requires the use of PPE for protection.

• The PPE should not be used for longer than the time indicated by the manufacturer.

• Workers should make proper use of the PPE provided, and maintain it in good condition,

consistent with their training and be provided with the proper means for doing so.

7.9.2.1 Head Protection

• Any helmet that has been submitted to a heavy blow, even if there are no evident signs of

damage, should be discarded.

• If splits or cracks appear, or if a helmet shows signs of ageing or deterioration of the harness,

the helmet should be discarded.

• Where there is a hazard of contact with exposed conductive parts, only helmets made of non-

conducting material should be used.

• Helmets for persons working overhead should be provided with chin straps.

• In addition to safety, consideration should also be given to the physiological aspects of

comfort for the wearer.

• The helmet should be as light as possible, the harness should be flexible and should not irritate

or injure the wearer and a sweatband should be incorporated.

• All protective headgear should be cleaned and checked regularly.

7.9.2.2 Face & Eye Protection






• Face shields or eye protectors should be used to protect against flying particles, fumes, dust

and chemical hazards.

• Face shields should be used in boiler operations and other hot work involving exposure to

high-temperature radiation sources. Protection is also necessary against sparks or flying hot

objects. Face protectors of the helmet type and the face-shield type are preferred.

• With the use of face and eye protectors, due attention should be paid to greater comfort and

efficiency.

• The protectors should be fitted and adjusted by a person who has received training in this task.

• Comfort is particularly important in helmet and hood type protectors as they may become

almost intolerably hot during use. Air lines can be fitted to prevent this.

• Face and eye protectors should give adequate protection at all times even with the use of

corrective vision devices.

• Eye protectors, including corrective lenses, should be made of appropriate high-impact

material.

7.9.2.3 Respiratory Protective Equipment

• When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being implemented or

evaluated, respirators, appropriate to the hazard and risk in question, should be used to protect

the health of the worker.

• When the hazard and risk cannot be assessed with sufficient accuracy to define the appropriate

level of respiratory protection, employers should make positive pressure airsupplied

respiratory protective devices available.

• When selecting respirators, an appropriate number of sizes and models should be available

from which a satisfactory respirator can be selected. Different sizes and models should be






available to accommodate a broad range of facial types. Workersshould be fit-tested for

respirators.

• Respirators should be cleaned and sanitized periodically. Respirators intended for emergency

use should be cleaned and sanitized after each use.

• The user should be sufficiently trained and familiar with the respirator in order to be able to

inspect the respirator immediately prior to each use to ensure that it is in proper working

condition. Inspection may include the following :

• tightness of connections;

• the condition of the respiratory inlet and outlet covering;

• head harness;

• valves;

• connecting tubes;

• harness assemblies;

• hoses;

• filters;

• cartridges;

• end of service life indicator;

• electrical components;

• shelf life date;

• The proper function of regulators, alarms and other warning systems.

• Respirators should be properly stored. Damage may occur if they are not protected from

physical and chemical agents such as vibration, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive

moisture or damaging chemicals.

• Each respirator should be used with an understanding of its limitations, based on a number of

factors such as the level and duration of exposure, the characteristics of the chemical and the

service life of a respirator.

• Workers should be medically evaluated for their ability to wear a respirator safely before they

are required to do so.

• Hearing Protection

• When effective engineering controls are not feasible or while they are being implemented or

evaluated, hearing protection should be used to protect the health of workers.

• Hearing loss of speech frequencies may occur with elevated long-term exposure to noise. The

use of hearing protectors gives the best results to users who are well informed of the risks and

trained in their use. If earplugs are used, special attention should be paid to the proper fitting

technique.

• Hearing protectors should be comfortable, and the users should be trained to use them

properly. Special attention should be paid to possible increased risk of accidents due to the

use of hearing protectors. Earmuffs reduce the capacity to locate sound sources and prevent






warning signals from being heard. This is especially true for workers with considerable

hearing loss.

• No model is suitable for all persons. Those wearing hearing protectors should be able to

choose from alternative products that meet the attenuation criteria. Earplugs should not be the

only solution as not all people can wear them.

• Hearing protectors should be made available at the entrance to the noisy area and they should

be put on before entering the noisy area. Noisy areas should be indicated by appropriate signs.

• The attenuation of hearing protector’s works well only if they are well maintained. Good

maintenance consists of cleaning, changing replaceable parts such as cushions, and overall

monitoring of the state of the hearing protector.

• Hearing protectors should be evaluated through an audiometric test programme for exposed

workers.

Protection from fall

• When other measures do not eliminate the risk of falling, workers should be provided with

and trained in the use of appropriate fall protection equipment, such as harnesses and lifelines.

Workplaces and traffic lanes in which there are fall hazards or which border on a danger zone

should be equipped with devices which prevent workers from falling into or entering the

danger zone.

• Devices should be provided to prevent workers from falling through floors and openings.

• Safety harnesses should be worn where required and the lifeline should be attached to an

adequate anchor point.

• Harnesses should be chosen that are safely used with other PPE that may be worn

simultaneously.

• Appropriate and timely rescue should be provided when using fall-arrest equipment to prevent

suspension trauma.

7.9.3. Occupational Health – Proposal for Surveillance

• The choice and the implementation of specific measures for preventing workplace injury and

ill health in the work-force depend on the recognition of the principal hazards, and the






anticipated injuries and diseases, ill health and incidents. Below are the most common causes

of injury and illness:

• Slips, trips and falls on the same level; falls from height; unguarded machinery; falling objects;

• Engulfment; working in confined spaces; moving machinery, on-site transport, forklifts and

cranes;

• Exposure to controlled and uncontrolled energy sources; exposure to mineral wools and fibers;

inhalable agents (gases, vapors, dusts and fumes);

• Skin contact with chemicals (irritants acids, alkalis), solvents and sensitizers); contact with

hot objects;

• Fire and explosion; extreme temperatures; radiation (non-ionizing, ionizing);

• Noise and vibration; electrical burns and electric shock;

• Manual handling and repetitive work; failures due to automation; ergonomics;

• Lack of OSH training; poor work organization;

• Inadequate accident prevention and inspection; inadequate emergency first-aid and rescue

facilities; lack of medical facilities and social protection

• Dust may enter into the systemic circulation and thereby reach the essentially all the organs

of body and affects the different tissues.

• Working near heavy noise generating equipment may cause hearing and blood pressure related

diseases

• Continuous working and improper working position leading to pain & exhaustion.

7.9.4. Plan of evaluation of health of workers

• By pre-designed format during pre-placement and periodical examinations.

• Proper schedule will be devised and followed with help of occupational health experts and

doctors.

• Health effects of metals used and health hazard plans based on monthly correlation of these

metal related diseases and people affected.

7.9.5. Schedule of medical check-up during operational phase

• Comprehensive Pre-employment medical check-up for all employees

• General check-up of all employees once every year.

• Medical examination will be done for all the employees after retirement and all those

employees with more than 5 years of service leaving the company. After retirement, medical

examination facility will be provided for a period of 5 years.

• Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable

• All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by EMC that these are used

properly by them. All safety norms will be followed

7.10. Disaster Management Plan

KCFL is storing hazardous Chemicals namely in quantity more than Threshold Limit as specified in

MSIHC Rules as shown in Table above (in case Liquid Trioxide ~ 40 MT). KCFL may update (the existing






emergency plan) & prepare Disaster Management Plan (DMP) and submit it to State authorities (State

Pollution Board, Factory Inspector etc.) for approval (if required).

Capabilities of DMP

The emergency plan envisaged will be designed to intercept full range of hazards specific 'to Liquid SO3

& other hazardous chemicals such as fire, explosion, major spill etc. In particular, the DMP will be

designed and conducted to mitigate the losses of containment situations, which have potentials to escalate

into major perils.

Another measure of the DMP's capability will be to combat small and large fires due to ignition, of

flammable materials either from storage or from process streams and evacuate people from the affected

areas speedily to safe locations to prevent irreversible injury.

Emergency medical aids to those who might be affected by incident heat radiation flux, shock wave

overpressures and toxic exposure will be inherent in the basic capabilities.

The most important capability of this DMP will be the required speed of response to intercept a developing

emergency in good time so that disasters such as explosion, major fire etc. are never allowed to happen.

Disaster Control Philosophy

The principal strategy of DMP is "Prevention" of identified major hazards. The "Identification" of the

hazards will employ one or more of the techniques [e.g. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP), accident

consequence analysis etc.]. Since these hazards can occur only in the eventof loss of containment, one of

the key objectives of technology selection, project engineering, construction, commissioning and operation

is "Total and Consistent Quality Assurance". The

Project Authority will be committed to this strategy right from the conceptual stage of the plant so that the

objective of prevention can have ample opportunities to mature and be realised in practice.

The DMP or Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) will consist of:

• On-site Emergency Plan

• Off-site Emergency Plan

Disaster Management Plan preparation under the headlines of On-site Emergency Plan andOff-site

Emergency Plan is in consonance with the guidelines laid by the Ministry ofEnvironment and Forests

(MOEF) which states that the "Occupier" of the facility is responsible for the development of the On-site

Emergency Plan. The Off-site Emergency Plan should be developed by the Governments district

emergency authorities/district collector.

7.10.1. Objectives

The objectives of DMP is to describe the installation’s emergency preparedness/response organisation, the

resources available and response actions applicable to deal with various types of emergencies that could

occur at the installation with the response organisation structure being deployed in the shortest time

possible during an emergency. Thus, the objectives of Disaster Management Plan can be summarised as

• Rapid control and containment of the hazardous situation,

• Minimising the risk and impact of event/accident as well as environment

• Effective rehabilitation of the affected persons and prevention of damage to property.

• Responsive to render assistance outside the factory.






In order to effectively achieve the objectives of emergency planning, the critical elements that form the

backbone of the DMP are :

• Reliable and early detection of an emergency and careful planning.

• The command, co-ordination, and response organisation structure manned by efficient trained

personnel.

• The availability of resources for handling emergencies.

• Appropriate emergency response actions and proper training of Staff.

• Effective notification and communication facilities.

• Regular review and updating of the DMP.

a. Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

Provision is made to establish an Emergency Control Centre from which emergency operations are

directed and co-ordinated. This centre is activated as soon as on-site emergency is declared. The office

of Factory Manager will be activated as emergency control centre, in case of any disaster/emergency.

The ECC consists of one room located in an area that offers minimal risk being directly exposed to possible

accidents. The ECC provides shelter to its occupants against the most common accidents, In addition, the

ECC’s communication systems are protected from possible shutdown. The ECC has its own emergency

lighting arrangement and electric communication systems operation.

Only a limited and prearranged number of people are admitted to the ECC, when in use. This eliminates

unnecessary interference and reduces confusion.

b. Fire Fighting Facilities, Equipments And Supplies

Fire fighting operations require additional equipment and material that can be used to protect the lives of

the fire fighters and implement other important rescue and fire fighting operations, such as entry to facility

on fire, ventilation, and general fire duties.

- goggles, gum boots, asbestos gloves, helmets

- other personal protective equipment

- a stretcher

- a first aid kit

- oxygen cylinders

- ropes

- cutting torches

- wrenches and tools

- safety belts

More specialised equipment, such as mobile generators, floodlights and supply units could be made

available, if necessary.

c. Medical Facilities, Equipments And Supplies

We have one Ambulance room in each unit and it is equipped with following equipment

1) Bed

2) Stretcher

3) Oxygen cylinder with mask etc.

d. Media Centre






ECC has been designated as the media centre, where members of the press are admitted during an

emergency and where a facility representative may hold press conferences. Upon classification of the

emergency, or as designated by the Main Controller, the ECC may be used as the Media Centre.

e. Emergency Power and Lighting

The facility is equipped with a diesel generator, which is started on the loss of all off-site power to the

primary bus. The D.G. set is sized to provide emergency lighting in required areas and feed facility alarms.

f. Command, Co-ordination and Response Organisation Structure

One of the most important objectives of emergency planning is to create a response organisation structure

capable of being developed in the shortest time possible during an emergency. Command and control of

an emergency condition encompasses the key management functions necessary to ensure the least impact

on environment, health and safety of employees, as well as the public living in the vicinity.

7.10.2. Emergency Training, Exercises and Planned Maintenance

No Disaster Management Plan, no matter how carefully prepared, can not be fully effective if it is not

accompanied by a training programme and by periodic exercises and drills. The objectives of such

approach to disaster management plan are to :

• familiarise personnel with the contents of the plan and its implementation

• periodically test emergency equipment

• test the preparedness of the response personnel

• maintain a high training level and good emergency response capability

• train specific response function personnel in particular duties that require greater skills

• Expose personnel to new equipment, techniques, and concepts of operation

• keep personnel informed of any changes in the plan

• train new personnel, or personnel who may have moved within the facility organisation

• test the validity, effectiveness, timing, and content of the plan, and of the specific implementing

procedures

• update and modify the plan on the basis of experience acquired through exercises and drills

• maintain a good co-operation capability with local response departments, organisations, and

agencies

In addition, the plan itself undergoes periodic maintenance in order to ensure its current validity,

incorporate modifications that may improve its effectiveness, and update it as a result of newly introduced

regulations.

Detailed Disaster Management Plan has been annexed as Enclosure-XIV.

7.11. On-site Emergency Plan

The company has an approved Onsite Emergency Plan for the Existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality

Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant at Nimrani, Khargone,






Madhya Pradesh from Directorate, Industrial Health and Safety, MP, Indore (Major Accident Hazard

Control Cell) vide OSEP No. : RE19091911505498 under Section 2CCB (Annexed as Enclosure-XV).

The objective of the On-site Emergency Plan should be to make maximum use of the combined resources

of the plant and the outside services to:

• Effect the rescue and treatment of casualties

• Safeguard other personnel in the premises

• Minimise damage to property and environment

• Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

• Identify any dead

• Provide for the needs of relatives

• Provide authoritative information to the news media

• Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas

• Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into thecause and

circumstances of emergency

The following has been stipulated under On-site Emergency Plan for the KCFL Project: -

• The suitable Training/ Mock drills/ Exercises be arranged at the factory to make all concerned

familiar with their duties/ responsibilities as outlined in the onsite emergency plan and be well

trained to act accordingly at any emergency and save life as well as the property.

• That report/ observations of mock drills/ rehearsal or action at any emergency situation that

might have arisen, shall be furnished by the factory management to this cell to assess

efficiency of the plan.

• Sufficient fire fighting facilities shall be maintained in the factory as per Rule 72 of M.P.

Factories Rules 1962. (2) All the preventive measures shall be ensured in the factory regarding

storage and handling of all hazardous material as per the MSDS uploaded with the plan.






Chapter 8. Project Benefits

8.1. Benefits to the Country

Chemical fertilizers have played a vital role in the success of India's green revolution and consequent self-

reliance in food-grain production. The increase in fertilizer consumption has contributed significantly to

sustainable production of food grains in the country. Single Superphosphate (SSP) Market size is

anticipated to witness significant gains to 2025 owing to rising demand from agriculture industry as it is

an excellent source of three plant nutrients namely phosphate, calcium, and Sulphur. With growing

industrialization & urbanization mainly in India and China, there is a significant decrease in the arable

land. Moreover, deforestation and inappropriate agriculture practices have further reduced the land fertility

in these regions. Rapidly growing population in these economies have triggered food demand and therefore

there is strong need to improve the crop yield or production. The trends will drive SSP demand as it is

considered superior due to presence of multiple nutrients and will result in driving the overall single

superphosphate market size in the forecast timeframe.

There has been emerging a striking need for fertilizers in the country has been facing lack of cultivable

land due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. Dependency of increased crop production for ever-

increasing population lied on the use of fertilizers. Fertilizer have the advantages of smaller bulk easy

transport relatively quick in an availability at plan- food constituents and the facility of their application

in proportion suited to the actual requirements of crops and soils.

The Government of India has been consistently pursuing policies conductive to increasedavailability and

consumption of fertilizers in the country. The proposed expansion will result into backward and forward

integration of existing products in the Fertilizers and Chemicals business. It will improveagricultural

productivity in the region and create direct and indirect employment. This project is of strategic importance

to the country as it will save foreign exchange and reduce government subsidy costs.

The fertilizer plant will incorporate the latest commercially available process and equipment designs and

have technology to minimize environmental impacts, and in some areas, bring added value to certain

environmental issues including air and water management. The management plans and strategies that are

developed will form the basis of all reporting and longterm environmental management. The already

developed & proposed greenbelt cover will further mitigate and reduce the air pollution effects in the

surrounding areas.

8.2. Demand Supply Gap

Growing trends across agriculture, horticulture and animal feed industry mainly in the emerging

economies will have a positive impact on the global SSP demand and is thereby likely to drive the overall

single superphosphate (SSP) market size by 2025. For instance, fruits & vegetables account for the 90%

of the total horticulture production in India. According to The Department of Agriculture and Co-operation

(DAC) of the Ministry of Agriculture, India has witnessed voluminous increase in its horticulture

production in the past few years. In 2016-17, the horticulture crops were 295.2 million tons and have

Proposed project will need to offer statewide social, environmental, and economic benefits that

are greater than the capital and operating costs of its implementation.






increased with 5.4% in the past few years. The global single superphosphate (SSP) market is highly

consolidated with few players capturing a major chunk of the overall market share.

The COVID-19 has put a lot of uncertainty in all the industries in the world, and also in India, due to the

lockdown announcement towards end of March 2020. However the impact was minimized by GOI for the

fertilizer industry by exempting it from lockdown and movement across the country being an essential

commodity covered under the ‘Essential Commodities Act, 1955.’However the fiscal revenues of the

government have reduced substantially due to countrywide lockdown and relief packages for different

segments of society and industry segments. This has impacted the ability of the GOI to reimburse subsidy

and negatively impact the industry.

In the coming year 2020-21, monsoons are normal. The acre age under cultivation may increase in the

current year. Overall, it is expected that there will be good demand of fertilizer in 2020-21.

8.3. Environmental Benefits

The project involves expansion of existing Sulphuric Acid Plant, Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates,

Fertilizer and Agri Inputs Manufacturing Plant that will increase the total plant production capacity

alongwith introduction of new products. The plant already has developed approx. 35% of its area into

green area that is being maintained regularly. All pollution control measures are being practised within the

project.

8.4. Social Developmental Activities:

1. Employment Potential and Socio-economic Benefits

• The proposed expansion will lead to direct employment to 126 persons and indirect employment

to 150 persons like transportation, contractual labour for loading/unloading of materials and

unskilled labour.

• Training programs will be set up for the development of local community as per the work

requirement.

• Induced secondary development in the area.

• Increased cash flow and stimulation of local economy within the host communityand localized

economic benefits from materials supplies by local contractors

• Training and skill development of the local population for their better livelihood.

• Indirect business opportunities to the local people shall be available during theconstruction as well

as the operation phase

• Development in housing, electrification, medical, health sector will improve.

• Enhancement in infrastructure facilities and utilities further improving the living conditions in

general.

• It will result in improvement in the economy of the local vendors.

2. Social Economic Development:

The Group believes in carrying out its responsibilities towards society at large. The group runs two

prestigious schools in Kolkata namely ‘Indus Valley World School’ and ‘B.D. Memorial Institute.’

These schools are educating more than 6500 children. The schools have earned various awards

including “The Telegraph Awards’ for the best academic performance.

a. B. D. Memorial Institute (A Premier Educational Institution, of Kolkata)






BDMI started in 1966 and is spread over 4 acres of prime land in Pratapgarh, ideally located near Eastern

Bypass, but away from the din and bustle of congested city life. The school intends to groom children in

a manner that would ensure that the students are not only academically competent, but are also competent

to face the world beyond.Imparting contemporary education is thus BDMI’s forte. It is a venture to bring

together modern thinking and rich cultural values. It is thus, in the truest sense,an institution that serves

the great mission of making complete individuals, who are self reliant, righteous and dynamic characters.

b. Indus Valley World School, Kolkata

Indus Valley World School, Kolkata is amongst the best new schools in Kolkata and is having the latest

state of art technology and concept for education. Nestled in peaceful, quiet environs – the Eastern By-

Pass, in Kolkata, the School has over 50,000 sq.ft covered area, which is centrally air-conditioned and has

well lit classrooms with theme decor. The “Play Way Learning Environment” for the todllers section has

been themed and implemented by Australian Specialists,the features include 3-D Effects with lighting and

sound to give play school kids a complete audio-visual learning experience, Wild Life, Nature, Fairy Tales,

Nursery Rhymes – are designed and merged into the themed environment. All Class rooms are equipped

with electronic smart boards, working on a chalkless concept. Further all teachers have been provided with

Laptops. Extra Curricular Activities include Sports, Music, Dance, Public Speaking, Dramatics,

Extempore, Debate, Elocution, Art & Craft, Creative Writing, Gardening, Non Fire Cookery, Social Work,

Cultural Training and Stage Performance. Fully covered play-area for toddlers and indoor & outdoor

games.

: Indus Valley World School, Kolkata

3. Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) or Environment Social Commitment

As per Office Memorandum from MoEF&CC vide File No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 20.10.2020 it has

been stated that

“EAC/SEAC shall deliberate on the commitments made by the project proponent to address the

concerns raised during the public consultation and prescribe specific condition(s) in physical terms

while recommending the proposal, for grant of prior environmental clearance instead of allocation of

funds under Corporate Environment Responsibility”






However, approximately 1% of total project cost i.e., Rs. 42 Lakhs will be spent on CSR/ESC/CER

activities. Through CSR/ESC/CER activitIES company management will be committed to improve

infrastructural facilities for the local people in field of Environmental, Medical, and Transportation etc.

The activities proposed under CER plan is given in Table 8.1.

The company holds and abides by the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy to seek to impact the lives

of the disadvantaged by supporting and engaging in activities to improve their well-being & socio-

economic development. It is dedicated to the cause of empowering people, educating them, and improving

their quality of life. (CSR Policy of KCFL has been annexed as Enclosure-XI). The group has also

contributed amount of Rs. 12 Lakhs in care of PM Care Fund.

Table 8.1 Proposed CER Plan

Sr.

No. Area of Intervention

Expenditure in Lakhs (Rs.)

I year II year III year Total

1

Fitting of ceiling fan & additional

toilet facility in the primary school

/Anganvadi in the nearby village i.e.

Nimrani, Panwa, Khaltaka,

Khalsatak&Khalbujurg.

500000 500000 500000 1500000

2 Provision of Almira& furniture in the

schools and anganvadi. 500000 500000 500000 1500000

3

Provision of Dari (Tatpatti) in the

schools and anganvadi& Provision of

books to the poor students.

200000 500000 500000 1200000

Total 1200000 1500000 1500000 4200000

8.5. Benefits to Government Revenue

Establishment and operation of the proposed expansion project will contribute significantly to the revenue

of the state and central governments in the form of different types of taxes like sales tax on inputs, outputs

and fuel, income tax of employees, excise duty on the product, service tax, etc.






Chapter 9. ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environment Cost Benefit Analysis study is not recommended at the scoping stage, therefore. KCFL has

not done the Cost Benefit analysis but dedicated the cost for Environment Management Plan and Corporate

Environment Responsibility against the total cost of the project which will positively lead company to be

benefited with the cost of proceeding with the project.

This chapter defines the benefits on Environment due to the proposed project.






Chapter 10. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1. Introduction

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is synthesis of all proposed mitigation and monitoring

actions, set to a time frame with specific responsibility assigned and follow-up actions defined. EMP is a

plan of actions for avoidance, mitigation and management of the impacts associated with construction and

operation stages of the project. A detailed set of mitigation measures have been compiled in view of the

likely impacts associated with the proposed project.

10.2. Objectives of EMP

The EMP consists of a set of mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken up during the

design, construction and operation stages of the project. The EMP has been designed keeping in view of

the regulatory and other requirements to ensure the following:

• Minimum disturbance to the environment and social components

• Compliance with the environmental acts, rules and guidelines of the GoI & maintaining the quality

of air, water, soil and noise as per the prescribed norms by regulatory bodies.

• Compliance to the Operational Policies and Guidelines of the Funding Agency

• Conservation of natural resources to the extent possible

• Enhancement of Project benefits for Society & Environment

• Sustainable development and operation of project.

10.3. Environment Management System and Policy

Environment management system includes four major elements

• Commitment & Policy: The management will strive to provide and implement the Environmental

Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, water, land and noise.

• Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting

environmental objectives.

• Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developers, accountability of

contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and

documentation of measures to be taken.

• Measurement & Evaluation: This includes monitoring, counteractive actions and record keeping.

This chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate or eliminate environmental

impacts, which are likely to be caused by the proposed project. An Environmental Management

Plant (EMP) has been developed to mitigate the potential adverse impacts and to strengthen the

beneficial environmental impacts during the construction and operation phases. In addition to

that during the operation phase, the industry will have an additional responsibility to comply

with the statutory requirements as per the guidelines of Central/ State Government.






10.4. Environment Management Plan:

At present SSP manufacturing plant is already operating in this plot. Considering the market demands

KCFL, is planning to expand the existing unit with proposed SSP/GSSP and metalic sulphates plant. Since

the site utilities are already developed. Hence very limited construction is associated with the project.

Though major activities associated with the proposed project are construction and operation of the project.

A detailed environmental management plan for each activity of Pre-construction, construction and

operation phases are prepared. EMP lists the activities involved along with environmental impacts

associated with each activity, suggestive impact mitigation measures, and implementation plan covering

monitoring and supervisory responsibilities.

The environmental management plan is included in Table 10.1 and 10.2 for construction and operation

phase, respectively. In order to effectively manage the environmental management (including social

management) of the project, greenbelt development plan, Resource Conservation Plan, Compliance to the

CREP guidelines, facilities for employees Occupational Health Management Plan, Environment

management cell, Budget for Environmental Management Plan has-been prepared separately and

integrated with EMP. These shall be followed for effective implementation of the EMP.






Table 10.1 : Environment Management Plan during Construction Phase

SL.

NO.

Project

Activity/

Component

Environmental

Issue/concern

Remedial Measure Institutional Responsibility Applicable Norms

Implementat

ion

Supervision

Construction Stage

1. Site Clearance

and Leveling of

site

• Dust and debris

generation.

• Air emission and

Fugitive dust

emission due to

demolition of

exiting structure

and operation of

construction

machineries

• Disturbance to

public

• Traffic congestion

& diversion

• Provision for sprinklers (as a water

curtain around construction site) for dust

suppression shall be made.

• All the loose construction material will

be transported in covered

trucks/dumpers.

• Regular maintenance of al the

construction equipment including

dumpers/trucks to prevent leakage and

other emissions.

• Construction site shall be established

within the existing project site and

location of storage yard/construction

site/debris disposal shall be

stored/disposed offas per existing

disposal facilities present at the site.

• Speed limits for vehicles at site shall be

maintained between 15-20 km/hr at

construction sites.

• Adequate parking shall be made

available for the transportation vehicle

and construction machinery.

• All construction vehicle shall comply

with traffic rules and carry PUC

certificate.

KCFL KCFL

(Management)

Notification vide

G.S.R 94 (E) dated

28.02.2015.






• First Aid Kits shall be available at

construction site.

• Location of storage of each material

shall be pre-identified and signage shall

be provided.

• Record of all waste generation and

disposal shall be maintained as per

facilities available for the existing unit.

The sewage generated during

construction phase will be treated in STP

available at existing plant.

• The barricading will be provided around

the construction area to minimize

pollution at the operational existing unit.

Also, boundary wall and the wide green

belt is present at the existing unit to

minimize pollution in the surrounding

residential or sensitive areas.

• Barricade the area for safety and

minimization of dust spread. Barricade

shall be provided with LED lights.

• No excavated area shall be left open

without barricading

• Provide alternate access to all residents

2. Occupational

Health & Safety

of workers due

to project

activities

• Occupational

Health and Safety

of pedestrian and

traffic

• High Noise

• Dust generation

• Contractor shall depute environmental

and safety officer to ensure compliance to

EMP and health and safety measures and

coordinate with KCFL .

• Construction/demolition/excavation

activity area shall be barricaded for safety

reasons.

Contractor

KCFL

(Management)

• OHSAS

• BOCWA

• Labour Act, 1970






• The contractor will make sure that during

the construction work all relevant

provisions of the Building and Other

Construction Workers (regulation of

employment and conditions of services)

Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor

shall comply with all the precautions as

required for ensuring the safety of the

workmen as per the country' labour

regulations and International Labour

Organization (ILO) Convention No-62 as

far as those are applicable to this contract.

• All work force shall be subjected to an

orientation program to familiarize them

with work requirements, safety practices

at work, safe distances to keep from earth

moving equipment, emergency response

etc.

• Contractor will ensure that each worker

use the safety equipments like Hard hat or

helmets, Safety shoes, goggles, Protective

eye gear, helmets, gum boots and vests

when on construction site.

3. Air

Environment • Dust generation

due to construction

activities

• Dust generation

due to vehicle

movement

• Air emission due to

machineries and

DG set

• Wind breaks i.e barricading around

construction site. However, the boundary

wall is already constructed at existing

plant

• Water sprinkling shall be done at regular

interval in dust generating areas.

• Providing suitable surface treatment to

ease the traffic flow and regular sprinkling

of water will reduce the dust generation.

Contractor KCFL(Manage

ment) • Air Act (Pollution

Prevention &

Control), 1981






• Aggregates and sand will be stockpiled at

suitable places (after stabilizing the

surface), near the boundary wall so that

the wall acts as windshield.

• Necessary water sprinkling arrangement

will be provided around the stockpiles and

used whenever necessary to make them

moist.

• Cement and steel will be stocked inside

covered sheds.

• Construction equipment having ‘Pollution

Under Control Certificate’ will be

deployed during the activity to restrict the

exhaust emissions.

• Stack height shall be provided to DG set

as per CPCB norm.

4. Noise

Environment • Noise generation

from earth moving

equipment and

material handling

traffic

• High noise

exposure to

workers

• The construction activity will be carried

out mostly during daytime.

• The construction equipment will undergo

preventive maintenance test at routine

intervals.

• Any machinery or equipment generating

excessive noise levels (above 90 dBA)

will be taken out of service and replaced

by new ones.

• The noise generation will be confined

within the plant premises.

• Workers exposed to noise will be given

personnel protective equipment like nose

masks, face shields and ear plugs. Job

rotation schemes will be practiced for

over-exposed persons


ment) • Noise Pollution

(Regulation and

Control)

Amendment Rules,

2017






• Temporary noise shields shall be provided

all around the heavy noise making

activities.

• Noise monitoring shall be carried out to

ensure the effectiveness of mitigation

measures and develop a mechanism to

record and respond to complaints on

noise.

• Job rotations will be practiced for

workers, working in noisy environment.

• Protection devices (earplugs or earmuffs)

shall be provided to those workers who

cannot be isolated from the source of noise

and reducing the exposure time of workers

to the higher noise levels by rotation.

5. Water Quality • Waste water

generation

• Change in drainage

• Wastewater arising from site offices,

canteens and other washing facilities shall

be disposed in septic tank and soak pit.

• Oil separator / interceptor will be provided

near vehicle parking site, workshop and

canteen to prevent the release of oil and

grease into drainage system.

• The oil and grease separators will be

cleaned on regular basis.

• Storm water drains are already made

which will collect rain water during rainy

season at construction stage.

• The drains are properly aligned in

conformity with the site drainage pattern

so that the alteration is kept to the

minimum and flooding or soil erosion

does not occur.


ment) • Water Act (Pollution

Prevention &

Control), 1974

• Ground Water

Guidelines for

Withdrawal and

Policies of Irrigation

Department






6. Land use/Soil • The proposed

project is coming in

existing plant

which was alloted

for Industrial land

use.

•

• All the construction activity including

stocking of raw materials will be

confined within the project site only.

There will be no change in topography

from excavation work as excavation will

be carried out for foundation of building.

• No other excavation work will be carried

out at the site.

• Some of the excavated soil will be used

at the site for leveling and landscaping.

During Construction phase solid waste

generation in construction waste will be

excavated soil, domestic waste

generation from construction workers,

construction debris and scrap will be

treated as per Solid Waste Management

rules, 2016.

• There will be no disposal of untreated

effluent or sewage on land. Generated

hazardous wastes during project

operation will be transported to an

authorized Treatment, Storage and

Disposal Facility (TSDF) site. Storage

areas will be impervious to water and

will be designed to prevent Leachate

penetration.

• On completion of works, all temporary

structures, surplus materials and wastes

to be completely removed.

• After completion of construction the

surrounding area where the extra soil

and remaining construction material

- - • Rules & Regulations

of Local

bodies/village

panchayat

• Construction &

Demolition Waste

(Management &

Handling) Rules,

2016

• Solid Waste

Management Rules,

2016

• Hazardous & Other

Waste (Management

and Transboundary

Movement)

Amendment Rules,

2016






needs to be cleared. And the leveling to

be done so that the original condition is

restored so that it does not disturbs

natural drainage

• The special care needs to be taken during

deliveries and to be supervised by a

responsible person.

• Proper care will be taken that there is no

spill that would cause soil

contamination.

• The used oil spillage to be cleaned up

using cotton and separate storage of

thecotton waste will be made within the

premises.

• Hazardous waste will be properly

handled and sent for disposal to

authorized TSDF.

• The filling and packaging operation of

the product will be fully mechanized to

ensure no spillage is taking place.

• The management will maintain records

of contaminated waste on a regular

basis.

7. Ecology &

Biodiversity • Fugitive dust

emission is

anticipated due to

site construction

activities

• Traffic dust which

may deposit on

surrounding flora

and fauna.

• Dust generation due to construction

activities be confined mostly to the

initial period of the construction phase

and would be minimized through paving

of roads, surface treatment, regular

water sprinkling in dust generating areas

and green area.


ment) • State Forest Act

• Forest(Conservation

) ACT, 1980 with

Amendments Made

in 1988

• Wildlife Protection

Act of 1972






• Proper drainage network shall be

developed and storm water shall be

channelized through sedimentation

basins to control suspended solids.

However, for major part of the year

during construction phase, no significant

impact is expected, as the no. of days

with heavy monsoon are limited.

• All project activities shall be undertaken

with appropriate noise mitigation

measures to avoid disturbance to human

as well as faunal population in the

region.

• Activities generating high noise shall be

restricted to day time and will be

mitigated to minimize the noise level

outside the site boundary.

• Movement of construction and transport

vehicles shall be restricted to dedicated

paths to minimize any harm to small

mammals/ reptiles within the site.

• General awareness regarding wildlife

shall be enhanced through putting

signage, posters, among the staff and

labourers.






• Dense greenbelt has been already

developed in existing unit further it will

act as a barrier to dust and noise.

8. Socio-

Economic • Dust and noise

emission due to

construction

activities

• Employment

generation

• To control the fugitive emission during

construction phase adequate water

sprinkling system will be developed in

dust generating area.

• All trucks/machineries used for

construction should have PUC.

• All the loose construction material will be

transported in covered trucks/dumpers. • Regular maintenance of all the

construction equipment including

dumpers/trucks to prevent leakage and

Noise and dust emissions.

• Barricade the area for safety and

minimization of dust spread. Barricade

shall be provided with LED lights.

• However, the project will create

employment opportunity for 60 regular

and 100 contractual persons.

• KCFL is also committed to employ local

people, depending upon their skill and

experience.


ment) • OHSAS

• BOCWA







Table 10.2 : Environment Management Plan during Operational Phase

SL.

NO.

Project

Activity/C

omponent

Environmental

Issue/concern

Remedial Measure Institutional

Responsibility

Applicable Norms

Implement

ation

Supervision

OPERATION PHASE

1. Air

Environme

nt

• Fluoride (HF) are the

main air pollutants

generated during

Acidulation Reaction of

Rock Phosphate with

Sulphuric Acid in unit.

• SPM will generated

during drying of GSSP

granules

• Fugitive emission is

expected during

transportation and

handling SSP and

GSSP. • D.G. set used during

power failure are the

source of air emission

in the unit.

• To control SO2 emissions from Sulphuric

Acid Plant, Double Conversion Double

Absorption process will be adapted to reduce

emissions in the effluent gas with increase in

production level. DCDA process increases the

conversion efficiency to 99.5% and hence the

production, while the SO2 level in the effluent

gas is reduced to 950 mg/nm3/2 kg/ton SA.

Higher conversion efficiency can be achieved

by using 5th bed or using caesium catalyst in

4th bed.

• Acid Mist is being controlled by using Acid

Mist Eliminator. It is affected after

intermediate absorption. DCDA system with a

mist eliminator can bring down SO2 levels to

950 mg/nm3/2 kg/ton SA and mist to 50

mg/nm3.

• Particulate Matter is being controlled by high

efficiency cyclones and dust collector bags.

• Four-stage scrubber system has been installed

to absorb more than 99% of fluoride.

Hydrofluorosilicic Acid formed is being

recycled to acidulation section of conversion

of rock phosphate to single super

phosphate/phos acid.

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • Air Act (Pollution

Prevention &

Control), 1981

• MoEF&CC

notification- G.S.R.

1607 (E) dated

29.12.2017 & The

Environment

(Protection) Rules,

1986






• Continuous SO2 monitoring in Sulphuric Acid

Plant is being done.

• All the internal roads have been made pucca to

control the fugitive emissions of particulate

matter generated due to transportation and

internal movements.

• Good housekeeping practices have been

adopted to avoid leakages, seepages, spillages

etc.

• Industry has taken effective steps for extensive

tree plantation of the local tree species within

or around the industry/unit premises for

general improvement of environmental

conditions.

• Plant is surrounded by thick green cover to

capture emissions.


• Regular air quality monitoring is being carried

out within and near the plant

• Regular stack monitoring is being done to

check efficiency of APCS

• Measures for control of fugitive emissions are

given in Section 2.9.2.

• Cyclone Separators, Ventury Scrubbers hav

been installed to control the fluoride emission.

• Ash collection system shall be provided to

control PM emission.

• The rock phosphate is proposed to be

transported under cover truck only. • Covered conveyer system with dust collection

system at transfer points






• Water spraying shall be done for dust

suppression in dust generating areas/ roads. • Adequate stack height is provided in DG as per

CBPCB guideline.

• Greenbelt will be maintained to attenuate the

air pollution. • Proper personal protective equipment will be

provided to the workers. • All the trucks being used for transportation of

raw material and final product shall be

checked for "Pollution under Control" certificate prior to their entry to the plant

premises.

2 Impact on

Noise

Quality

• Noise generation from

crushing, Rotating

equipment,

machineries, steam

turbine, boiler, pumps,

motor, D.G. set and

vehicles.

• Procurement of equipment meeting prescribed

noise standards will be done.

• Sufficient engineering control during

installation of equipment and machineries is to

be ensured to reduce noise levels at source.

• Acoustical Enclosures with Very high

transmission loss rating are strongly

recommended for Gas turbines. Minimum

Transmission Loss rating should be at least 30

dB for Gas turbine Acoustical Enclosures.

• Room Acoustical Treatment can be done to

the Compressor-House walls from the

inside.

• Removable acoustical blankets can be

effective and economical in reducing the noise

level of the pumps.

• All Safety valves in the steam lines should be

installed with In-Line silencers with insertion

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • Noise Pollution

(Regulation and

Control) Amendment

Rules, 2017






loss rating of 25 dB or more, in order to reduce

the noise generated due to the operation of

Safety valve.

• Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like

ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the

workers at site and it will be ensured that

the same are wore by everybody during

their shift.

• Ducts to be treated with Acoustical

lining from the inside, with Duct silencers

incorporated in-line to reduce the duct and

vent noise.

• Temporary new approach road can be

constructed, if required, for smooth and

hassle free movement of personnel.

• Proper and timely maintenance of

machineries and preventive maintenance of

vehicles is to be adopted.

3 Impact on

Water

Quality

• Impact due to Industrial

and domestic waste

water generation.

• Impact due to discharge

of untreated waste

• Strom water discharge

from the plant area

• Pre-treatment containing Pre-chlorination,

chemical coagulation, precipitation, settling

followed by filtration and post chlorination to

meet the drinking water standards is provided

for Narmada Water Supply. Further water is

being treated in DM Plant to remove the free

chlorine, silica and traces of cation and anions.

• Online monitoring instruments for

measurement of pH, flow and ammonical

nitrogen at the discharge line of ETP have

been installed and connectivity has been

established with MPPCB & CPCB Servers

• The domestic wastewater is being discharged

treated in Sewage Tretatment Plant.

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • Water Act (Pollution

Prevention &

Control), 1974

• MoEF&CC

notification- G.S.R.

1607 (E) dated

29.12.2017 & The

Environment

(Protection) Rules,

1986






• Separate storm water and effluent line is

already provided in the plant. No ground water

abstraction is proposed.

• No ground water abstraction or disposal of

water in ground water and surface water is

being done.

• Paved area is provided near to the ETP area to

avoid contamination of soil.

• Storm water channels/domestic open channels

available in the complex and finally goes to

bulk effluent tank in Effluent Treatment

Plant.Final treated water from ETP is

discharged within plan premises for for use in

horticulture.

• Research & Development activities and

modifications carried out at shop floor and in

manufacturing process has resulted in

elimination of effluent from manufacturing

process. These activities have reduced the

pollution loads in terms of kg suspended

solids/day, kg total dissolved solids/day, kg

suspended solids/day, kg BOD/day and kg

COD/day in the effluent treatment plant.

• Effluent pit has been seald from where all the

collected effluent is transferred to the SSP

plant lagoon for reusing in the mixer for

acidulation and there is no diversion or bypass

of any discharge of effluent.

• There is no effluent discharge from the factory

and all the effluent generated is reused in the

manufacturing process, hence Zero discharge

practice is being maintained.






• The industry is regularly measuring the

monthly requirement of raw water & treated

water and the report is being submitted to the

board regularly on the monthly basis as per the

Indian Standard Specification and other

monitoring specification laid down by the

board.

• Electromagnetic type water meter is installed

for consumption of raw water, industrial water

and for home consumption.

• The industry has installed as per the proposal

a comprehensive sewage treatment system

maintained the limit as per standard laid down

by the Board and all the sewage after treatment

is used for the gardening purposes.

• Industry has installed PTZ camera for ensuring

ZLD conditions and flow meter for measuring

effluent generation.

• All the effluent reuse facility installed by the

factory are being operated effectively and

regularly maintained in a good working

condition to achieve the terms & conditions of

the granted consent.

4. Solid and

Hazardous

Waste

• Impact due to

generation of

Hazardous waste like

discarded container,

spent oil, H2SiF6from

scrubber.

• Domestic waste shall

be generated from

office, canteen etc.

• Industrial hazardous wastes such as spent lube

oil, spent catalyst are sold to recyclers. ETP

sludge generated is disposed off at TSDF site

while other solid wastes are segregated in

saleable and non-saleable waste. All wastes

are disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste


Amendment Rules, 2016

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • Construction &

Demolition Waste

(Management &

Handling) Rules,

2016

• Solid Waste

Management Rules,

2016






• Waste oil are collected through the drain ports

and stored in leak proof steel drums. The waste

oil drums are properly identified with label of

what is contained both in local language and

English. Same is disposed as per the

Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Amendment

Rules, 2016.

• Waste are packed in drums/HDPE bags and

stored at designated area. All measures are

taken to avoid littering.

• The sulphur sludge collected from sulphuric

acid plants and used with rock phosphate in

Single Super Phosphate Plants for enrichment

of elemental sulphur in the product.

• The catalyst waste containing vanadium

pentaoxide is send for safe & secure disposal

to Madhya Pradesh Waste Management

Project, Pithampur, Dhar (M.P.).

• The municipal solid waste generation at the

plant area is being segregated in biodegradable

waste and recyclable waste. Recyclable waste

is being sold off to recycler. Biodegradable

waste is being disposed off in MSW disposal

pit to get converted to manure for horticulture

purposes. Similar practices will be maintained

for expansion. Solid Waste Management

Rules, 2016 shall be followed.

• Separate storage area (400 m2) for Hazardous/

Non-Hazardous/ Municipal has been provided

within the plant area.


Waste (Management

and Transboundary

Movement)

Amendment Rules,

2016

• Plastic Waste

Management Rules,

2016

• E-Waste

(Management) Rules,

2016

• Battery Waste

Management Rules,

2020

• Bio-medical Waste

Management Rules,

2016






• Adequate measures and technologies are

adopted in the plant to reduce the waste

generation.

• Bio-medical waste from Health centre is being

given to approved Bio-medical waste handler

for disposal.

5. Land/Soil • Contamination in Soil

and Land

• Municipal Waste (domestic and or

commercial waste) is being disposed as per

Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016.

• Hazardous waste generated in the Plant is

being disposed as per Hazardous & Other

Waste (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016

• ETP sludge is being sent to the TSDF for final

disposal.

• All precautions are being taken to avoid

spillage from storage during existing phase

and shall be taken during further phase. • All MPPCB/MoEF&CC norms are maintained

during use of ETP treated water in

horticulture.

• Spillage are managed by detection of leaks in

the first place from structures or vessels.

Spillage during loading unloading is

channelized properly to drains.

• Paved area is provided near the process area to

avoid soil contamination

• The loading unloading activity are done within

a safe zone defined and in a marked safe area.

• All underground tanks are provided with extra

prevention to avoid leakage. Sensors are

provided to detect leakage.

• Rules & Regulations

of Local

bodies/village

panchayat

• Construction &

Demolition Waste

(Management &

Handling) Rules,

2016

• Solid Waste

Management Rules,

2016


Waste (Management

and Transboundary

Movement)

Amendment Rules,

2016






• Hazardous waste is managed, transported and

disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste


Amendment Rules, 2016. Separate

shed/designated area with paved area is

provided at plant for storage of Hazardous

waste.

• Closed Effluent channelization is provided all

over the plant area. Domestic sewage

wastewater is being disposed through soak

pits.

• Solid waste collection and disposal area is

paved area to avoid contamination of soil

through leachate.

• Water less cleaning is adopted wherever spill

occurs to avoid runoff.

• No area shall be left excavated or open after

any repair & maintenance works

• Used oil shall be stored drums and shall be

sold to registered recycler.

• Drains are already provided near machinery

area to collect spillage or leakage.

6. Ecology &

Biodiversit

y

• Particulate emission

and other gaseous

emissions from the

proposed plant are the

major pollutant that

may affect the ecology

of the study area.

• Air pollution affects the

biotic and abiotic

• The project is planned with most efficient air

pollution control systems for achieving air

emissions norms, so that the impact on nearby

ecosystem are minimized. Most of the fugitive

dust emission generation points are also fitted

with efficient air pollution control systems.

• Water sprinkling system will be used to

suppress the generation of fugitive dust.

• No wastewater shall be discharge outside the

plant premises. The treated effluent shall be

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • State Forest Act

• Forest

(Conservation) ACT,

1980 with

Amendments Made

in 1988

• Wildlife Protection

Act of 1972






components of the

ecosystem individually

and synergistically with

other pollutants

Chronic and acute

effects on plants and

animals may be

induced when the

concentration of air

pollutants exceeds

threshold limits.

recycled and re-utilized within the premises

for de-dusting and maintenance of green belt.

• All the solid and hazardous waste shall be

disposed as per the norms

• Green belt and boundary wall are provided to

reduce the impact of air and noise. KCFL has

already developed a dense

greenbelt/plantation/green farm in 8.21 Ha

area that is about 34.89% of the total land area.

Approximately, 11,525 no. of trees will be

planted under proposed expansion to cover

2500 trees per hectare of green area within the

plant.

7. Impact of

Road

Transporta

tion

• Transportation of raw

material and finished

product.

• Accident and traffic

congestion

• Most of the raw materials and finished product

shall be transported through road.

• The project site is well connected through

NH3 highway. The highway used for

transportation are well capable to bear

additional increase in the traffic due to this

plant.

• Transportation vehicle movement shall be

scheduled during non-peak hours, i.e. late

evening or early morning hours to prevent

traffic congestion

• Proper parking shall be established for

vehicles.

• Comply speed limits of the specific road while

transportation of material

• All drivers shall carry the valid license

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement)

-






8. Impact on

Soci-

economic

• Employment

generation

• People will get

subjected to additional

pollution stress, noise

from heavy vehicles,

road accidents, lower

aesthetics of natural

beauty, increase in

criminal cases, etc.

• The project will create employment

opportunity to people of the area.

• KCFL will recruit 126 direct employess in

proposed project.

• It is anticipated that this project will improve

the socio-economic status in the study area by

creating better paying job opportunities.

• KCFL is also committed to employ local

people, and depending upon their skill and

experience they will be trained and allotted

suitable jobs.

• Proposed plant is zero liquid discharge based

so no waste water will be discharged.

• All solid waste and hazardous waste shall be

disposed as per norm. Therefore the impact of

emission on social environment will be

insignificant.

KCFL KCFL(Man

agement) • OHSAS

• BOCWA







10.5. Occupational Health & Safety System

: Concept of OHSAS

OHSAS is a systematic practice of identifying potential for loss, assessing the risks, making decisions on

appropriate controls, implementing, and then monitoring the system to control the loss. Occupational Health

and Safety Management System addresses a specific part of loss control while providing a degree of synergy

and overlap in others. It forms an integral part of the risk management process and when correctly

implemented and introduced, will have a profound and desired impact on organizational objectives and

outputs. All of us are involved in risk assessment in our daily life, e.g. driving a car, crossing a busy road,

buying a house, etc. involve a degree of risk which we assess in our own way. Assessing the risk of

workplace demands that we are more systematic in our approach and more defined in our conclusions. The

actions, which must be taken following a risk assessment depend on the level of risk and will be driven by

Occupational Health and Safety Management System

OH&S MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ELEMENTS

: Elements of OH&S






The Company has always considered safety and environment one of its key focus area and has always

strived to make continues improvements in these two aspects. Practices adopted for the same have been

listed below-:

1. First Aid facilities have been provided at the plant. There is provision of following at the centre:

• Occupational Health Center

• Emergency Care Services/ First Aid Treatment

• Vehicle for sending to nearby Government Hospitals/Dispensaries

• Regular visit of Doctor at Works.

2. Health Management System has been developed in the plant. Pre-employment checkup are being

arranged.

3. Standard Operating procedures.

4. Start-up procedure Shut down procedure, emergency procedure.

5. Inbuilt safety measures such as trips, alarms, logics.

6. All the pressure vessels/pipelines are provided with Safety Relief Valves, Audio-Visual alarms, trips,

Safety interlocks.

7. Mechanical integrity through Preventive Maintenance for all the machineries at regular intervals.

8. Safety instrumentation- DCS System for plant process monitoring.

9. Work Permit System procedure has been established for safely execution of job.

10. MSDS related to all the chemicals used in KCFL complex are available.

11. All the electrical fittings are provided with fuses, relays, circuit breakers.

12. Management level Visual Inspection committee which quarterly carries out Hazardous Installation

Inspection at these places.

13. Various internal and external safety audits, Plant Safety committee, House keeping committees formed

which conduct their audits regarding OS & H and demand time bund compliance.

14. Plant Safety Inspections

15. Hazard communication by the means of Safety Bulletin, Safety Posters, Caution boards.

16. Chemicals are stored at isolated storage facility and labelling also done for identification of the

container/chemicals.

17. On-site emergency plan

18. Mock drills

19. Various PPES, Fire extinguishers, safety showers, First aid boxes (filled) & on line air masks, Gas

masks etc are provided at various Hazardous installations

ii. Safety Measures Instructions Adopted at KCFL Plant

a. Workers

• Every worker should wear/ use the personal protective equipment provided to him or her

• Every worker should follow all safety rules/ precautions and should not work in such a way that

may cause injury to him or to co-workers. They shall also keep public facilities like latrines,

urinal, and canteens etc. clean and hygienic

• Every worker is individually duty bound to take active interest in safety measures and observe

safety precautions. Likewise, immediate supervisors are responsible for the safety of their

personnel and all safety requirements in their area of activity.

• No worker shall remove or interfere with safety managements like fencing, ladder, etc. unless

authorised if removed shall be restored at the end of work.






Table 10.3 : Details of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE’s) at Project

Sl. No. Safety Wear/

Appliance

When to use Why to use

1. Hard Hat/ Safety

Helmet

(Approved Safety

Helmet)

Building construction site, while

working on high structure.

In process plants; while working in

enclosed vessels, pipes, drums; while

working in open trenches or pits deeper

than 1.5m; near crane, while riding in

vehicles without hard cabin/ hood;

beneath erection operations.

To protect head injuries in all

cranes of; impact from falling

objects; accidental fall from

structures; collision with low

structures and projecting

objects.

2. Safety Footwear

(Approved industrial

safety shoes)

Gum boot

As above and while welding,

excavation/ digging, electrical

operations (rubber soled shoes with

fiber-toe caps)

When working for mixing asphalt

materials, cement & lime mortar

concrete.

To project legs. From injuries

from falling objects, injury

from cutting chips, steel

pieces etc.

3. Safety Belt with body

harness attached to

them.

While working in closed spaces, on

heaps of loose material, in confined

vessels, tanks, at all elevated locations,

on vertical ladders; in digging deeper

than 2m; while working with hose or

gas mask in confined areas/pits; on

unsteady working surface.

To arrest the fall, to pull out

from gassy areas of confined

areas if he drops in.

4. Air respirators. While gas cutting; welding; working in

hazardous gas area, inside idling

boilers, process vessel in dusty area.

Protection from poisonous

gas and dust.

5. Hand Gloves

(Rubber, Asbestos,

Leather, cotton)

Rubber gloves while working with

electrical equipment, Asbestos gloves

while working in heat / high

temperature area. Leather gloves while

welding, material handling etc.

Cotton hand gloves for rigging, manual

handling and general purpose.

To protect hands and prevent

finger injuries.

6. Ear plugs While working in areas with noise

levels above 85 dbA

Protection to ear drum.

7. Welding Helmet While welding Protection to eyes from

welding light, chips from

welding, arc etc.

8. Plastic face shield

(trasp

While metal sawing/ grinding, buffing,

handling chemicals.

Face & eyes protection from

flying particles and splashing

liquids.

9. Metal Screen face

Shield (with openings

vision/ breathing)

While working around furnaces,

heating furnace, high radiant heat areas.

Face and eyes protection

from heat and flying combers

and sparks causing blisters

and blindness.






10. Acid/Chemical Hood While working with corrosive

chemicals.

Face and eyes protection

from corrosive chemicals.,

causing skin burns, blindness

(temporarily/ Permanently).

11. Cup Goggles Chipping, Riveting, sledge hammer

jobs.

Eyes protection from impact

of flying particles.

12. Spectacles with side

shield plastic.

While grinding metals, wood etc. Eyes protection from saw

dust, metal scales, ordinary

dust etc.

13. Safety clothing (No

loose clothing, clean

clothing).

Always clean, properly fitted clothes to

be used.

Loose clothes can causes

accident. Dirty clothes with

oil / chemical, soaked can

cause fire accident etc. and

even skin diseases.

Loose clothing tangles with

moving parts.

14. Rain Coat While working in rain/wet conditions. Protection getting drenched

and catching cold virus.

g. General Office Safety Practices

• Walk, do not run, in corridor.

• Do not stand in front of closed doors, someone may open it suddenly.

• Do not read while walking. Stop or return to your desk. While concentrating on reading you may

become unaware of your surrounding and expose yourself to possible hazard.

• Do not push or crowded at entrance and exits.

• Watch for telephone, office machine cords, and wastebasket while walking.

• Keep file drawers and desk drawers closed when not in use.

• Check office furniture regularly for sharp edges, splinters and projected nails.

• Keep sharp object in their proper place. Handle carefully.

• Do not attempt to make electrical repair yourself, call an electrician.

• If smoking is permitted, use ash trays. Obey “ No Smoking “ signs.

• Keep kitchen, toilet and drain always clean, use disinfectant.

• Maintain good housekeeping.

h. Electrical Safety Practices

• All electrical Installations, Substations, Transformer yards, equipments must display the proper

operating voltage.

• Installation / equipment 220 V and above MUST carry a standard warning board conforming

to regulations

• The electrical Installation/ area must be suitably fenced / cordoned conforming to regulations in

force.

• Operation, Maintenance and repair of all electrical installations, equipment of 220 V and above

must be done by qualified and authorized persons only.






• Rubber gauntlets, gloves, mats, boots and galoshes shall be used wherever working on

electrical systems. These shall be checked for cuts, cracks and weak spots certainly before using,

but once in three months even while stocked.

• Electrical operator / installation engineers shall meet the qualification requirements of license to

work in the voltage class of installation as per Electricity Rules.

i. Equipment Safety Practices

• Manufacture’s Operator Manuals and safety information shall be readily available to the

operator at all times.

• Any special load rating capacity charts recommended operating speeds, hazard warnings, or

similar instructions shall be displayed where they are visible to the operator while at the control

station.

• An appropriate fire extinguisher in good operating condition, properly sealed, with a current

inspection certification, shall be kept with all motorized heavy equipment and trucks.

• All cab glass must be made of safety glass or the equivalent and must be kept clear of visible

distractions affecting safe operation. All broken or cracked glass must be replaced.

• Seat belts must be provided and used on all heavy equipment and trucks with the exception of

equipment not requiring rollover protection, or that is designed for stand-up operation only.

• It is the operator’s responsibility to see that no personnel are allowed to ride on their equipment

or truck unless there are seats installed for this purpose and the person is seated properly. Truck

beds are not to be used to haul personnel under any circumstances.

• All heavy equipment and trucks must have a functional horn at the operator’s station. All heavy

equipment and trucks shall be equipped with an automatically operated back-up alarm that can

be heard above the surrounding noise level.

• All equipment and trucks that are equipped with apparatus that can be raised and lowered from

the operator’s station (I.e., backhoes, front end loaders, dump trucks, forklifts, etc.) must be

placed in the “grounded” closed, or lowered position before the operator leaves the control

station. This would also apply when the operator has completed one task and will be waiting

until the next task.

• Operating levers that control dumping/hoisting devices on dump trucks must have a latching or

other device that prevents accidental operation.

j. Fire Prevention Measures

• Good design and layout of the plant area, buildings, working places etc.

• Safe operation of plant

• Personnel training.

• Routine inspection and Servicing of equipment.

• Proper monitoring and ready availability of Emergency Preparedness procedure.

• Good housekeeping is an effective way of fire prevention. A little intelligent planning in the

activity brings out marked improvement in the elimination of fire hazards.






• All manufacturing plants have a well laid out and efficient fire fighting systems. In addition all

work and manufacturing activities shall be well planned, controlled and protected against

various known hazards. Manufacturing process, normally safe, will thus become hazardous if

construction activity is on, in the vicinity.

k. Monsoon Precautions

• Proper drainage net work and drains are open/clear.

• Temporary approaches to office, stores, storage yard, fabrication yard, DG sheds etc.

• Rain protection during welding/gas cutting.

• Proper storage arrangement for fuel/oil drum.

• General maintenance crew and material for repairing roof leaks, drainage works etc,

• Arrangement of antidote for poisonous insect/snake bite.

• More frequent visit of doctor to labour colony to prevent spread of epidemic.

• Anti cholera/ malaria action at labour colony.

• Rest place for workmen during rain.

• Ensure material stacking over sleepers.

• Approaches/mats for crane marching.

• General instruction not to move near to the excavated area.

• Anchoring of roof, wherever required.

• Elevation and reinforcement of sub-distribution boards with further support anchor.

• Raincoat, gumboot, and rubber (electrical) hand gloves to all electrical personnel.

• Proper working of ELCB.

• Proper shading of distribution board.

• Availability of de-watering pump and hose of sufficient length.

• Proper anchorage of poles installed for overhead cabling.

(Detailed list of safety instructions for OH&S being followed within the project have been annexed as

Enclosure-XII)

i. Training and Lecture Programme

Training and lecture programmers are arranged on regular basis at different levels. So that all employees will

have awareness about environment and shall contribute in controlling pollution as well share in eco-friendly

technology.

ii. Occupational Health Plan

Different plans and measures are adopted by the Plant to ensure the occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers. Occupational Health & Safety policy is developed at the plant. Pre-placement

and periodically examination (Physical examination, Urine Routine examination, Hematology, LFT, Blood

Sugar, chest X rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing,ECG, etc) of Staff and works is being done by

KCFL to analyze the health status as per DGMS guideline. Record of the same has been maintained in the

plant and submitted to the concerned department.






iii. Vigil Mechanism

As per the requirement of Section 177 (9) of the Companies Act, 2013, and Regulation 22 of the SEBI

(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)Regulations, 2015,the Company has established a Vigil

Mechanism called the ‘Whistle Blower Policy’ for Directors and Employees to report concern of unethical

behavior, actual or suspected fraud or violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct or ethics policy. A vigil

mechanism provides a channel to employees and Directors to report to the management concerns about

unethical behavior, actual or suspected fraud or violation of the Codes of Conduct or any Policy of the

Company. (Whistle Blower Policy & Vigil Mechanism has been annexed as Enclosure-XIII).

: Company Policy of KCFL

10.6. Green Belt Development

The objective of the green cover or plantation in industry is to reduce the air pollution, restoring water

balance, checking soil erosion, attenuate noise pollution and improvement in the overall environment &

aesthetics of the plant site.

Khaitan has already developed a dense greenbelt in 82,100 m2 area that is about 34.89 % of the total

land area which is more than the MoEF&CC/CPCB norms. Greenbelt development work was started from






the company establishment and at present well developed greenbelt exists in the plant. The industry has put

in serious effort to create the greenery since the number of trees, plants, shrubs and herbs has increased

considerably. Also, an effort apparently was made to increase the percent of survival in subsequent years.

Till date Khaitan has planted about 9000 trees/shrubs under the greenbelt in their existing unit. Every year

500 nos. new tree saplings are planted. Housekeeping has been adopted as an inbuilt part of production.

The industry has put in serious effort to create the greenery since the number of trees, plants, shrubs and

herbs has increased considerably. Also, an effort apparently was made to increase the percent of survival

in subsequent years. The company has developed new Green area near HT yard during the year.

Approximately, 11,525 no. of trees will be planted under proposed expansion to cover 2500 trees per hectare

of green area within the plant. Under this proposition, below details for plantation of 3000 no. of trees have

been given. The company has planted many trees and shrubs (around 9000) of various types such as the

following detailed in Table 10.4 -:

Table 10.4 : Details of plant species in & around the Industry (Existing)

Sl. No. Botanical Name Plant Name

1 Sesamum indicum Sesum

2 Albizia lebbeck Serus

3 Albizia lebbeck Peepal

4 Azadirachta indica Neem

5 Ficus benghalensis Bargad

6 Acacia nilotica Shor-babool

7 Eucalyptus globulus Eucalyptus

8 Delonix regia Gulmohar

9 Ceiba pentandra Kapok

10 Saraca asoca Ashoka

11 Casuarina equisetifolia Cazurina 12 Psidium guajava Guava

13 Mangifera indica Mango






: Photographs of Green Area at KCFL

Beside the existing plantation the company is planning to plant additional 3000 Trees near HT yard area in

the coming 3 years within the factory premises. Additionally, Plantation programme shall be as below in

Table 10.5:

Table 10.5 : Details of plant species in Industry (Proposed)

S. No. Years Area of Plantation Species to be planted Budget Rs.

1 1st Year 10 mtr X 30 mtr Sesum, Serus, Peepal, Neem,

Burgud, Shor-babool,

Gulmohar, Kapok, etc.

100000/

2 2nd year 10 mtr X 35 mtr 100000/

3 3rd year 10 mtr X 40 mtr 150000/

Total 350000/

For development of additional greenbelt, Maintenance and caring of the existing as well as proposed

greenbelt a cost provision of Rs. 30.5 Lac for three years has been made. the details of greenbelt

development budget as below mentioned in Table 10.6:






Table 10.6 : Budgetary Plan of Green Belt Development

Sl. No. Particulars Details Recurring Cost 3-year Cost

1 Proposed Plantation 1050 sq.m area 150000/ 350000

2 Maintenance cost existing

as well as proposed

greenbelt

Salary for 3 Gardener

@20000/month

720000 2100000

3 Water / fertilizer cost Lump-sump 200000 600000

Total 1050000 3050000

10.7. Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization

KFCL takes adequate measures for resource conservation and reuse within the project. Following are few

of the steps taken within the premises-:

• Concept of Zero-Liquid Discharge- The water balance of the company has been designed in such a

fashion that the total quantity of the effluent from DM plant regeneration and boiler blow down is being

recycled as process water in single super phosphate plant I and II to scrub the flue gases. After scrubbing a

valuable by-product called hydro-fluororsilicic acid, H2SiF6 is obtained which is collected in RCC lagoons.

It is in turn is used as reactant with sulphuric acid for acidulation of rock phosphate. Thus industry is

working on ZERO – DISCHARGE concept.

• Industry has installed PTZ camera for ensuring ZLD conditions and flow meter for measuring effluent

generation.

• Trees and plants are being planted and green belt has been developed all around the factory. This in turn

also preserves the soil, which indeed is a good practice, since soil is too costly and precious resource.

• The industry has installed “Uncontrolled extraction-cum-condensing turbine turbo-generator of 2800

kw/hr rating”. For operating the turbo-generator, steam available from waste heat type boiler is used. Thus,

conserving the two major resources: energy and water. Captive Power Plant is based on waste heat recovery

which thereby reducing dependency on coal and related fossil fuels.

• Hydroflurosilicic Acid generated from SSP Plant is being reused for acidulation of rock phosphate.

• Sulphur Sludge is used as filler in SSP plant since sulphur is secondary nutrient.

• SSP plant has been designed with Zero-discharge and minimal particulate emission in the grinding unit.

• The effluent pit has been permanently sealed from where all the collected effluent is transferred to the SSP

plant lagoon for reusing in the mixer for acidulation and there is no diversion or bypass of any discharge of

effluent.

PROPOSED

Cleaner technologies, improved design features and innovative measures will be adopted to conserve

resource and minimize pollution. The adoption of more efficient technological processes geared towards

greater energy efficiency and production efficiency will help in preventing pollution at source. Retrofitting

and revamping of the existing plants adopting innovative measures and process modifications, recovery of

valuable products, substitution of toxic and hazardous materials with nontoxic materials, etc. will help in

achieving cleaner production.






• Steam efficiency will be improved by efficient sulphur burners.

• DCS system and optimizer will be installed to maximize production and minimize energy consumption and

also to operate plant under most stable and optimum conditions.

• Non-chromate based cooling water treatment system will be installed.

• DCDA process with 5th bed or 4th bed with better catalyst will be used for production of Sulphuric Acid.

• Caesium promoted catalysts will be used for improving SO2 to SO3 conversion efficiency.

• Installation of high efficiency cyclones for reduction in dust emission will be done.

• Used oil will be stored in covered storages / hard flooring to prevent any contamination in soil/ ground

water.

• Proper scheduling of preventive maintenance of critical machines will minimize used oil generation.

Energy Conservation Measures

• Energy efficient drives / LED lights to be used.

• Reduction of lighting power consumption by optimum use of electrical lights in plants by installing timers.

• Use of variable frequency drive in plant.

• Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

• Periodic Energy Audit will be done.

• Zero liquid discharge will be maintained for reduction in fresh water consumption.

• Use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, HVAC system, Use of Energy Efficient Motors, electrical

appliances to minimize the energy consumption in addition to Process Planning.

10.8. Facilities for Employees

Company will give preference to local people (Skilled People) for employment. The Company is more

concern for the safety and health of its people, including the larger community outside of the company and

the environment. All employees will be trained to work on sites in the safest possible manner and shall be

made aware of the consequences of unsafe act. Company also provide the shelter, safe drinking water,

sanitation facility. The company will allocate adequate budget for safety and Occupational health

management of the employees.

10.9. Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

The proposed development is proposed within the plant area. No additional land is purchased or acquired.

Thus, no R& R is applicable on the project.

10.10. Compliance of Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection (CREP) Guidelines

KCFL has implemented all guidelines laid down by CPCB and MoEF&CC for CREP (Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection) and submitting the annual compliance of the same to the

MPPCB. The compliance of the guideline for Fertilizer plant is given below in Table 10.7.






Table 10.7 Compliance of CREP Guidelines

S.No. Action Point Action desired and Status

Wastewater Management

1. Efforts will be made for conservation of

water, particularly with a target to have

consumption less than 8.12 and 15 m3 tonne

of urea produced for plant based on gas,

naphtha and fuel oil, respectively. In case of

plants using Naptha and Gas both as feed

stocks, water consumption target of less than

10m3/ tonne will be achieved. An action plan

for this will be submitted by June 2003 and

targets be achieved by March 2004.

Not Applicable.

2. Use of arsenic for CO2 absorption in

ammonia plants and chromate based

chemicals for cooling system, which is still

continuing in some industries, will be phased

out and replaced with non- arsenic and non-

chromate systems by December 2003. In this

regard, action plan will be submitted by June

2003.

Not Applicable.

3. Adequate treatment for removal of oil,

chromium (till non- chromate based cooling

system is in place) and fluoride will be

provided to meet the prescribed standards at

the source (end respective process unit)

itself. Action plan will be firmed up by June

2003 for compliance by March 2004.

Not Applicable.

4. Proper and complete nitrification and de-

nitrification will be ensured wherever such

process used for effluent treatment, by

September 2003.

Not applicable.

5. Ground water monitoring around the storage

facilities and beyond the factory premises

will be carried out at regular intervals

particularly for pH. Fluoride CPCB will

finalize the guidelines for groundwater

monitoring by December 2003.

Quality of ground water from bore wells/hand

pumps located nearby villages area monitored

periodically and submitted to the MPPCB.

6. No effluent arising from process plants and

associated facilities will be discharged to the

storm water drain. The quality of storm water

Effluent arising from process plants and

associated facilities are collected in Effluent

Collection Pit and reused in the project







will be regularly monitored by all the

industries.

process. It is not being discharged to storm

water drain.

7. The industries, where waste water/ effluent

flows through the storm water drains even

during the dry season will install continuous

systems for monitoring the storm water

quality for pH, ammonia and fluoride. If

required, storm water will be routed through

effluent treatment plant before discharging.

An action plan will be submitted by June

2003 and necessary action will be taken by

June 2004.

Storm water accumulated within the plant is

routed to rainwater harvesting pits though

rainwater drain. To avoid any contamination

plant drainage system and storm water drain

has been separated. The same will be

maintained after expansion.

Air Pollution Management

1. All the upcoming urea plants will have urea

prilling towers based on natural draft so at to

minimize urea dust emissions.

Not applicable.

2. The existing urea plants particularly, the

plants having forced draft prilling towers will

install appropriate systems ( e.g. scrubber.

etc.) for achieving existing norms of urea

dust emissions. In this regard, industries will

submit action plan by June 2003 and

completion of necessary actions by June

2004.

Not applicable.

3. The sulphuric acid plants having SCSA

system will switch over to DCDA system by

March 2004 to meet the emission standard

for SO2 as 2kg/tonne of H2SO4 produced.

An action plan for this will be submitted by

June 2003.

The plant has already adapted to DCDA

Technology to meet the emission standards.

4. Sulphuric acid plants having DCDA system

will improve the conversion and absorption

efficiencies of the system as well as

scrubbers to achieve SO2 emission of 2kg

tonne of acid produced in case of plants

having capacity above 300 tpd and 2.5 kg

tonne in case of plants having capacity upto

300tpd. An action plan will be submitted by

June 2003 and emission levels will be

complied with by September 2004.

Sulphuric acid plants SO2 emissions are well

below 2 kg/ton SA/using ceiseum based

catalyst in 4th bed convertor and most

sufficient mist eliminators and optimizing

catalyst loading in convertor beds.







5. Stack height for sulphuric acid plants will be

provided as per the guidelines and on the

basis of normal plant operations (and not

when the scrubbers are in use) by June 2003.

The scrubbed gases are to be let out at the

same height of the stock.

Being Complied and the same will followed

for further expansion.

6. An action plan for providing proper dust

control systems rock phosphare grinding unit

in phosphoric acid plants/ single super

phosphate plants, so as to achieve particulate

emission of 150 mg/Nm3 will be submitted

by September 2003 and complied with by

March 2004.

Particulate emissions from dust collector bags

installed on rock phosphate grinding system is

well below permissible limit of 125 mg/nm3.

7. Particulate as well as gaseous fluoride will be

monitored and adequate control systems will

be installed by June 2004 to achieve the

norms on total fluoride emissions (25

mg/Nm3).

Online continuous stack monitoring systems

have been istalled for Particulate matter and

Fluorides connected to real time data

transmission to CPCB/MPPCB servers.

Fluoride emissions are well below

permissible limit of 20 mg/nm3.

8. Continuous SO2 emission monitoring

systems will be installed in sulphuric acid

plants (having capacity 200 tpd and above)

by March 2004. Action plan for this will be

submitted by June 2003.

Continuous SO2 emission monitoring systems

has been installed in sulphuric acid plants

9. Regular monitoring of ambient air quality

with regard to SO2 NOx, PM, SO3, fluoride

and acid mist will be carried out.

Ambient air quality in terms of Sox, NOx,

NH3, PM10 & PM2.5 is carried out on weekly

basis and the parameters are within the

prescribed limited.

Solid Waste Management

1. Gypsum will be effectively managed by

providing proper lining, dykes with approach

roads and monitoring of groundwater quality

around storage facilities. Accumulated

gypsum will be properly capped. In this

regard, action plan will be submitted by June

2003 and for compliance by December 2003.

Gypsum is being effectively managed by

providing proper lining, dykes with approach

roads and monitoring of groundwater quality

around storage facilities. Accumulated

gypsum is being properly capped and being

reused as filler in Boronated SSP fertilizer.

2. An action plan for proper handling, storage

and disposal of spent catalyst having toxic

metals will be submitted by June 2003 and

implemented by September 2003. The

Not Applicable







industry will also explore recovery/buy-back

of spent catalyst by September 2003.

3. Carbon slurry, Sulphur muck and chalk will

be properly managed and disposed of in

properly designed landfill either within

premises or in common facility. Action plan

on this will be submitted by June 2003 and

implemented by March 2004.

Sulphur muck is being used within premises

for enhancing sulphur nutrient of SSP

fertilizers

4. Existing stock of chromium and arsenic

bearing sludge will be properly disposed by

December 2003. industries will also explore

recovery of chromium from the sludge.

CPCB will provide guidelines for proper

disposal of the sludge.

Not Applicable.

10.11. Institutional Framework for implementation of EMP

For effective implementation of the proposed environmental management plan, it is necessary to have

permanent organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring effective implementation of EMP and to

monitor the implementation efficiency.

The company has evolved and implemented the necessary steps of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

and system (EMS). Environmental policy has been formulated by their Director and declared. Necessary

training on environmental care and EMS has been imparted to all staff and officers. Many Environment

Management Programs, Energy and Resource Conservation have been drawn up and are under progress.

Many environmental operating procedures are in place. Internal audit has been carried out.

Responsiblities of Environment Management Cell are the following: -

• Formulate Environmental Health & Safety Policy

• Document the organization structure, roles and responsibilities for implementation and for

functioning of Environmental Management System (EMS) and Safety Management System

(SMS) Procedures.

• Develop standard operating process and procedures to bring into focus any infringement /

deviation / violation of the environment or forest norms/conditions.

• Obtain ISO 9001, 14001 and 18001 Certification.

• Carry out regular inspections, monitoring and auditing.

• Carry out periodical review and issuing amendments

• Reporting and communication (including internal and external reporting).

10.11.1. Hierarchical of Environmental Management Cell (EMC)






The EMP cell is being headed by senior officer for reporting the environmental compliances who reports

to the Unit Head. Organization Chart of the Company has been described in Figure 10.5. & Heirarchial

Chart of Environment Management Cell is given in Figure 10.6.

: Organization Chart of Company

: Hierarchical System of Environmental Management Cell






10.11.2. Grievance Redress Mechanism

A grievance mechanism has been established to receive the concerns and issues being faced by community

in the project area both during construction and operation phase. Information of such system has been made

available to the public through consultations, notices, advertisements, displaying on website etc. Grievance

redressal cell has been established by the KCFL during the construction phase and operation phase.

Through the grievance redressal mechanism, community is free to lodge their concerns and submit their

suggestions. The grievance mechanism will be scaled to the risks and adverse impacts of the project. It will

be address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that is culturally appropriate

and readily accessible to all segments of the affected communities, and at no cost and without retribution.

The Project proponent will inform the affected communities about the mechanism. Grievance redressal

system will include provision of a box at the site gate. Grievances can be dropped by aggrieved into this

box. Also, a registered for grievance redressal shall be maintained at entry gate of all above mentioned areas

where aggrieved can register its complaint along with his details like name, contact number and can take

the reference complaint number. Grievance redressal box or register will be reviewed every week and first

response to the grievance to the aggrieved will be given within 7 days of grievance submitted by the

receiver. Grievance redressal cell shall consider the following points for functioning

• The grievance cell shall be chaired by the Unit Head.

• The decision on the grievance would be communicated to the aggrieved person within a timeframe

(1 week).

• All grievances shall be documented and indexed for future reference. The grievance received shall

be communicated to all the concerned person.

10.11.3. Reporting

• As per the MoEF&CC guideline, Environment monitoring report and compliance of conditions

mentioned in the environment clearance will be submitted to the RO-MoEF&CC, SPCB,

MoEF&CC online portal i.e., parivesh and shall be uploaded on company’s website. Compliances

will be submitted in month of June and December for the period of April to September and October

to March respectively. Third party laboratory (approved MoEF&NABL laboratory) shall be

appointed for carrying out the monitoring. Also, self-environmental audit, Health & safety audit and

Energy audit shall be conducted annually.

• KCFL has implemented all guidelines laid down by CPCB and MoEF&CC for CREP (Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection) and submitting the annually compliance of the same

to the MPPCB.

• KCFL is also regularly submitting Environmental Statement (Form V) to Pollution Control Board

in accordance with the provisions of Rule-14 of the Environment (Protection).

10.11.4. Documentation and Records

An effective system of management is a key technique for ensuring that all pollution prevention and control

techniques, monitoring plan and risk mitigation measures are delivered reliably and on an integrated basis.

KCFL shall operate a formal Environmental Management System, certified EMS/ ISO 14001/ OHSAS






18001 system for the proposed expansion project as for existing plant. KCFL shall document the Standard

Operating Procedures to bring in any deviation / violation of the environmental norms as prescribed. The

SOP shall address the system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the Company. The salient features of Environmental Management System (EMS) are

listed below:

• Effective operational and maintenance systems shall be employed on all aspects of the process

whose failure could impact on the environment:

• Documented procedures to control operations that may have an adverse impact on the environment

• Define procedure for identifying, reviewing, and prioritizing items of plant for which a preventative

maintenance regime is appropriate

• Documented procedure for monitoring impacts

• Preventative maintenance programme, whose failure could lead to impact on the environment

• The maintenance system includes auditing of performance against requirements arising from the

above and reporting the result of audits to top management.

• The skills and competencies necessary for key posts shall be documented and records of training

needs and training received for these posts maintained.

• The potential environmental risks posed by the work of contractors shall be assessed and

instructions provided to contractors about protecting the environment while working on site.

• Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating, and reporting actual or potential

non-compliance with operating procedures.

• Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating, and reporting environmental

complaints and implementation of appropriate actions.

• Written procedures for investigating incidents, (and near misses) including identifying suitable

corrective action and following up

• The company shall conduct audits, annually, to check that all activities are carried out in conformity

with the above requirements.

• The company shall report and publish annual report on environmental performance, objectives and

targets, and future planned improvements.

The company shall have a clear and logical system for keeping records of policies, roles and responsibilities,

targets, procedures.

10.12. Budget for Environmental Management Plan

KCFL has spent cost on environment management plan for compliance of standards, norms laid down by

GoI and environmental sustainability. The cost already spent till date in Environmental management plan

is given in Table 10.8. For proposed expansion, estimated cost of proposed project is Rs 4200 lakhs for

expansion phase. The total cost of the project is Rs. 117.81 Crores. The cost on environmental system in

expansion phase will be Rs 46.67 Lakhs. Details of the same have been provided Table 10.9 below: -

Table 10.8 : Budget for Environmental Management Plan (Existing Phase)

S.No.

Particulars

Existing Expenditure

(In Rs. Lakhs) Remarks

Capital Cost

Recurring Cost






1. Air pollution &

Noise Pollution

control monitoring

156 2.90

Dust Extraction & suppression

system, stacks, Multi stage gas

scrubber, monitoring of all

parameter 2. Water pollution

control 187 2.60

ETP/RO/Storm water ponds/ detail

water management /STP 3. Solid Waste

Management 18 0.40

Storage/disposal/treatment/reception

/collection /transport 4. Environment

monitoring and

management

20 2.50 Third Party monitoring/Consent

fee/etc

5. Occupational

health 5.25 0.40 Periodic health check-up

6. Green

belt/Rainwater

harvesting

15.75 1.50 Green belt development

Total (In Rs. Lakhs) 402 10.30

Table 10.9 : Budget for Environmental Management Plan (Expansion Phase)

Particulars

Proposed Expenditure

(In Rs. Lakhs)

Remarks Capital Cost

Recurring

Cost

Air pollution & Noise

Pollution control

monitoring

19.87 0.80

Dust Extraction & suppression system,

stacks, Multistage gas scrubber,

monitoring of all parameter

Water pollution control 3.30 0.70 ETP/RO/Storm water ponds/ detail water

management /STP

Solid Waste

Management 8.00 0.40

Storage/disposal/treatment/reception

/collection /transport

Environment monitoring

and management 20.00 1.20 Third Party monitoring/Consent fee/etc

Occupational health 2.00 0.50 Periodic health check-up

Green belt/Rainwater

harvesting 3.50 1.5 Green belt development

Total (In Rs.Lakhs) 46.67 5.10






CHAPTER 11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1. Project Description

M/s Khaitan Chemicals and Fertilizers Limited has the largest fertilizer and chemical production plant

located at Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-451569 manufacturing Single Super

Phosphate Fertilizer (SSP) & Fortified Single Super Phosphate Fertilizer with Boron & Zinc (B SSP/Zn

SSP) as powder (1200 TPD) and as granulated form (150 TPD) converting from available powder,

Sulphuric Acid (350 TPD), Oleum 23%,Oleums 65% (50 TPD), Liquid Sulphur Tri Oxide SO3 ( 25TPD)

and Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid LABSA (50 TPD)

Latest sequence of events have indicated that with ongoing pandemic conditions, the demand and supply

gap in the agricultural products will increase that will eventually lead to increased demand of fertilizers.

Thus, Expansion of the exisitng operational plant of M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertlizers located at Village-

Nimrani, Khargone, MP is proposed by introduction of new products i.e. Granulated Phospho Gypsum (100

TPD) , Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% (50 TPD),

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90%/ Zincated & Boronated Bentonite Sulphur Granulated 90% (50 TPD),

Zinc Sulphate (Heptahydrate/monohydrate) (50 TPD), Sulphate of Potash (50 TPD), other metallic



Zincated SSP from 150 TPD to 750 TPD.




under Schedule 5(a) Category 'A' as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires environmental

clearance from MoEF&CC, New Delhi.



vide F.No. J-11011/172/2020-IA-II (I) on dated 28th August, 2020.

Details of existing & proposed products are given below in Table 11.1.






Table 11.1 : Details of Existing and Proposed Products

S.No. Particulars CAS No. Unit

Details

Existing Proposed

Total after

Expansion

A. SPECIALITY CHEMICALS

13. Chloro Sulphuric Acid (CSA) TPD 0 100 100

14. Oleum 23%/65%/liquid SO3 7790-94-5 TPD

25 TPD as liquid SO3 or

equivalent 50 TPD 65%

Oleum 0 25

15. Sulphamic Acid 5329-14-6 TPD 0 60 60

16. Boric acid and its salts 10043-35-3 TPD 0 20 20

17. Di Methyl Sulphate 77-78-1 TPD 0 50 50

18. Sulphuric acid TPD 350 100 450

19.

Linear alkyl benzene sulphonic

acid (LABSA) TPD 50 0 50

B. METALLIC SULPHATES

4.

Zinc Sulphate

(Heptahydrate/monohydrate) 7446-20-0 TPD 0 50 50

5. Sulphate of Potash (SOP) 7778-80-5 TPD 0 40 40

6.

Any other metallic sulphates

like copper, iron, magnesium,

manganese etc 7778-80-5 TPD 0 50 50

C. FERTILIZER/SOIL CONDITIONER

1. SSP/Zn SSP/B SSP powder TPD 1200 0 1200






2.

Granulated SSP(GSSP)/

Granulated Boronated SSP/

Granulated Zincated SSP 8011-76-5 TPD 150 600 750

3. Granulated Phospho Gypsum 10101-41-4 TPD 0 100 100

4.

Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90%/

Zincated & Boronated

Bentonite Sulphur Powder 90% 7704-34-9 TPD 0 50 50

5.

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated

90%/ Zincated & Boronated

Bentonite Sulphur Granulated

90% 7704-34-9 TPD 0 50 50

The comparative chart for the proposed expansion project is given in Table 11.2 below-:

Table 11.2 : Comparative Chart of the Project (Existing and Total after Expansion)


Details


5. Project Cost Rs. (in Crores) 70.81 47 47

6. AREA DETAILS

c. Total Plot Area sqm 2,35,300

d. Green Area sqm 82,100 (34.89 % of Plot area)

7. POPULATION

b. Workers No. 115 11 126

8. SERVICE DETAILS & ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS

C. Total Water Requirement KLD 1012 818 1830

v. Fresh Water Requirement KLD 927 720 1647

vi. Wastewater Generation KLD 86 97 183






(Including Domestic Sewage & Industrial Effluent)

vii. Wastewater Treatment Schemes STP-25 KLD; ETP-240 KLD

viii. Treated Water Available KLD 85 97 182

D. Power Requirement

kW

2000 1810 3810

v. Supply from Captive Power Plant 2000 600 2600

vi. Power Supply from MPPKYVC 850 360 1210

vii. Total Power Supply Available 2850 1810 3810

viii. DG Sets (Backup) kVA 320






11.2. Description of the Environment

1. Site Characteristics

The existing plant of KCFL is situated at Khasra No 393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2)

Nimrani, Dist. Khargone (M.P.). The site is located about 90 km from the Indore city and well connected

with National Highway-3 (0.01km, W direction). Nearest Railway station is Barwaha Railway Station

which is located at 61.55 km from the Project Site. Nearest Airport form the project site is Devi Ahilya

Bai Holkar Airport located at 75 km. Nearest Townis Indore and nearest village is Nimrani from the Project

site. Perennial river Narmada is flowing 2.33 km (N) from the project site, and its tributary i.eSatak river,

Borar river, Khuj River, Phulk river, Bhuti River, Karam River is flowing within 10 km of the project site.

There are no environmentally sensitive components except few Forest blocks such as Jaloka Reserved

forest at a distan of 7.86 km (NE); Laltalai Reserved Forest 5.26 km (S); Thikari Reserved Forest 8.78 km

(SW), Dolani Reserved Forest 8.85 km (S).

2. Topography and Meteorology Topography around 10 km area of the proposed site is slightly undulating. The average elevation in 10 km

study area ranges between 130 to 290 metres above mean sea level. The topography of proposed site is

almost plain. The site elevation ranges between 170 to 179 amsl.

3. Climate and Meteorology

Temperature– December, January and February constitutes winter months with daily mean minimum

temperature around 7.30C and daily mean maximum temperature around 44.90C. May is the hottest month

with daily mean maximum temperature at 45.4 0C and daily mean minimum temperature at 25 0C.

Relative Humidity– The air is generally moist in the region and relative humidity is high throughout the

year. There is a marginal decrease in humidity. The lowest humidity is observed for the Month April. The

humidity level ranges between 50 & 86% during morning time and in evening time humidity level is 42%-

80%.

Rainfall– The annual total rainfall is 546 mm. Over 74.7% of the total annual rainfall is received during

the monsoon period between July & September.

Wind Speed– The annual mean wind speed is 2.9 km/hr in Khargone district. Pre-dominant wind direction

in the area is W, S.

Wind Direction– The predominant wind direction at Khargone is from West and South direction during

summer and monsoon season while in winter season the wind blows from South and west direction.

Seismicity - Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of India has

been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS:

1893: Part I 2002). As per Seismic map of India the study area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Risk Zone).

4. Soil

The soil sampling was done at eight locations in the study area. As per the grain size distribution the

percentage of Sand in all sampled soil was found varied from 38% to 45%, Silt varied from 24% to 30%

and Clay from 28% to 34% during study season. Thus, the soil texture is Clay Loam. Based on Nutrient

Index Value for N, P and K, the soils of study area fall into medium fertility status. Soils have medium

organic carbon and are moderately capable of supporting agriculture. The soils of study area are between

neutral and slightly alkaline as pH value of soils in all analyzed samples is less than 8.5 and simultaneously

the value of EC is less than 1 dS/m.






5. Water Observations on Ground Water Quality: The analysis results indicate that the pH ranged between 7.1 to

7.7, which are well within the specified standard of 6.5 to 8.5 limit. Total hardness was recorded to range

from 196 to 358 mg/l, which is within the permissible limit 600 mg/l at all locations. The Total Dissolved

Solids (TDS) concentration recorded ranged between 410 to 896 mg/l and was within the permissible

limits (2000 mg/l) at all locations. Chlorides at all the locations were within the permissible limits (1000

mg/l) as it ranged between 140 – 212 mg/l. Sulphates at all the locations were within the permissible limits

(400 mg/l) as it ranged between 30.5 – 58.2 mg/l. Bacteriological studies reveal that no coliform bacterial

are present in the samples. The heavy metal contents were observed to be in below detectable limits. All

physical and general parameters were observed within the permissible limit as per IS10500:2012 (Second

Revision). Thus, it is recommended that water be filtered and disinfected prior to be given for drinking

water requirements.

Observations on Surface water Quality: The pH values of all analyzed samples ranged between 7.1 – 7.36

and are within the class A limit (6.5-8.5). The TDS levels SW1 and SW2 was observed to be 295 and 324

i.e below class A limit of 500 mg/l. Total hardness levels ranged from 106 to 115 mg/l were well below

the class A limit of 300 mg/l. The dissolved oxygen values ranged between 6 to 6.8 mg/l and were within

the class A limit of 6 mg/l or more. The chlorides level in surface water samples SW1 and SW2 were

observed to be 5.9 mg/l and 6.2 mg/l respectively which is below class A limit of 250 mg/l. The sulphates

level ranged from 3.4 to 3.5 mg/l and were below the class A limit of 400 mg/l. The Total Coliform level

of SW 1 and SW2 was within the limits specified for Class B water i.e 500 MPN/100.Comparing the

values of pH, DO, BOD and Total Coliforms with ‘Use based classification of surface waters’ published

by Central Pollution Control Board; it can be seen that the analyzed surface waters is not polluted and

classified as “ Class ‘A’” and can be use for as Drinking water source without conventional treatment but

after disinfection. However Total Coliform Level was found to be observed unde Class “B”. Thus, all the

analyzed parameters were within the limits specified for suitable for meeting drinking water requirements

without conventional treatment but disinfection.

6. Air Quality

AAQ monitoring was done at eight locations within the study area considering dominant wind direction,

populated area and sensitive receptors. The monitoring results of ambient air quality were compared with

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) prescribed by MoEF; GoI Notification dated

16.11.2009. The maximum concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and CH4 and Non CH4 was

91 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 10.5 µg/m3, 20.3 µg/m3, 20 µg/m3, 144 µg/m3, 135 µg/m3 and 66 µg/m3 respectively.

7. Noise

The noise level is within the prescribed limit in all the monitoring stations. The noise monitoring shows

that day and nighttime noise levels are higher at locations nearby NH-3 (Industrial Area, Nimrani) and

Khal Khurd Chowk SH-31 due to industrial activities in industrial area and vehicular movement on

highways, respectively. The major source of the noise in the study area is the community noise, industrial

activity, and vehicular movement

Traffic

Road is connected to the highway NH-3 hence no major traffic was observed. Because most of the traffic

is carried by the NH-3. During the study period maximum traffic in study area was observed during day






time especially in morning hours. The movement of heavy and light vehicles is higher. Less traffic

movement is found during night time. With the operation of proposed expansionproject the traffic volume

would increase further.As the site is located adjacent to NH-3 and all the material movement shall be done

through this highway. It is estimated that movement of ~346 PCUs (including Trucks, tanks, passenger

cars, two wheeler, and cycle) is done per day in and out from the project site. And in Expansion phase

movement of ~290 PCUs is expected in and out from the project site. The NH-3 is multilane (4-lane) of

very good design (carriage width 24 m) and its capacity is 5142 PCU per hour as per IRC specification

(IRC106-1990).

8. Biological Environment

The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during summer season 2019. Field

sampling efforts covered the proposed project site and 10 km area around the proposed site.

Project site as well as the 10 km radius area of the proposed site does not support any critical habitat, like

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserves, and protected forest, Important

bird area, bird sanctuary, important bird area, migratory bird’s habitat, migratory route of animals, wetland

etc. However, there are few forest patches are present in the study area though the forest patches are

degraded and very less dense. Following forest blocks are present within study area





As per present study, 49 avifauna species have been recorded in the study area, of which peafowl is the

only Schedule-I species while the rest belong to Schedule-IV & V. These species were also reviewed as

per the IUCN Red list and all the recorded species listed as “Least. Narmada River is located nearby to

the project site. Approx. 12 species fo fish have been observed within the study area.

9. Demography

As per the Census records, 2011, the total population of the 2.0 km radial study zone was recorded as 7244

persons of 4 villages under Kasrawad tehsil of Khargone District in Madhya Pradesh. Out of 4 villages,

one village named Kothada is observed as un-inhabited village of 2.0 km radial study zone. Total number

of ‘Households’ was observed as 1620 in this study zone. Male-Female wise total population was recorded

as 3830 males and 3414 females respectively.

The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 965 females per 1000 males in the Khargone district. The same was

recorded as 944 females for every 1000 males in the study area. The child (0-6 year’s age) sex ratio of the

study area was observed as 906 female children per 1000 male children. the ‘Scheduled Castes’ population

was observed as 16834 persons consisting of 8617 males and 8217 females respectively in the study area

which accounts as 14.3% to the total population (117516 persons) of the study area. ‘Scheduled Tribes’

population was observed as 24303 persons, accounting as 20.7% to the total population of the study area

consisting of 12426 males and 11877 females. It implies that the rest 65.0% of the total population belongs

to the General category.. Total literates population was recorded as 68419 persons (58.2%) in the study

area. The main and marginal workers population with further classification as casual, agricultural,

households and other workers is shown in Table 3.40 In the study area the Main and Marginal Workers

population was observed as 49007 (41.7%) and 5999 (5.1%) respectively of the total population (117516)






while the remaining 62510 (53.2%) persons were recorded as non-workers. Thus it implies that the semi-

skilled and non-skilled work-force required in study area for the project is available in aplenty.

A review of Basic infrastructure facilities (Amenities) available in the study area has been done on the

basis of the field survey and Census records, 2011 for the study area inhabited revenue villages of

Khargone District in Madhya Pradesh. The study area has poor level of basic infrastructure facilities like

educational, medical, potable water, power supply and transport & communication network.

11.3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

1. Air Pollution

During Construction Phase, Being an existing unit, very limited construction activities is associated with

the project. Though dust will be the main pollutant affecting the ambient air quality of the area during the

construction phase. Dust will be generated during construction activities. Vehicular movement of trucks,

dumpers and construction machinery will also generate dust. Stockpiles, other construction material are

the other sources of air emission during construction period. However, Particulate Matter (PM) rise in the

ambient air will be of coarse nature and will settle within a short distance close to the construction activity

sites. Hence, dust and other gaseous emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surrounding

villages of the project site. Short term, localised and reversible impact is expected due to dust emissions

generated during the construction stage. To mitigate such impacts, Water sprinkling shall be done at the

site at regular intervals. The frequency of water sprinkling shall be more in the dry season and

shall also be based on the magnitude of activities going on with the construction phase Routine

preventive maintenance of construction equipment, Use of PUC certified vehicles for transport of

constructionmaterials and plant equipment, Storage of construction material under cover, Construction

activities, including receipt of material, to be done during daytime only.

During Operation Phase, The main source of Air emission in the Sulpphuric Acid Plant, SSP Plant, Steam

and Power Generation & PM emission. Due to proposed expansion, various emissions like Acid Mist, Cl2,

PM etc. will be generated. Fugitive emissions will also be generated more especially while transporting

and handling of Product. Thus, installation of dust extraction pads and scrubbing system has been done to

reduce the level of emission and loss of product. As per the latest monitoring reports, emission level in the

plant is within the prescribed limit. In order to provide cleaner environment. Double Conversion Double

Absorption process will be adapted to reduce emissions in the effluent gas with increase in production

level. DCDA process increases the conversion efficiency to 99.5% and hence the production, while the

SO2 level in the effluent gas is reduced to 2kg.ton SA/ 950 mg/nm3 ppm. Higher conversion efficiency

can be achieved by using 5th bed or using caesium catalyst in 4th bed. Acid Mist is being controlled by

using Acid Mist Eliminator. It is affected after intermediate absorption. DCDA system with a mist

eliminator can bring down SO2 levels to 2kg.ton SA/ 950 mg/nm3 and mist to 50 mg/nm3. Particulate

Matter is being controlled by high efficiency cyclones and dust collector bags. Four-stage scrubber system

has been installed to absorb more than 99% of fluoride. Hydrofluorosilicic Acid formed is being recycled

to acidulation section of conversion of rock phosphate to single super phosphate/phos acid. Continuous

SO2 monitoring in Sulphuric Acid Plant is being done. All the internal roads have been made pucca to

control the fugitive emissions of particulate matter generated due to transportation and internal

movements. Good housekeeping practices have been adopted to avoid leakages, seepages, spillages etc.

Industry has taken effective steps for extensive tree plantation of the local tree species within or around

the industry/unit premises for general improvement of environmental conditions. Plant is surrounded by






thick green cover to capture emissions. PPE are provided to all the labours. Regular air quality monitoring

is being carried out within and near the plant

2. Noise Pollution

During construction of expansion phase plant, he noise will be generated locally within the plant

complex due to civil works such as trenching, foundation casting, steel fabrication work,

infrastructure construction, and mechanical works such as static equipment and rotating machinery

installation, building up of piping network, and provision of piping supports. These activities cause

an increase in the ambient noise levels; however these are localized to the fertilizer complex and

hardly impact the ambient noise levels at the plant boundary. In order to mitgate such impacts, The

construction activity will be carried out mostly during daytime. The construction equipment will undergo

preventive maintenance test at routine intervals. Any machinery or equipment generating excessive noise

levels (above 90 dBA) will be taken out of service and replaced by new ones. The noise generation will

be confined within the surrounding areas of construction site. Workers exposed to noise will be given

personnel protective equipment like nose masks, face shields and ear plugs. Job rotation schemes will be

practiced for over-exposed persons.

During operational phase, the noise generated within the fertilizer complex due to operation of

various rotating equipments will be localized and it is not expected to significantly impact the

noise levels at the plant boundary. Only impact which can be expected during this phase is

increase in light passenger vehicles and moderate increase in busses carrying operating personnel

to the plant. However, this impact is intermittent and during certain time periods only. To mitigate

such impacts, Procurement of equipment meeting prescribed noise standards will be done. Sufficient

engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries is to be ensured to reduce noise

levels at source. Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss rating are strongly

recommended for Gas turbines. Minimum Transmission Loss rating should be at least 30 dB for Gas

turbine Acoustical Enclosures; Room Acoustical Treatment can be done to the Compressor-House

walls from the inside; Removable acoustical blankets can be effective and economical in reducing the

noise level of the pumps; All Safety valves in the steam lines should be installed with In-Line silencers

with insertion loss rating of 25 dB or more, in order to reduce the noise generated due to the operation of

Safety valve.

3. Water Pollution

During Construction Phase, all existing facilities like drinking, sanitation shall be used during the

installation/construction purpose. Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to

non-point discharges of solids from soil loss. However, the construction will be more related to

mechanical fabrication, assembly and erection, hence the water requirements will be small. Sanitation

facilities (STP, Toilets) are already present at the site for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the

workers. Also, workers not belonging to the local area will get the lodging facilities at the existing site.

Since, most of the construction work force is locals, the demand of water and sanitation facilities will

be small and is considered manageable at the site itself. To mitigate and control sch impacts, Wastewater

arising from site offices, canteens and other washing facilities shall be disposed and treated in existing

STP present at the project site. Oil separator / interceptor will be provided near vehicle parking site,

workshop and canteen to prevent the release of oil and grease into drainage system. The oil and grease

separators will be cleaned on regular basis.






During Operation Phase, The existing water requirement of the project is 1012 KLD. Out of which, 927

KLD freshwater requirement is being supplied from Narmada river through pipeline and the rest is being

sufficed by reusing 85 KLD recycled water into the premises. The total water requirement of the project

after expansion will be 1830 KLD. After expansion, water will be available from existing infrastructure of

Narmada Canal water supply system to KCFL Unit.

The total wastewater generation from the project will be 183 KLD (Domestic Sewage-22 KLD; Industrial

Effluent-161 KLD). 22 KLD sewage will be treated in STP (25 KLD). 21 KLD STP treated water will be

sent to SSP-I/II plant for reuse as process water and gardening purposes. 161 KLD effluents will be sent

to collection pit and re-circulated completely to be reused in SSP-I/II for production of Single Super


scheme of Zero-Liquid Discharge.Wastewater generation standards as per MoEF&CC notification G.S.R.

1607(E) dated 29.12.2017 is being followed. Source of raw water for existing and proposed expansion

from Narmada through pipelines will haveimpact on surface water. However, the impacts will be marginal

considering availability of water in Narmada river. Additionally, the effluent which is generating from the

existing unit and which will be generated in expansion phase will be recycled back to process after

treatment. The domestic waste water generated at the site is treated in STP and as instructed from pollution

control board, the treated water is recycled back to process. The rain water collected in storm water drains

from roof and paved areas of existing project site is sent for quality check and recycled in process, which

result in reducing the fresh water demand. It is estimated that after expansion the total runoff expected

from the roof and the paved areas of project site will be 31725.96 m3/annum, which will recycled in

process after quality check and hence will reduce the per day water demand by 6%. To control such impact,

Online monitoring instruments for measurement of pH, flow and ammonical nitrogen at the discharge line

of ETP have been installed and connectivity has been established with MPPCB & CPCB Servers. The

domestic wastewater is being discharged treated in Sewage Tretatment Plant. Separate storm water and

effluent line is already provided in the plant. No ground water abstraction is proposed. No ground water

abstraction or disposal of water in ground water and surface water is being done.

Waste Management

During Construction Phase, No major solid waste expected to be generated during construction phase.

Only discarded machinery and used oil will be generated. Apart from this some quantity of municipal

waste may also generate from labour and soil from digging. This waste is required to be collected,

segregated and disposed in manner that it does not mixes or polluting air, water and soiling environment.

Discarded machinery will be given to approved recycler and used oil shall be stored in drums and sent to

registered recycler. Domestic waste generated from construction labourers will be sent to MSW disposal

pit.

During Operation Phase, There are generation of different kind of Industrial hazardous wastes from

production process and other activities. Process residue spent catalyst are generated which are hazardous,

which may cause harm if come into contact with skin and sludge and any other may cause nuisance if not

maintained properly. There is potential for accidental spills while re-fuelling or servicing vehicles and

through the breakage due to wear and tear. Thus, proper disposal of waste is required for to maintain

hygiene at site. Industrial hazardous wastes such as spent lube oil, spent catalyst are sold to recyclers. ETP

sludge generated is disposed off at TSDF site while other solid wastes are segregated in saleable and non-

saleable waste. All wastes are disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary






Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016. Waste oil are collected through the drain ports and stored in leak

proof steel drums. The waste oil drums are properly identified with label of what is contained both in local

language and English. Same is disposed as per the Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016. Waste are packed in drums/HDPE bags and stored

at designated area. All measures are taken to avoid littering. The sulphur sludge collected from sulphuric

acid plants and used with rock phosphate in Single Super Phosphate Plants for enrichment of elemental

sulphur in the product. The catalyst waste containing vanadium pentaoxide is send for safe & secure

disposal to Madhya Pradesh Waste Management Project, Pithampur, Dhar (M.P.).

4. Land Environment

During Construction Phase, there will be no land use\Land cover change as this is an expansion project.

The proposed expansion shall be undertaken within the existing site of the project and the present land use

of the existing site is industrial.

During Operation Phase, there is generation of waste and spillage which could pollute the agricultural

land. Hazardous waste generated in the Plant is being disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2016. All precautions are being taken

to avoid spillage from storage during existing phase and shall be taken during further phase.

5. Soil Quality

During Construction Phase, soil may get contaminated, if sewage is disposed of on the soil, littering of

municipal waste, e-waste and spillage of HSD, oil and fuel. No excavation is proposed in the plant during

proposed project, only minor digging shall be done to provide ammonia solution tank. No major

construction material or heavy machinery is required during the installation of project. Existing Sanitation

and waste management practice shall be adopted during construction phase during influx of local labour.

Replacement or discarded machinery shall not be with kept on unpaved surface. Discarded machinery will

be given to approved recycler.

During Operation Phase, Spillage of material like effluent, chemical, Hazardous waste, used oil and fuel

may contaminate the soil. Due to improper disposal of solid waste & liquid waste includes the leaching

from biodegradable waste and effect on flora from spillage of waste on soil. Improper disposal of Effluent

during shutdown may encounter soil and contaminate. All underground tanks are provided with extra

prevention to avoid leakage. Sensors are provided to detect leakage. Hazardous waste is managed,

transported and disposed as per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Amendment Rules, 2016. Separate shed/designated area with paved area is provided at plant for storage

of Hazardous waste. Closed Effluent channelization is provided all over the plant area. Domestic sewage

wastewater is being disposed through soak pits. Solid waste collection and disposal area is paved area to

avoid contamination of soil through leachate. Water less cleaning is adopted wherever spill occurs to

avoid runoff. No area shall be left excavated or open after any repair & maintenance works Used oil shall

be stored drums and shall be sold to registered recycler.

6. Ecology and Biodiversity

During Construction Phase, activities like demolition, excavation and filling up operation may result in

fugitive dust and noise emission.The dust deposition on pubescent leaves of the surrounding vegetation






may lead to temporary reduction of photosynthesis and high noise in the area may disturb the wild fauna

specially avifauna. The runoff from construction area may lead to a short-term increase in suspended solids

and decrease in dissolved oxygen near the discharge point in receiving water body. This may lead to a

temporary decrease in the photosynthetic activity of phyto-planktons, rise in anaerobic conditions and food

chain modification. Dust generation due to construction activities be confined mostly to the initial period

of the construction phase and would be minimized through paving of roads, surface treatment, regular

water sprinkling in dust generating areas and green area. Proper drainage network shall be developed and

storm water shall be channelized through sedimentation basins to control suspended solids. However, for

major part of the year during construction phase, no significant impact is expected, as the no. of days with

heavy monsoon are limited. All project activities shall be undertaken with appropriate noise mitigation

measures to avoid disturbance to human as well as faunal population in the region. Activities generating

high noise shall be restricted to day time and will be mitigated to minimize the noise level outside the site

boundary.

During Operation Phase, PM emission from the proposed plant will lead to dust deposition in surrounding

vegetation that may affect the photosynthesis process of the plant. The predicted concentration of PM due

to the project is within the national standard. However, deposition of small amount of pollutants may also

affect the surrounding ecosystem. The project is therefore planned with most efficient air pollution control

systemsfor achieving air emissions norms, so that the impact on nearby ecosystem are minimized. Most

of the fugitive dust emission generation points are also fitted with efficient air pollution control systems

(Plant de-dusting systems). Water sprinkling / dry fog type system will be used at material handling points

to suppress the generation of fugitive dust. As the Narmada river is located close to the project site which

has a diverse aquatic fauna. The generation and discharge of untreated waste in to nearby area may pollute

the surrounding aquatic system. However the effluent from different units shall be suitably treated in

wastewater treatment unit. Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concepts shall be implemented for the proposed

project. The treated effluent shall be recycled and re-utilized within the premises for de-dusting and

maintenance of green-belt. Thus, no impact on the aquatic ecology is envisaged. The project is planned

with most efficient air pollution control systems for achieving air emissions norms, so that the impact on

nearby ecosystem are minimized. Most of the fugitive dust emission generation points are also fitted with

efficient air pollution control systems.

7. Socio-Economic Environment

During Construction Phase, Max 50-100 labours shall be required for installation of machinery. Most of

the unskilled and semi-skilled labour will be taken from nearby villages. The project construction activity

will have positive impact on the social environment. Accident and Noise problem in the plant are the main

concern for local labour. Accident may cause disability or life loss and working in noisy area may cause

speech interference, annoyance, hearing impairment, increase in heartbeat/ blood pressure of the human.

Noise is expected to be generated during construction phase mainly from application of heavy machinery

and traffic. Thus, measures are necessary to be adopted to overcome these impacts. To control the impacts,

mitigation measures will be done. Debris, Scraps, Excavated soil, Used bags, Steel in bits and pieces and

cardboards waste shall be generated and disposed properly. Adequate APC equipments like scrubbers,

stacks & vents with required height will be provided. Fugitive emissions are also envisaged from proposed

project. During construction period the sewage generated from labor camps will be discharged in septic

tanks with soak pits to avoid any contamination. Proper environmental measures such as sprinkling of

water on roads at construction site, covering of loose material, vehicles only with PUC certificate will be






allowed for transportation of material etc. will reduce the impact on the air quality. Regular maintenance

of machineries will be carried out to prevent noise pollution. PPE’s will be provided to workers.

During Operation Phase, Approx. 126 no. of additional manpower has been proposed for the expansion.

Indirect employment opportunities will be being generated in various activities like raw material and final

products transportation, contractual manpower for non-critical activities at the plant (canteen, gardening,

housekeeping etc.). The industrial growth of the region will help in infrastructure development in the area.

The proposed production will increase the indigenous production of fertlisers and will ease the availability

of chemical fertilizers to farmers / DEF for reduction of emission from Diesel Vehicles. It will also

generate income for government through Taxes. Overall, the project will have positive impacts on socio-

economic environment.

However, due to operation & maintenance there may be various risks for the staff and other nearby people.

Thus, all the workers are continuously trained for proper handling and transportation of hazardous

materials as per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Amendment

Rules, 2016. All staff are provided with personal protective equipment like ear plugs/mufflers, masks,

gloves, etc as required. Workers medical Tests are undertaken periodically. OHSAS guidelines are

followed in the plant.

Conclusion

From above analysis, it is found that the impacts anticipated vary from moderate to low significance and

magnitude. No Major impact is anticipated during the preconstruction and constriction phase as all

construction activities will be already checked by following to appropriate mitigation measures for

proposed expansion and all basic facilities are available at the site to overcome the impact. However,

during operation phase, impact is anticipated due to increased polluted air quality, wastewater generation

and increased noise level. The project also has various positive impacts like indirect employment

generation, increase in the indigenous production, reduction of the subsidy burden of GOI and ease of the

availability of chemical fertilizers to farmers. It is believed that the anticipated negative impacts can be

normalized by taking the proposed mitigation measures

11.4. Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental monitoring plan will be implemented as per regulatory requirement to comply the

necessary compliances. As per the MoEF&CC guideline, Environment monitoring report and compliance

of conditions mentioned in the environment clearance will be submitted to the RO-MoEF&CC, SPCB,

MoEF&CC online portal i.e., parivesh and shall be uploaded on company’s website. Compliances will be

submitted in month of June and December for the period of April to September and October to March

respectively. Third party laboratory (approved MoEF&NABL laboratory) shall be appointed for carrying

out the monitoring. Also, self-environmental audit, Health & safety audit and Energy audit shall be

conducted annually.

11.5. Public Consultation/Risk Assessment/Additional Studies

Public Consultation: In compliance to Clause 7(i); Section III and Standard Terms of Reference, Public

Consultation for proposed expansion project titled “Capacity Expansion of Sulphuric Acid Plant,

Speciality Chemicals, Metallic Sulphates, Fertilizer and Agri Manufacturing Plant at Khasra No.

393, 394, 395, 396/1,396/2, 404/1,405,403/1,403/2), Village-Nimrani, Dist.-Khargone, Madhya Pradesh-






451569 by M/s Khaitan Chemicals & Fertilizers Ltd.” was conducted on 06th February,2021 by Madhya

Pradesh Pollution Control Board (MPCB) in coordination with District administration. Major queries

raised by public were related to employment potentional and environmental pollution control measures.

The public consultation was successfully conducted and people were in support of proposed expansion of

fertilizer manufacturing plant.

Risk Assessment: Risk assessment study has been undertaken to identify the Hazard and preparation of

mitigation. All measures are already adopted as per the guideline. On-site and Off-site Emergency plan is

in place in the plant. Health Centre with Ambulance facility is provided in the for-emergency purposes.

Following safety measures are adopted by the plant.

• OH&S policy at corporate level and unit level

• Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

• Work Permit System procedure has been established for safely execution of job.

• Lock Out and Tag Out procedure has been established for Isolation of energized

equipment’s/machineries.

• Standard Operating procedures

• Various internal and external safety audits, Plant Safety committee, House keeping committees formed

which conduct their audits regarding OS & H and demand time bund compliance

• Hazard communication by the means of Safety Bulletin, Safety Posters, Caution boards.

• Mock drills

• Various PPES, Fire extinguishers, safety showers, First aid boxes (filled) & on line air masks, Gas

masks etc are provided at various Hazardous installations

• Work zone monitoring

• Fire extinguisher audit at regular interval.

11.6. Project Benefits

• The fertilizer plant will incorporate the latest commercially available process and equipment designs

and have technology to minimize environmental impacts, and in some areas, bring added value to

certain environmental issues including air and water management.

• The plant already has developed approx. 35% of its area into green area that is being maintained

regularly. All pollution control measures are being practised within the project.

• The proposed expansion will lead to direct employment to 126 persons and indirect employment to

150 persons like transportation, contractual labour for loading/unloading of materials and unskilled

labour.

• Development in housing, electrification, medical, health sector will improve.

• Enhancement in infrastructure facilities and utilities further improving the living conditions in general.

• It will result in improvement in the economy of the local vendors.

• Through CER activity company management will be committed to spend Rs. 42 Lakhs in order to

improve infrastructural facilities for the local people in field of Environmental, Medical, and

Transportation etc.

• Establishment and operation of the proposed expansion project will contribute significantly to the

revenue of the state and central governments in the form of different types of taxes like sales tax on

inputs, outputs and fuel, income tax of employees, excise duty on the product, service tax, etc. It is

expected to reduce the subsidy burden of Government of India (GOI).






11.7. Environment Management Plan

OH&S policy and EHS policy has been adopted by the plant for sustainability. A separate EMP cell, Fire

& Safety cell and Occupational Health Centre is provided in the plant for compliance of Environmental

management plan and OHSAS guideline.

The cost of proposed expansion is estimated to be about Rs. 47 Crores. The total cost of the project is Rs.

117.81 Crores. Rs. 402 lacs of capital cost & approx. Rs. 10.30 lacs/year of recurring cost are being spent

on Environment Management Plan. Rs. 402 lacs of capital cost & approx. Rs. 5.10 lacs/year of recurring

cost will be spent on Environment Management Plan

KCFL has implement all guidelines laid down by CPCB and MoEF&CC for CREP (Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection) and submitting the annual compliance of the same to the

MPPCB.






CHAPTER 12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. is one of the leading Environmental Consultancy having accreditation in more than

17 sectors. We have experience of more than 20 years in the field of environmental consultancy services

with providing services all over India and in the neighbouring countries Sri-Lanka, Nepal, Bangladesh,

Bhutan, Saudi Arabia and Abu Dabi in the sectors like Building Construction and Area Development,

Inland Waterways, Metro and Railways, Highway Bridges, Wind and Solar Power, Industrial, Due

Diligence, Cement Projects, Mining Projects, and Many more.

We also have experience of working on various projects which are funded by bilateral and multilateral

funding agencies like World Bank, ADB and IFC etc. We have enormous experience of working on various

Building constructions and Area Development Projects We have the team of well experienced and

qualified professional who can undertake titanic projects with easy.

The EQMS is a NABET accredited A Category consultant and is authorize to carryout EIA study for 8 (b)

– B category projects also as per schedules. Therefore, EQMS India Pvt Ltd. has been accorded work of

carry out environment impact assessment of the proposed expansion project for speciality chemicals,

metallic sulphates, fertilizer and agri inputs at Nimrani, Dist. Khargone (M.P.). The key person deployed

for the project is listed below:

PK Srivastava, having total 30+ years of working experience and worked as EIA coordinator and Risk

Hazard expert on various projects related to Pharmaceutical industries, Fertilizer and Pesticide projects.

Tendered advice on several environmental matters to the company and their clients. Represented the

company at the MoEF Expert committee meetings and State SEAC meetings for presenting the EIA reports

and successfully obtained environmental clearances to various projects.

Function Area Expert:

Mr. Ratnesh Kotiyal (EC and FAE-EB), Deputy General Manager accredited FAE by NABET has worked

in the current project as an Ecology and Biodiversity expert. He has over 17 years of experience in EIA

and is technical group head for EIA related activities and infrastructure projects.

Mr. Anil Kumar (FAE-LU and SE), Deputy Specialist, NABET accredited A category Expert for Socio-

economic and Land use, has vast experience in carrying out GIS based studies and social impact

assessment for various types of industries &infrastructure projects. He has provided technical assistance

throughout the project and co-ordinate the field activities during assessment.

Mr. Sanjay Kumar Jain (FAE (AP, WP, SHW, RH)Technical Director of EQMS having more than 33

years experience to carry out the various impact assessment studies of various industrial, infrastructure

projects and carry out various multinational bilateral and multilateral world bank funded project.

Empanelled Expert

Mr. Sanjeev Sharma (FAE AQ NV) has more than 20 years experience in carrying out EIA studies for

various types of AQ and NV related projects.

Mr. Hardik Patel (FAE Geo) has more than 10 years experience in carrying out EIA studies for various

types of Geology related projects.






Mr. Yamesh Sharma (FAE Hydrogeology) has more than 40 years experience in carrying out EIA studies

for various types of hydrogeology related projects.

Mr. Dipil K Pandey (FAE NV) has more than 30 years experience in carrying out EIA studies for various

types of noise & vibration related projects.

Team Members

Mr. Kapil Singh (AP & NV) B. Tech (Environment), having experience of 3 years in carrying out the

various studies of EIA like Air Environment, Noise Environment & provides his assistance to carry out

the EIA studies in various construction and Industrial Projects. He provides technical assistance during

discussions and field work for the projects.

Ms Sweta Shah (EIA Coordinator and FAE NV,AQ,AP,SHW) having 10 years of experience shares her

valuable information in the functional areas and technical assistance during discussions and field work for

the projects.

Ms Sweta Gupta (Approved FAE NV,WP, and FAA AQ,SHW) - M.Tech. in Environment Engineering,

Post Diploma In Environment Law and policy. having 6+ years of experience in carrying out EIA studies

for various types of industries, residential & commercial projects. She shares her valuable information in

the functional areas and technical assistance during preparation of EIA report and co-ordinate the field

activities during and the discussions with the clients and consultants involved.

The remaining team members too have the experience of working on various aspects of EIA studies. All

have the site experience for collection of the environmental data and have prepared EIA/EMP report.






NABET ACCREDIATION OF EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD.






NABL ACCREDIATION OF J.P. TEST & RESEARCH CENTRE (LABORATORY USED)

CAPACITY EXPANSION OF EXISTING SULPHURIC ACID ...

Documents

Transcript of CAPACITY EXPANSION OF EXISTING SULPHURIC ACID ...